CFM56

TO: Holders of CFM56 Fuel Nozzle Assembly, Component Maintenance
Manual with Illustrated Parts List, 73-11-42, CFMI-TP.CM.64
SUBJECT: CFM56 Fuel Nozzle Assembly, Component Maintenance Manual with

Illustrated Parts List, 73-11-42, CFMI-TP.CM.64, Revision 11, dated
March 24, 2011
The Subject Revision is attached to this letter of transmittal.
This CMM with the part numbers listed on the CMM Title Page is accepted by CFM. CFM has
traceability to FAA Engineering for acceptance of this CMM.
This Component Maintenance Manual is prepared per Air Transport Association of America (ATA)
Specification 2200.
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS CFM PROPRIETARY

INFORMATION AND IS DISCLOSED IN CONFIDENCE. IT IS THE PROPERTY OF CFM
AND SHALL NOT BE USED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT
THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF CFM, INCLUDING, BUT WITHOUT
LIMITATION, IT IS NOT TO BE USED IN THE CREATION, MANUFACTURE,
DEVELOPMENT, OR DERIVATION OF ANY REPAIRS, MODIFICATIONS, SPARE
PARTS, DESIGN, OR CONFIGURATION CHANGES OR TO OBTAIN FAA OR ANY
OTHER GOVERNMENT OR REGULATORY APPROVAL TO DO SO. IF CONSENT IS
GIVEN FOR REPRODUCTION IN WHOLE OR IN PART, THIS NOTICE AND THE
NOTICE SET FORTH ON EACH PAGE OF THIS DOCUMENT SHALL APPEAR IN ANY
SUCH REPRODUCTION IN WHOLE OR IN PART. THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN
THIS DOCUMENT MAY ALSO BE CONTROLLED BY U.S. EXPORT CONTROL LAWS.
UNAUTHORIZED EXPORT OR RE-EXPORT IS PROHIBITED.
ALL TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION AND INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN,

WITH RESPECT TO ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY, CLEANING, INSPECTION
METHODS AND LIMITS, REPAIR METHODS AND LIMITS, OPERATIONAL LIMITS,
LIFE LIMITS AND THE LIKE, HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED AND APPROVED FOR USE
WITH ENGINES AND PARTS THAT HAVE BEEN MANUFACTURED AND/OR
APPROVED BY CFM AND THAT HAVE BEEN MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
CFM TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS. CFM HAS NO
CONTRACTUAL OR LEGAL OBLIGATION FOR, NOR KNOWLEDGE OF, NON-CFM-
APPROVED PARTS AND REPAIRS. ACCORDINGLY, THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT
INTENDED TO APPLY TO NON-CFM-APPROVED PARTS AND REPAIRS.
Page 2 of 2
Questions or comments concerning distribution of this manual should be directed to:
CFM Inc. Zone: CFM SA Zone:
GE Aviation Services SNECMA

Attn. Distribution Technical Publications Department
1 Neumann Way Aerodrome de Villaroche
Room 230 BP 1936
Cincinnati, OH 45215 77109 MOISSY-CRAMAYEL Cedex
PH: (513) 552-3272 FRANCE
Fax: (513) 552-3329 Tel: 33 (0)1 64 14 86 66
geae.aoc@ge.com Fax: 33 (0)1 64 14 84 00
E-mail: snecma.csc@snecma.fr
Questions or comments concerning content of this manual should be directed to:
Appropriate Zone,
CFM
Product Support Manager
CFMI-TP-CM.64
COMPONENT
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
FUEL NOZZLE ASSEMBLY

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS CFM PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND IS
DISCLOSED IN CONFIDENCE. IT IS THE PROPERTY OF CFM AND SHALL NOT BE USED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS
OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF CFM, INCLUDING, BUT WITHOUT
LIMITATION, IT IS NOT TO BE USED IN THE CREATION, MANUFACTURE, DEVELOPMENT, OR DERIVATION OF
ANY REPAIRS, MODIFICATIONS, SPARE PARTS, DESIGN, OR CONFIGURATION CHANGES OR TO OBTAIN FAA
OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT OR REGULATORY APPROVAL TO DO SO. IF CONSENT IS GIVEN FOR
REPRODUCTION IN WHOLE OR IN PART, THIS NOTICE AND THE NOTICE SET FORTH ON EACH PAGE OF THIS
DOCUMENT SHALL APPEAR IN ANY SUCH REPRODUCTION IN WHOLE OR IN PART. THE INFORMATION
CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT MAY ALSO BE CONTROLLED BY U.S. EXPORT CONTROL LAWS.
UNAUTHORIZED EXPORT OR RE-EXPORT IS PROHIBITED.
ALL TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION AND INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN, WITH RESPECT TO ASSEMBLY
AND DISASSEMBLY, CLEANING, INSPECTION METHODS AND LIMITS, REPAIR METHODS AND LIMITS,
OPERATIONAL LIMITS, LIFE LIMITS AND THE LIKE, HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED AND APPROVED FOR USE WITH
ENGINES AND PARTS THAT HAVE BEEN MANUFACTURED AND/OR APPROVED BY CFMI AND THAT HAVE
BEEN MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CFMI TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS.
CFMI HAS NO CONTRACTUAL OR LEGAL OBLIGATION FOR, NOR KNOWLEDGE OF, NON-CFMI-APPROVED
PARTS AND REPAIRS. ACCORDINGLY, THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT INTENDED TO APPLY TO NON-CFMI-
APPROVED PARTS AND REPAIRS.
73-11-42
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TO: CUSTOMERS WHO USE PARKER HANNIFIN CORPORATION COMPONENT MAINTENANCE
MANUAL (CMM), ATA 73-11-42, DATED MAY 31/2004, FUEL NOZZLE ASSEMBLY, PART NO.
6810184 AND 6840023
REVISION NO. 11, DATED MAR 24, 2011
HIGHLIGHTS
Please replace CMM 73-11-42, Revision 10 dated MAY 31/2004 with CMM Revision No. 11, dated
MAR 24/2011.
Technical and procedure changes have been identified with change bars in the left margin opposite the
change, and are shown in the list that follows:
PAGE NO. PARAGRAPH/TABLE/ DESCRIPTION

FIGURE
TITLE ALL Revised to add part no. 6840023E18 and reflect this
revision.
R OF R Revised to reflect this revision
RTR No Changes
SBL Revised all to add Subject Title and add Parker SB

6840023-73-005, 6840023-73-007, GE SB 73-0132, 73-
0147, 73-0198, 73-0220 and 73-0168.
LEP Revised to reflect this revision
TOC Revised to reflect this revision
INTRO Revised to reflect this revision.
Intro-5 5.A., Figure Intro 2 Replaced ANSI Y1.1 with current revision ASME Y14.38
and updated figure.
Intro-6 6., Figure Intro 3 Replaced ANSI/IEEE Std. 268-1992 with current
revision IEEE/ASTM SI10-2002 and updated figure.
Intro-7 7., Figure Intro 4 Updated paragraph 7. to latest ASME Y14.5M and
updated figure.
D&O Revised to reflect this revision.
5 4.B.(6), (8) Added model differences between part no. 6840023M1

and 6840023E18. Added Conversion between
6840023M9 or M10 to 6840023E15, E17 or M1 by
replacing metering set.
6 Table 2 Added part no. 6840023E18 to configuration table.
73-11-42 Highlights Page 1

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

FIGURE
TEST AND Revised to reflect this revision.

FAULT
ISOLATION
1003 Figure 1001 Made Corrections to the flow chart, to reflect the wear
sleeve qualification and secondary body qualification at
the same level depending because you only perform
one quaification depending on the part number.
1005 6.C. Corrected patternation fixture number. Was 6845005 - Is

6885016.
1014 Table 1002 and Table Added part no. 6840023E18 to applicable tables.
1003.
1017 Figure 1017 Corrected drawing to reflect E14, E15, E16 and E17.
Previously reflected M14, M15, M16 and M17. Also
added latest configuration part no. 6840023E18 to the
Large Tip.
1031 Table 1006 Added part no. 6840023E18 to applicable areas

through-out Table 1006.
DISASSEMBLY Revised to reflect this revision.
3004 Figure 3001 Added part no. 6840023E18 to applicable areas.
3009 2.G.(1) thru 2.G.(4) Added IPL Figure 3 to all applicable IPL numbers and
added 6840023E18 (-60J, IPL Figure 3) cartridge valve
configuration instructions.
CLEAN Revised to reflect this revision.
4004 4.B.(4) Changed oven dry to optional and added oven dry
temperatures.
CHECK Revised to reflect this revision.
5002 2.A & B, and 3.A. & B. Revised 2.A. & B paragraphs to update the ASTM-E-
1417 and NAS 410 FPI Qualification Standards and
3.A.& B. X-ray ASTM E-2104 & NAS 410 Qualification
Standards.
REPAIR 11 Revised to reflect this revision.
6001 Table 6002 Added drill and reamer to table.
REPAIR 20 Revised to reflect this revision.
6002 Table 6002 Added part no. 6840023E18 to table.
ASSEMBLY Revised to reflect this revision.

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

FIGURE
7003 Table 7001 Added Holding Fixture C106-00-0020. Used for

installation of flow divider on 6840023E18 fuel spray
nozzles.
7004 3.B.(1)(a) Added IPL Figure number to all applicable IPL item
numbers.
7005 2.(a)-(d), 3.B.(3) and Added IPL Figure number to all applicable IPL item
3.B.(4) Note, Table 7002 numbers. Changed Figure numbers where applicable
due to new figure 7002 being added and added
Assembly instructions for 6840023E18 (-60J, IPL 3)
cartridge valve. Increased Fuel Flow limits on Table
7002, for fixture pressure drop (Was 419-427 Is 419-
432).
7006 3.B.(4)(b) Changed Figure number where applicable due to new

figure 7002 being added.
7008 Figure 7002 Added Figure 7002 Cartridge Valve Assembly for new
6840023E18 model.
7011 Table 7003 Added new part no. 6840023E18 to Table.
7012 C.1.(a)-(e) and C.2.(b) Added IPL Figure number to all applicable IPL item
and (f) numbers. Changed Figure numbers where applicable
due to new figure 7002 being added.
7014 D.(1) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

7015 4.A Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

7016 4.A.(2),(4) and Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new
Table 7005 figure 7002 being and added 6840023E18 to Table
7005.
7020 B.(1) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

7021 B.(6) and B.(8)(a) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new
7023 B.(8)(h) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

7026 C Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

7027 C.(2) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new


MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

FIGURE
7031 D.(1)(c) and D.(2)(a) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new
7035 E.(1)(a) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

7037 E.(1)(e), E.(3) and Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new
E.(6)(a) figure 7002 being added.
7038 E.(6)(h) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

7043 F.(1) and F.(1)(c) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new
7044 F.(4)and F.(5) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new
7046 F.(8) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

7050 5.D Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

7053 6.C and 6C.(1) NOTE Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new
figure 7002 being added. Added NOTE: under 6.C.(1)
7054 6.E.(1) and 6.E.(2) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new
7058 6.E.(7), (7)(a) NOTE, Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new
(7)(d) and (7)(d) NOTE figure 7002 being added. Added NOTE: to (7)(a) for new
installation pressure test holding fixture.
7061 6.E.(10) and (10)(d) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new
NOTE figure 7002 being added. Added NOTE under (10)(d) to
add instruction for completion of flow test.
7066 6.F.(11), (11)(c) and Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new
6.F.(12) figure 7002 being added.
7068 6.F.(12)(h) and (12)(i) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new
7073 Figure 7033 Revised weld area and added Note to allow for weld to
cover plug as long as 100% weld penetration if
achieved.

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

FIGURE
7074 6.G., 6.G. NOTE, 6.G.(5) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new
NOTE and (b), and figure 7002 being added. Added tack weld note to 6.G.
6.G.(6) and 6.G.(7) Weld Check Valve Plug as an equivalent method.
6.G.(5)(b) revised argon flow from 18 to 24 CFH to 20 to
35 CFH. Added Radiographic X-ray G.(6) and
Fluorescent penetrant inspect G.(7). which were
removed from Page 7075 G(9) External Leak Test. Also
removed clean after External Leak Test for it is no longer
needed due to the relocation of the Radiographic X-ray
and Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection.
7076 6. H.NOTE and 6.H.(4) 6.H. Note - Changed Figure numbers where applicable
due to new figure 7002 being added and revised note to
reflect 6840023E18. 6.H.(4) -Changed Figure numbers
where applicable due to new figure 7002 being added
and removed "If the support is new" from the first
sentence and revised with "Identify support on fuel
nozzle per AS478".
7078 6.H.(2) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

FITS AND No Changes

CLEARANCES
SPECIAL Revised to reflect this revision.

TOOLS,
FIXTURES
9004 Table 9001 Added pressure test holding fixture.
STORAGE Revised to reflect this revision.
15001 Table 15001 Corrected Materials Table by removal of MIL-PRF-7024,

which is not used and added MIL-PRF-6081, Grade
1010 which was mentioned on 3.A. but not listed in the
table. Removed 3.B. which previously stated to dip
entire nozzle in MIL-PRF-7024, Type II for storage and
moved C. and D up.
IPL Revised to reflect this revision.
10002 2.B.(3) Added S Code part no. 6840023E18 Configuration.
10005 Table 10001 Added new nozzle configuration 6840023E18, cartridge

valve and component part no.’s. 6062052, 6062120,
6062123, 6062124-001, 6062125. Added new part
numbers for metering set w/out secondary body P/N’s
6091038, 6091078, 6091079, 6091081, and 6091080.
Per ECO C09-004.
10011 Table 10001 Added new nozzle configuration 6840023E18.

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

FIGURE
10021 IPL Figure 1 Added new configuration S to Title due to new

configuration 6840023E18.
10022 IPL 1 - Table Added Replacement notes to 6810184M30. Added

PRE-SB Note to 6840023M1 due to new configuration
6840023E18, added replaces M3 note to 6840023M7
and added Figure -1P 6840023E18 to table.
10023 IPL 1 - Table Added new configuration S to effectivity codes for Item
no.’s -5A, -10A, and -10C. Corrected Item 25 effectivity
codes. All late model configurations may still contain the
original inlet cover.
10025 IPL 1 - Table Added Pre-formed packings Item no’s -55B and -55C
which are used on new configuration 6840023E18.
Added new configuration S to effectivity codes for Item
no. -60J.
no. -105C.
10027 IPL 1 - Table Added new part numbers for metering set w/out
secondary body P/N’s 6091038, 6091078, 6091079,
6091081, and 6091080. Per ECO C09-004.
no. -115C.
no. -115M.
no. -150A, -150B, 155.
no. 160, 165, -165B, -165D, and -170A.
no. -170G, 175, -175A.
10038 IPL 2 - Table Added replaced by notes to part no. 6810184M10 and
6840023M3 and added PRE SB to part no.
6810184M36 for clarity.
10040 IPL Figure 3 Revised figure to add (-60J) configuration cartridge

valve.
10041 IPL 3 - Table Added latest cartridge valve Item -60 J part no.
6062120.

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

FIGURE
10052 IPL 3 - Table Added effectivity codes for sleeve and spools 130,
130A, and 130B. Added new sleeve and spool Item
130C part no. 6062052 and holdown sleeve Item 150
part no. 6062123.
73-11-42 Page 7
MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
73-11-42 Page 8
MAR 24/2011
CFM International-TP-CM.64
PARKER HANNIFIN CORPORATION (V4U799)
7777 North Glen Harbor Blvd.
Glendale Arizona 85307
(623) 872-6160
Component Maintenance Manual

With Illustrated Parts List
FUEL NOZZLE ASSEMBLY

PART NO. 6810184M10, 6810184M30, 6810184M33, 6810184M36,
6810184M37, 6840023M1, 6840023M2, 6840023M3, 6840023M7,
6840023M8, 6840023M9, 6840023M10, 6840023E14, 6840023E15,
6840023E16, 6840023E17, 6840023E18
PARKER HANNIFIN CORPORATION
PART NO. 9321M92G10, 9321M92G30, 9321M92G33,

9321M92G36, 9321M92G37, 1317M47G01, 1317M47G02,
1317M47G03, 1317M47G07, 1317M47G08, 1317M47G09,
1317M47G10, 1317M47G14, 1317M47G15, 1317M47G16,
1317M47G17, 1317M47G18
GENERAL ELECTRIC AIRCRAFT ENGINES
COPYRIGHT: PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION

(IF THE YEAR OF COPYRIGHT IS NOT OTHERWISE INDICATED, THEN YEAR IS FIRST YEAR OF THIS DOCUMENT AND YEAR OF
REVISIONS AS INDICATED ELSEWHERE ON THIS DOCUMENT).
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION THAT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY TO PARKER HANNIFIN. THIS
DOCUMENT IS FURNISHED ON THE UNDERSTANDING THAT THE DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION IT CONTAINS WILL NOT
BE COPIED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN CONDUCTING BUSINESS WITH PARKER,
AND WILL BE RETURNED AND ALL FURTHER USE DISCONTINUED UPON REQUEST BY PARKER. COPYRIGHT PARKER. YEAR
OF COPYRIGHT IS FIRST YEAR INDICATED ON THIS DOCUMENT. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
Initial Issue Date: Feb 28/1986

73-11-42 Page TP-1
Rev. No. 11
MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
RECORD OF REVISIONS
Keep this record in the front of this document.
When a revision is received:
(1) Remove the superseded pages from this document and discard.
(2) Put the revised pages into this document.
(3) Record the revision number, issue date, the insertion date, and
incorporators initials.
INSERTED INSERTED
REV. ISSUE REV. ISSUE

DATE BY DATE BY
NO. DATE NO. DATE
0 Feb 28/85
1 Aug 15/86
2 Jan 15/88
3 Jan 01/90
4 Oct 01/92
5 Aug 1/98
6 Sep 30/99
7 Nov 15/01
8 Nov 29/02
9 Mar 15/04
10 May 31/04
11 Mar 24/11
73-11-42 Page ROR-1

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

When a temporary revision is received:
(1) Put the temporary revision page(s) into this document.
(2) Record the temporary revision (TR) number, the issue date, the insertion date, incorporators
initials and the page number.
When a permanent revision is received:
(1) Remove the temporary revision page(s) and put the permanent revision into this document.
(2) Record of the removal date and removers initials.
INSERTED REMOVED
TEMP ISSUE
REV NO. DATE DATE BY DATE BY PAGE NO.
73-1 Dec 1/86 Jan 15/88 PH 101
73-2 Dec 1/86 Jan 15/88 PH 118
73-3 Dec 1/86 Jan 15/88 PH 610
73-4 Dec 1/86 Jan 15/88 PH 776
73-5 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 714
73-6 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 101
73-7 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 102
73-8 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 118
73-9 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 121
73-10 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 301
73-11 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 302
73-12 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 307
73-13 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 316
73-14 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 501
73-15 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 504
73-16 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 603
73-17 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 607
73-18 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 608
73-19 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 704
73-20 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 707
73-21 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 755
73-22 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 902
73-11-42 Page RTR-1

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
INSERTED REMOVED
TEMP ISSUE
73-23 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 904
73-24 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 1002
73-25 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 1003
73-26 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 1004
73-27 Jan 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 1007
73-28 Apr 30/87 Jan 15/88 PH 901
73-29 Jul 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 1004
73-30 Nov 30/87 Jan 15/88 PH 901
73-31 Sep 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 505
73-32 Oct 1/87 Jan 15/88 PH 306
73-33 Oct 1/87 Jan 15/88 PH 301
73-34 Oct 1/87 Jan 15/88 PH 902
73-35 Oct 1/87 Jan 15/88 PH 904
73-36 Nov 30/87 Jan 15/88 PH 1003
73-37 Nov 30/87 Jan 15/88 PH 1009
73-38 Dec 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 506
73-39 Dec 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 609
73-40 Dec 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 611
73-41 Dec 15/87 Jan 15/88 PH 902
73-42 May 15/88 Jan 1/90 PH
73-43 May 15/88 Jan 1/90 PH
73-44 May 15/88 Jan 1/90 PH
73-45 May 15/88 Jan 1/90 PH 704A/704B
73-46 May 15/88 Jan 1/90 PH
73-47 May 15/88 Jan 1/90 PH
73-48 May 15/88 Jan 1/90 PH 902
73-49 May 15/88 Jan 1/90 PH 714
73-50 Aug 1/88 Jan 1/90 PH
73-51 Aug 1/88 Jan 1/90 PH
73-52 Aug 1/88 Jan 1/90 PH 704A/704B
73-53 Aug 1/88 Jan 1/90 PH 711
73-54 Aug 1/88 Jan 1/90 PH 763
73-11-42 Page RTR-2

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
INSERTED REMOVED
TEMP ISSUE
73-55 Aug 1/88 Jan 1/90 PH 902
73-56 Sep 15/88 Jan 1/90 PH 502
73-57 Sep 15/88 Jan 1/90 PH 603
73-58 Sep 15/88 Jan 1/90 PH 719
73-59 Sep 15/88 Jan 1/90 PH 772
73-60 Sep 15/88 Jan 1/90 PH 1003
73-61 Feb 1/89 Jan 1/90 PH 501
73-62 Feb 1/89 Jan 1/90 PH 603
73-63 Feb 1/89 Jan 1/90 PH 604A
73-64 Feb 1/89 Jan 1/90 PH 902
73-65 Apr 1/89 Jan 1/90 PH 109
73-66 Apr 1/89 Jan 1/90 PH 113
73-67 July 15/89 Jan 1/90 PH
73-68 May 1/90 Aug 1/98 PH 733
73-69 Oct 26/90 Aug 1/98 PH 101
73-70 Oct 26/90 Aug 1/98 PH 116
73-71 Oct 26/90 Aug 1/98 PH 119
73-72 Oct 26/90 Aug 1/98 PH 401
73-73 Oct 26/90 Aug 1/98 PH 406
73-74 Oct 26/90 Aug 1/98 PH 904
73-75 Dec 15/90 Aug 1/98 PH 122
73-76 Dec 15/90 Aug 1/98 PH 123
73-77 Feb 15/91 Aug 1/98 PH 1007
73-78 Apr 1/91 Aug 1/98 PH 518
73-79 May 1/92 Aug 1/98 PH 101
73-80 Apr 15/93 Aug 1/98 PH 1030
73-81 Apr 15/93 Aug 1/98 PH 1010
73-82 Nov 1/93 Aug 1/98 PH 510
73-83 Nov 1/93 Aug 1/98 PH 605/606
73-84 Nov 1/93 Aug 1/98 PH 501
73-85 Nov 1/93 Aug 1/98 PH 504
73-86 Oct 15/96 Aug 1/98 PH 302
73-11-42 Page RTR-3

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
INSERTED REMOVED
TEMP ISSUE
73-87 Oct 15/96 Aug 1/98 PH 306
73-88 Oct 15/96 Aug 1/98 PH 307
73-89 Oct 15/96 Aug 1/98 PH 308
73-90 Oct 15/96 Aug 1/98 PH 309
73-91 Oct 15/96 Aug 1/98 PH 310
73-92 Oct 15/96 Aug 1/98 PH 601 Repair
No. 8
73-93 DELETED
73-94 May 15/00 Nov 15/01 PH 601
73-95 May 15/00 Nov 15/01 PH 601 Repair
No. 13
73-96 May 15/00 Nov 15/01 PH 302
73-97 May 15/00 Nov 15/01 PH 604
73-98 Jun 15/00 Nov 15/01 PH 709
73-99 Nov 15/00 Nov 15/01 PH Record of
TRs
73-100 Jan 05/01 Nov 15/01 PH 502
73-101 Jul 30/01 Nov 15/01 PH 723
73-102 Dec 15/01 Nov 29/02 PH 409
73-103 Dec 15/01 Nov 29/02 PH 410
73-104 Feb 15/02 Nov 29/02 PH 507
73-105 Feb 15/02 Nov 29/02 PH 601
73-106 Feb 15/02 Nov 29/02 PH 601 Repair
No. 22
73-107 Apr 15/02 Nov 29/02 PH 517
73-108 Apr 15/02 Nov 29/02 PH 602 Repair
No. 4
73-11-42 Page RTR-4

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST

This list provides the following:
(1) Service bulletin number, service bulletin revision number, service bulletin incorporation date and
subject title.
(2) When a service bulletin does not effect the CMM, the words "No Effect" are shown in the service
bulletin incorporation date column.
SERVICE BULLETIN SERVICE SERVICE SUBJECT TITLE

NUMBER BULLETIN BULLETIN
DATE/ INCORPORATION
REVISION DATE
NUMBER
(CFM56-2) 73-024 AUG 08/84-R1 NO EFFECT Introduction of Second Source Fuel
Nozzles
(CFM56-3) 73-011 NOV 19/84 - IR NO EFFECT Introduction of P/N 9321M92G36 Fuel
Nozzles on CFM56-3 Engines
(CFM56-2) 73-034 DEC 19/84 - R2 NO EFFECT Introduction of P/N 9321M92G33 Fuel
Nozzles on Engines
(CFM56-3) 73-005 DEC 19/84 - R2 NO EFFECT Spare Parts Release
(CFM56-2) 73-041 DEC 19/84 - R2 NO EFFECT Introduction of P/N 9321M92G36 Fuel
Nozzles on Engines
(CFM56-3) 73-001 OCT 24/84 - R1 NO EFFECT Introduction of P/N 9321M92G30 Fuel
Nozzles on Engines
(CFM56-3/3B) 73-022 MAY 23/86 - R3 AUG 15/86 REV. 1 Introduction of Large Nozzle Tip Nozzles
(CFM56-2) 73-046 OCT 10/86 - R2 AUG 15/86 REV. 1 Large Tip Fuel Nozzles with Flange Pins
(CFM56-3/3B) 73-015 NOV 20/86 - R5 NO EFFECT Inspection of Fuel Nozzles with Wear
(CFM56-2) 73-043 DEC 05/86 - R2 AUG 15/86 REV. 1 Large Tip Fuel Nozzles Without Flange
Pins
(CFM56-2A) 73-003 DEC 12/86 - R1 NO EFFECT Introduction of Large Tip Fuel Nozzles
(CFM56-2) 73-047 DEC 29/86 - R1 NO EFFECT Introduction of 43% Rich Pilot Fuel
Nozzles
(CFM56-2A) 73-004 DEC 30/86 - R2 NO EFFECT Introduction of 43% Rich Pilot Fuel
Nozzles
(CFM56-3/3B) 73-025 APR 27/87 - R1 NO EFFECT Introduction of 43% Rich Pilot Fuel
Nozzles
(CFM56-2B) 73-011 APR 29/87 - R1 AUG 15/86 REV. 1 Introduction of Large Tip Fuel Nozzle
(CFM56-2A) 73-005 MAY 07/87 - R1 NO EFFECT Introduction of New P5 Orifice
(CFM56-2B) 73-002 JUN 03/87 - R1 NO EFFECT Introduction of P/N 9321M92G30 Fuel
Nozzles on Engines
73-11-42 Page SBL-1

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

DATE/ INCORPORATION
REVISION DATE
NUMBER
Nozzles on Engine
Nozzles on Engine
(CFM56-2A) 72-009 JUN 23/87 - IR NO EFFECT Replacement of N2K Filter Screen
(CFM56-2) 73-058 DEC 02/87 - R1 NO EFFECT Intro of Second Source Fuel Nozzles
(CFM56-2A) 73-020 MAR 04/88 - IR OCT 01/92 REV. 4 Inspection of Inlet Flow Passage
(CFM56-2) 73-063 MAR 04/88 - IR OCT 01/92 REV.4 Inspect Fuel Nozzle Inlet Flow Passage for
Suspect Machine Chip/Curl
(CFM56-3/3B/3C) 73- MAR 04/88 - IR OCT 01/92 REV. 4 Inspection of Fuel Nozzle Inlet Flow
054 Passages
(CFM56-5) 73-018 NOV 22/88 - IR NO EFFECT Intro of Alternate Source Fuel Nozzles
(CFM56-3/3B/3C) 73- JUL 16/90 - R1 NO EFFECT Introduction of New Wide Angle Primary
073 Spray Pilot Fuel Nozzles
(CFM56-2) 73-074 SEP 12/90 - IR JAN 01/90 REV. 3 Introduction of New Wide Angle Primary
Spray Pilot Fuel Nozzles
(CFM56-2A) 73-028 SEP 25/90 - IR JAN 01/90 REV.3 Introduction of New Wide Angle Primary
Spray Pilot Fuel Nozzles
(CFM56-5) 73-034 OCT 23/92 - R2 NO EFFECT Introduction of New Wide Angle Fuel
Nozzles
(CFM56-5) 73-090 AUG 07/92 - IR NO EFFECT Removal of Large Tip Fuel Nozzle Flange
Pin
(CFM56-3/3B/3C) 73- SEP 18/92 - IR NO EFFECT Removal of Large Tip Fuel Nozzle Flange
103 Pin
(CFM56-2B) 73-058 NOV 23/92 - IR NO EFFECT Removal of Large Tip Fuel Nozzle Flange
Pin
(CFM56-2A) 73-040 DEC 3/92 - IR AUG 1/98 REV. 5 Removal of Large Tip Fuel Nozzle Flange
Pin
(CFM56-2B) 73-060 JAN 26/93 - R1 NO EFFECT Intro of Fuel Nozzles with Support Lugs
(CFM56-5) 73-093 JAN 26/93 - R1 NO EFFECT Intro of Fuel Nozzles with Support Lugs
(CFM56-5) 73-095 DEC 22/92 - IR NO EFFECT Intro of Fuel Nozzles without Support Lugs
(CFM56-3/3B/3C) 73- JAN 26/93 - R1 NO EFFECT Intro of Fuel Nozzles with Support Lugs
106
(CFM56-3/3B/3C) 73- DEC 17/92 - IR NO EFFECT Replacement of Fuel Nozzles without
107 support Lugs
73-11-42 Page SBL-2

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
DATE/ INCORPORATION
REVISION DATE
NUMBER
(CFM56-3) 73-011 OCT 22/01 - R3 NO EFFECT Introduction of P/N 9321M92G36 Fuel
Nozzles on CFM56-3 Engines
(PARKER S/B) JUN 13/07 - IR MAR 24/11-REV. 11 Introduction of Fuel Nozzle with Revised
6840023-73-005 O-Ring
(CFM56-7B) 73-0132 JUN 13/07 - IR MAR 24/11-REV. 11 Introduction of Fuel Nozzle with Revised
O-Ring
(PARKER S/B) JAN 03/08 - IR MAR 24/11-REV. 11 Introduction of Fuel Nozzle with Revised
6840023-73-007 O-Ring
(CFM56-3) 73-0147 JAN 03/08 - IR MAR 24/11-REV. 11 Introduction of Fuel Nozzle with Revised
O-Ring
(CFM56-5) 73-0198 JAN 03/08 - IR MAR 24/11-REV. 11 Introduction of Fuel Nozzle with Revised
O-Ring
(CFM56-5B) 73-0220 JAN 03/08 - IR MAR 24/11-REV. 11 Introduction of Fuel Nozzle with Revised
O-Ring
(CFM56-5C) 73-0168 JAN 03/08 - IR MAR 24/11-REV. 11 Introduction of Fuel Nozzle with Revised
O-Ring
(PARKER S/B) MAY 30/08 - 1 MAR 24/11-REV. 11 Introduction of Fuel Nozzle with Revised
6840023-73-005 O-Ring
(CFM56-7B) 73-0132 MAY 30/08 - 1 MAR 24/11-REV. 11 Introduction of Fuel Nozzle with Revised
O-Ring
(PARKER S/B) MAY 30/08 - 1 MAR 24/11-REV. 11 Introduction of Fuel Nozzle with Revised
6840023-73-007 O-Ring
(CFM56-3) 73-0147 MAY 30/08 - 1 MAR 24/11-REV. 11 Introduction of Fuel Nozzle with Revised
O-Ring
(CFM56-5) 73-0198 MAY 30/08 - 1 MAR 24/11-REV. 11 Introduction of Fuel Nozzle with Revised
O-Ring
(CFM56-5B) 73-0220 MAY 30/08 - 1 MAR 24/11-REV. 11 Introduction of Fuel Nozzle with Revised
O-Ring
(CFM56-5C) 73-0168 MAY 30/08 - 1 MAR 24/11-REV. 11 Introduction of Fuel Nozzle with Revised
O-Ring
73-11-42 Page SBL-3

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Title Page TP-1 MAR 24/2011
Record of Revisions ROR-1 MAR 24/2011
Record of Temporary Revisions RTR-1 MAR 24/2011
RTR-2 MAR 24/2011
RTR-3 MAR 24/2011
RTR-4 MAR 24/2011
Service Bulletin List SBL-1 MAR 24/2011
SBL-2 MAR 24/2011
SBL-3 MAR 24/2011
List of Effective Pages LEP-1 MAR 24/2011
LEP-2 MAR 24/2011
LEP-3 MAR 24/2011
LEP-4 MAR 24/2011
LEP-5 MAR 24/2011
LEP-6 MAR 24/2011
LEP-7 MAR 24/2011
LEP-8 MAR 24/2011
LEP-9 MAR 24/2011
LEP-10 MAR 24/2011
LEP-11 MAR 24/2011
LEP-12 MAR 24/2011
Table of Contents TOC-1 MAR 24/2011
TOC-2 MAR 24/2011
TOC-3 MAR 24/2011
TOC-4 MAR 24/2011
TOC-5 MAR 24/2011
TOC-6 MAR 24/2011
Introduction Intro-1 MAR 24/2011
Intro-2 MAR 24/2011
Intro-3 MAR 24/2011
Intro-4 MAR 24/2011
List of Effective Pages (Sheet 1 of 12)
73-11-42 Page LEP-1

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Introduction (Continued) Intro-5 MAR 24/2011
Intro-6 MAR 24/2011
Intro-7 MAR 24/2011
Intro-8 MAR 24/2011
Description and Operation 1 MAR 24/2011
2 MAR 24/2011
3 MAR 24/2011
4 MAR 24/2011
5 MAR 24/2011
6 MAR 24/2011
Testing and Fault Isolation 1001 MAR 24/2011
1002 MAR 24/2011
1003 MAR 24/2011
1004 MAR 24/2011
1005 MAR 24/2011
1006 MAR 24/2011
1007 MAR 24/2011
1008 MAR 24/2011
1009 MAR 24/2011
1010 MAR 24/2011
1011 MAR 24/2011
1012 MAR 24/2011
1013 MAR 24/2011
1014 MAR 24/2011
1015 MAR 24/2011
1016 MAR 24/2011
1017 MAR 24/2011
1018 MAR 24/2011
1019 MAR 24/2011
1020 MAR 24/2011
1021 MAR 24/2011
1022 MAR 24/2011
1023 MAR 24/2011
73-11-42 Page LEP-2

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Testing and Fault Isolation (Continued) 1024 MAR 24/2011
1025 MAR 24/2011
1026 MAR 24/2011
1027 MAR 24/2011
1028 MAR 24/2011
1029 MAR 24/2011
1030 MAR 24/2011
1031 MAR 24/2011
1032 MAR 24/2011
1033 MAR 24/2011
1034 MAR 24/2011
Disassembly 3001 MAR 24/2011
3002 MAR 24/2011
3003 MAR 24/2011
3004 MAR 24/2011
3005 MAR 24/2011
3006 MAR 24/2011
3007 MAR 24/2011
3008 MAR 24/2011
3009 MAR 24/2011
3010 MAR 24/2011
3011 MAR 24/2011
3012 MAR 24/2011
3013 MAR 24/2011
3014 MAR 24/2011
3015 MAR 24/2011
3016 MAR 24/2011
Cleaning 4001 MAR 24/2011
4002 MAR 24/2011
4003 MAR 24/2011
4004 MAR 24/2011
4005 MAR 24/2011
4006 MAR 24/2011
73-11-42 Page LEP-3

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Check 5001 MAR 24/2011
5002 MAR 24/2011
5003 MAR 24/2011
5004 MAR 24/2011
5005 MAR 24/2011
5006 MAR 24/2011
5007 MAR 24/2011
5008 MAR 24/2011
5009 MAR 24/2011
5010 MAR 24/2011
5011 MAR 24/2011
5012 MAR 24/2011
5013 MAR 24/2011
5014 MAR 24/2011
5015 MAR 24/2011
5016 MAR 24/2011
Repair 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
6003 MAR 15/2004
6004 MAR 15/2004
6005 MAR 15/2004
6006 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 1 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 2 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 3 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
6003 MAR 15/2004
6004 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 4 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
6003 MAR 15/2004
73-11-42 Page LEP-4

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Repair No. 4 (Continued) 6004 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 5 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
6003 MAR 15/2004
6004 MAR 15/2004
6005 MAR 15/2004
6006 MAR 15/2004
6007 MAR 15/2004
6008 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 6 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
6003 MAR 15/2004
6004 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 7 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 8 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 9 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
6003 MAR 15/2004
6004 MAR 15/2004
6005 MAR 15/2004
6006 MAR 15/2004
6007 MAR 15/2004
6008 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 10 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
6003 MAR 15/2004
6004 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 11 6001 MAR 24/2011
6002 MAR 24/2011
6003 MAR 24/2011
6004 MAR 24/2011
73-11-42 Page LEP-5

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Repair No. 12 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
6003 MAR 15/2004
6004 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 13 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 14 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
6003 MAR 15/2004
6004 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 15 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 16 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
6003 MAR 15/2004
6004 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 17 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
6003 MAR 15/2004
6004 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 18 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
6003 MAR 15/2004
6004 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 19 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
6003 MAR 15/2004
6004 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 20 6001 MAR 24/2011
6002 MAR 24/2011
6003 MAR 24/2011
6004 MAR 24/2011
Repair No. 21 6001 MAR 15/2004
73-11-42 Page LEP-6

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Repair No. 21 (Continued) 6002 MAR 15/2004
6003 MAR 15/2004
6004 MAR 15/2004
6005 MAR 15/2004
6006 MAR 15/2004
6007 MAR 15/2004
6008 MAR 15/2004
6009 MAR 15/2004
6010 MAR 15/2004
Repair No. 22 6001 MAR 15/2004
6002 MAR 15/2004
6003 MAR 15/2004
6004 MAR 15/2004
Assembly 7001 MAR 24/2011
7002 MAR 24/2011
7003 MAR 24/2011
7004 MAR 24/2011
7005 MAR 24/2011
7006 MAR 24/2011
7007 MAR 24/2011
7008 MAR 24/2011
7009 MAR 24/2011
7010 MAR 24/2011
7011 MAR 24/2011
7012 MAR 24/2011
7013 MAR 24/2011
7014 MAR 24/2011
7015 MAR 24/2011
7016 MAR 24/2011
7017 MAR 24/2011
7018 MAR 24/2011
7019 MAR 24/2011
7020 MAR 24/2011
73-11-42 Page LEP-7

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Assembly (Continued) 7021 MAR 24/2011
7022 MAR 24/2011
7023 MAR 24/2011
7024 MAR 24/2011
7025 MAR 24/2011
7026 MAR 24/2011
7027 MAR 24/2011
7028 MAR 24/2011
7029 MAR 24/2011
7030 MAR 24/2011
7031 MAR 24/2011
7032 MAR 24/2011
7033 MAR 24/2011
7034 MAR 24/2011
7035 MAR 24/2011
7036 MAR 24/2011
7037 MAR 24/2011
7038 MAR 24/2011
7039 MAR 24/2011
7040 MAR 24/2011
7041 MAR 24/2011
7042 MAR 24/2011
7043 MAR 24/2011
7044 MAR 24/2011
7045 MAR 24/2011
7046 MAR 24/2011
7047 MAR 24/2011
7048 MAR 24/2011
7049 MAR 24/2011
7050 MAR 24/2011
7051 MAR 24/2011
7052 MAR 24/2011
7053 MAR 24/2011
73-11-42 Page LEP-8

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Assembly (Continued) 7054 MAR 24/2011
7055 MAR 24/2011
7056 MAR 24/2011
7057 MAR 24/2011
7058 MAR 24/2011
7059 MAR 24/2011
7060 MAR 24/2011
7061 MAR 24/2011
7062 MAR 24/2011
7063 MAR 24/2011
7064 MAR 24/2011
7065 MAR 24/2011
7066 MAR 24/2011
7067 MAR 24/2011
7068 MAR 24/2011
7069 MAR 24/2011
7070 MAR 24/2011
7071 MAR 24/2011
7072 MAR 24/2011
7073 MAR 24/2011
7074 MAR 24/2011
7075 MAR 24/2011
7076 MAR 24/2011
7077 MAR 24/2011
7078 MAR 24/2011
7079 MAR 24/2011
7080 MAR 24/2011
Fits and Clearances 8001 MAR 15/2004
8002 MAR 15/2004
Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment 9001 MAR 24/2011
9002 MAR 24/2011
9003 MAR 24/2011
9004 MAR 24/2011
73-11-42 Page LEP-9

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment 9005 MAR 24/2011
(Continued)
9006 MAR 24/2011
9007 MAR 24/2011
9008 MAR 24/2011
9009 MAR 24/2011
9010 MAR 24/2011
9011 MAR 24/2011
9012 MAR 24/2011
Storage 15001 MAR 24/2011
15002 MAR 24/2011
Illustrated Parts List 10001 MAR 24/2011
10002 MAR 24/2011
10003 MAR 24/2011
10004 MAR 24/2011
10005 MAR 24/2011
10006 MAR 24/2011
10007 MAR 24/2011
10008 MAR 24/2011
10009 MAR 24/2011
10010 MAR 24/2011
10011 MAR 24/2011
10012 MAR 24/2011
10013 MAR 24/2011
10014 MAR 24/2011
10015 MAR 24/2011
10016 MAR 24/2011
10017 MAR 24/2011
10018 MAR 24/2011
10019 MAR 24/2011
10020 MAR 24/2011
10021 MAR 24/2011
10022 MAR 24/2011
73-11-42 Page LEP-10

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Illustrated Parts List (Continued) 10023 MAR 24/2011
10024 MAR 24/2011
10025 MAR 24/2011
10026 MAR 24/2011
10027 MAR 24/2011
10028 MAR 24/2011
10029 MAR 24/2011
10030 MAR 24/2011
10031 MAR 24/2011
10032 MAR 24/2011
10033 MAR 24/2011
10034 MAR 24/2011
10035 MAR 24/2011
10036 MAR 24/2011
10037 MAR 24/2011
10038 MAR 24/2011
10039 MAR 24/2011
10040 MAR 24/2011
10041 MAR 24/2011
10042 MAR 24/2011
10043 MAR 24/2011
10044 MAR 24/2011
10045 MAR 24/2011
10046 MAR 24/2011
10047 MAR 24/2011
10048 MAR 24/2011
10049 MAR 24/2011
10050 MAR 24/2011
10051 MAR 24/2011
10052 MAR 24/2011
10053 MAR 24/2011
10054 MAR 24/2011
10055 MAR 24/2011
73-11-42 Page LEP-11

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Illustrated Parts List (Continued) 10056 MAR 24/2011
10057 MAR 24/2011
10058 MAR 24/2011
73-11-42 Page LEP-12

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT PAGE
Introduction ........................................................................................................................................ Intro-1

Description and Operation .......................................................................................................................... 1
Testing and Fault Isolation .................................................................................................................... 1001
Disassembly.......................................................................................................................................... 3001
Cleaning................................................................................................................................................ 4001
Check .................................................................................................................................................... 5001
Repair ................................................................................................................................................... 6001
Repair No. 1
Repair Inlet Cover Sealing Surfaces ..................................................................................................... 6001
Repair No. 2
Repair Inlet Cover Fitting Threads ........................................................................................................ 6001
Repair No. 3
Remachine Inlet Cover Cut-off Surface ................................................................................................ 6001
Repair No. 4
Remachine Inlet Cover Bore................................................................................................................. 6001
Repair No. 5
Undersized Inlet Cover Repair .............................................................................................................. 6001
Repair No. 6
Remachine Inlet Cover End of Support (ALL Models) .......................................................................... 6001
Repair No. 7
Repair Undersize Cover Inlet Bore ....................................................................................................... 6001
Repair No. 8
Remachine Check Valve Area of Support ............................................................................................ 6001
Repair No. 9
Remove Metering Set and Remachine Support Metering Tip End -
Secondary Body Area (All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3) .......................................... 6001
Repair No. 10
Remachine Support Metering Tip End - Primary Body Area
(All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3) .............................................................................. 6001
Repair No. 11
Flange Pin Replacement on Models 6840023M3, M7, M8, M10, E14, or E15 ..................................... 6001
Repair No. 12
Remachine Support Mounting Flange Surface ..................................................................................... 6001
Repair No. 13
Weld Buildup for Components .............................................................................................................. 6001
Repair No. 14
Stress Relief Nozzle Support Tube ....................................................................................................... 6001
Repair No. 15
Repair Defective Weld (Bench Repairs, Grind, Etch for Zyglo, Etc.) .................................................... 6001
Repair No. 16
Lapping and Polishing Repairs ............................................................................................................. 6001
Repair No. 17
Remove Raised Metal........................................................................................................................... 6001
Repair No. 18
Remachine Primary Body (All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3) .................................... 6001
Repair No. 19
Remachine Secondary Body (All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3) ............................... 6001
73-11-42 Page TOC-1

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
Repair No. 20
Primary Body to Secondary Body Match
(All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3) .............................................................................. 6001
Repair No. 21
Replace Wear Sleeve
(All 6840023 Models) ............................................................................................................................ 6001
Repair No. 22
Repair Primary Strainer ........................................................................................................................ 6001
Assembly .............................................................................................................................................. 7001
Fits and Clearances .............................................................................................................................. 8001
Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment ............................................................................................... 9001
Storage ............................................................................................................................................... 15001
Illustrated Parts List ............................................................................................................................ 10001
73-11-42 Page TOC-2

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
FIGURE TITLE PAGE
Intro 1 Example of Maintenance Task Oriented Support System (Sheet 1 of 1) ....................... Intro-4
Intro 2 List of General Abbreviations (Sheet 1 of 1) ................................................................... Intro-5
Intro 3 U.S. Standard to SI (Metric) Equivalents (Sheet 1 of 1) ................................................. Intro-6
Intro 4 Geometric Tolerancing and Symbols (Sheet 1 of 1) ....................................................... Intro-7
1 Fuel Nozzle Major Components (Sheet 1 of 1)........................................................................2
2 Fuel Nozzle Cross Section (Sheet 1 of 1)................................................................................3
1001 Recommended Testing Sequence Chart (Sheet 1 of 1) ....................................................1003
1002 External Gas Leak Test of Nozzle Assembly (Sheet 1 of 1) ..............................................1006
1003 Primary Nozzle Performance Test (Sheet 1 of 1) ..............................................................1008
1004 Spray Pattern Comparison (Sheet 1 of 1)..........................................................................1009
1005 Primary nozzle Radial Spray Distribution Test (Sheet 1 of 1)............................................1011
1006 Radial Spray Distribution Evaluation (Sheet 1 of 1)...........................................................1012
1007 Preparation for Secondary Flow (Dribble Test) (Sheet 1 of 1)...........................................1017
1008 Secondary Flow Spray Angle Test (Sheet 1 of 1)..............................................................1019
1009 Spray Profile and Symmetry Measurement (Sheet 1 of 1) ................................................1020
1010 Secondary Spray Profile and Symmetry (All Models) (Sheet 1 of 1) .................................1021
1011 Primary Spray Profile and Symmetry (6840023E14 and E16) (Sheet 1 of 1)....................1023
1012 Primary Spray Profile and Symmetry (6840023E15 and E17) (Sheet 1 of 1)....................1024
1013 Internal Fluid Decay Leak Test of Nozzle Assembly (Sheet 1 of 1)...................................1026
1014 Wear Sleeve Qualification (Sheet 1 of 1)...........................................................................1027
1015 Secondary Body Qualification (Sheet 1 of 1) .....................................................................1028
1016 Final Acceptance Fixture with Nozzle Installed (Sheet 1 of 1)...........................................1030
3001 Recommended Disassembly Sequence Chart (Sheet 1 of 1) ...........................................3004
3002 Inlet Cover Removal (Sheet 1 of 1)....................................................................................3006
3003 Cartridge Valve Removal (Sheet 1 of 1) ............................................................................3008
3004 Cartridge Valve Disassembly (Sheet 1 of 1) ......................................................................3010
3005 Support Check Valve Machining Dimensions (All Models) (Sheet 1 of 1) .........................3013
3006 Check Valve Removal (All Models) (Sheet 1 of 1).............................................................3014
5001 Inlet Cover Checks ............................................................................................................5014
5002 Support Checks (All Models) .............................................................................................5015
5003 Support Checks (All Models) .............................................................................................5016
6001 Repair No. 1 Inlet Cover Fuel Passage (Sheet 1 of 1).......................................................6002
6001 Repair No. 3 Inlet Cover Repair (Sheet 1 of 1) ..................................................................6003
6001 Repair No. 4 Inlet Cover Machining Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 1) ........................................6002
6002 Repair No. 4 Inlet Cover Fuel Passage (Sheet 1 of 1).......................................................6003
6001 Repair No. 5 Minimum Requirements for Undersize Inlet Cover (Sheet 1 of 1) ................6003
6002 Repair No. 5 Inlet Cover Weld Buildup (Sheet 1 of 1) .......................................................6004
6003 Repair No. 5 Pressure Test Inlet Cover (Sheet 1 of 1) ......................................................6006
6001 Repair No. 6 Remachine Support, Inlet Cover End (All Models) (Sheet 1 of 1) ................6002
6002 Repair No. 6 Support Machining Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 1) .............................................6004
6001 Repair No. 7 Cover Inlet Bore Machining Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 1)................................6002
6001 Repair No. 9 Metering Set Removal (All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3) ..
(Sheet 1 of 1) .....................................................................................................................6003
6002 Repair No. 9 Gauging Material Removal - Secondary Weld Flange (Sheet 1 of 1)...........6005
6003 Repair No. 9 Support Metering Set End (All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3)
(Sheet 1 of 1) .....................................................................................................................6006
73-11-42 Page TOC-3

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6004 Repair No. 9 Support Machining Dimensions (All Models Except 6810184M10 and
6840023M3) (Sheet 1 of 1) ................................................................................................6007
6005 Repair No. 9 Support Stem Counterbore Radius Rework Dimensions
(All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3) (Sheet 1 of 1) ....................................6008
6001 Repair No. 10 Support Metering Set End (All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3)
(Sheet 1 of 1) .....................................................................................................................6003
6002 Repair No. 10 Support Machining Dimensions
(All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3) (Sheet 1 of 1) ....................................6004
6001 Repair No. 11 Location and Installation of Flange Pin (Sheet 1 of 1) ................................6003
6001 Repair No. 12 Remachine Support Mounting Flange (Sheet 1 of 1) .................................6003
6002 Repair No. 12 Mounting Flange Surface Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 1) .................................6004
6001 Repair No. 14 Radial Position of Tip (Sheet 1 of 1) ...........................................................6003
6001 Repair No. 16 Repair Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1) ...........................................................6003
6001 Repair No. 17 Repair Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1) ...........................................................6003
6001 Repair No. 18 Primary Body Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 1)....................................................6003
6001 Repair No. 19 Secondary Body Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 1)...............................................6003
6001 Repair No. 20 Metering Set Assembly Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1).................................6003
6001 Repair No. 21 Remove Wear Sleeve Using Machine Lathe (Sheet 1 of 1) .......................6003
6002 Repair No. 21 Wear Sleeve Installation (Sheet 1 of 1) ......................................................6006
6003 Repair No. 21 Weld Wear Sleeve (Sheet 1 of 1) ...............................................................6007
6004 Repair No. 21 Wear Sleeve Weld requirements (Sheet 1 of 1) .........................................6009
6005 Repair No. 21 Radial Position of Nozzle Tip (Sheet 1 of 1) ...............................................6010
6001 Repair No. 22 Repair Inlet Strainer Screen (Sheet 1 of 1).................................................6002
6002 Repair No. 22 Primary Strainer Tool (Sheet 1 of 1) ...........................................................6003
7001 Cartridge Valve Assembly (Sheet 1 of 2)...........................................................................7007
7002 Cartridge Valve Assembly (Sheet 2 of 2)...........................................................................7008
7003 Cartridge Valve Test (Sheet 1 of 1) ...................................................................................7009
7004 Check Valve Leak Test (Sheet 1 of 1) ...............................................................................7014
7005 Support Pre-assembly Flow Test (Sheet 1 of 1) ................................................................7015
7006 Support Ring Fixture Installation (Sheet 1 of 1) .................................................................7019
7007 Primary Body and Plug Flow Test to Tack Weld (Sheet 1 of 1).........................................7020
7008 Selection of Primary Body Weld Ring (Sheet 1 of 1) .........................................................7023
7009 Tack Weld Primary to Support Adapter (Sheet 1 of 1).......................................................7024
7010 Primary Body Weld (Sheet 1 of 1) .....................................................................................7025
7011 Metering Set Weld Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1) ...............................................................7026
7012 Leak Test of Support and Primary Body Weld (Sheet 1 of 1) ............................................7029
7013 Flow Test of Welded Support and Primary Body (Sheet 1 of 1) ........................................7030
7014 Secondary Body Flow Test Prior to Weld (Sheet 1 of 1) ...................................................7034
7015 Restrictor Orifice Installation in Support (Sheet 1 of 1)......................................................7035
7016 Secondary Body Filler Ring Selection (Sheet 1 of 1).........................................................7039
7017 Machining Secondary Body for Filler Ring (Sheet 1 of 1) ..................................................7040
7018 Tack Weld Secondary Body to Support (Sheet 1 of 1) ......................................................7041
7019 Secondary Body Weld (Sheet 1 of 1).................................................................................7042
7020 Leak Test of Support, Secondary Body and Support Weld (Sheet 1 of 1).........................7047
7021 Flow Test of Welded Support and Secondary Body (Sheet 1 of 1) ...................................7048
7022 Secondary Body End Point Location (Sheet 1 of 1)...........................................................7049
7023 Support and Metering Set Flow Test (Sheet 1 of 1)...........................................................7051
7024 Inlet Strainer Installation (Sheet 1 of 1)..............................................................................7053
7025 Installation of Inlet Cover for Pre-Weld Testing (Sheet 1 of 1)...........................................7062
7026 Complete Flow Test Setup (Sheet 1 of 1)..........................................................................7063
7027 Complete Flow Test Setup (Sheet 1 of 1)..........................................................................7064
73-11-42 Page TOC-4

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7028 Internal Fluid Decay leak Test (Sheet 1 of 1).....................................................................7068
7029 Inlet Cover Tack Fixture (Sheet 1 of 1) ..............................................................................7069
7030 Inlet Cover Tack Weld (Sheet 1 of 1).................................................................................7070
7031 Inlet Cover Weld (Sheet 1 of 1)..........................................................................................7071
7032 Inlet Cover Weld Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1) ..................................................................7072
7033 Check Valve Plug Weld Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1) .......................................................7073
7034 Installation of Color Band (Sheet 1 of 1) ............................................................................7076
7035 Identification Location (Sheet 1 of 1) .................................................................................7077
7036 Radial Position of Nozzle Tip (Sheet 1 of 1) ......................................................................7079
9001 Illustration Tools (Sheet 1 of 5) ..........................................................................................9008
IPL Figure 1 Fuel Nozzle - Exploded View (Sheet 1 of 1) (CODE A,B,D,E,F,G,H,J,K,L,M,N,P,S) ......10020
IPL Figure 2 Fuel Nozzle - Exploded View (Sheet 1 of 1) (CODE C,Q AND R)...................................10036
IPL Figure 3 Cartridge Valve - Exploded View (Sheet 1 of 1) ..............................................................10040
IPL Figure 4 Check Valve - Exploded View (Sheet 1 of 1) ...................................................................10054
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE TITLE PAGE
1 Leading Particulars ..................................................................................................................4

2 Configuration Table .................................................................................................................6
1001 Test Tools, Equipment and Materials ................................................................................1002
1002 Primary/Secondary Flow and Pressures............................................................................1014
1003 Service and Ultrasonically Cleaned Limits.........................................................................1014
1004 Secondary Flow (Dribble) Test Overhauled Nozzles .........................................................1016
1005 Secondary Flow (Dribble) Test Service Nozzles and Ultrasonically Cleaned Nozzles ......1016
1006 Fault Isolation ....................................................................................................................1031
3001 Equipment and Materials ...................................................................................................3001
3002 Repairable Components for Weld Build-Up .......................................................................3003
4001 Cleaning Equipment and Materials ....................................................................................4001
5001 Equipment and Materials ...................................................................................................5001
5002 Part Material to be Inspected, All Nozzle Models ..............................................................5003
5003 Inspection Criteria ..............................................................................................................5004
6001 Repair Tools and Equipment .............................................................................................6001
6002 Repair Tools and Equipment .............................................................................................6002
6003 Repair Materials.................................................................................................................6003
6001 Repair No. 1 Tools and Equipment....................................................................................6001
6002 Repair No. 1 Materials .......................................................................................................6001
73-11-42 Page TOC-5

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6001 Repair No. 10 Tools and Equipment..................................................................................6001
6002 Repair No. 10 Materials .....................................................................................................6001
6002 Repair No. 20 Metering Set Part Numbers ........................................................................6002
7001 Assembly Tools Equipment and Materials.........................................................................7002
7002 Pre qualifying Fixture Flow Limits ......................................................................................7005
7003 Cartridge Valve Flow and Pressures .................................................................................7011
7004 Check Valve Flow Test ......................................................................................................7013
7005 Primary Body Flow Test.....................................................................................................7016
7006 Primary Body Weld Settings and Conditions .....................................................................7022
7007 Dimensions for Machining Secondary Body for Filler Ring................................................7036
7008 Dimensions for Machining Secondary Body for Filler Ring................................................7036
7009 Secondary Body Recommended Weld Settings and Conditions .......................................7038
7010 Primary/Secondary Pre-weld Flows and Pressures...........................................................7057
7011 Secondary Flow (Dribble) Test ..........................................................................................7059
7012 Inlet Fitting Weld Settings and Conditions .........................................................................7067
9001 Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment ............................................................................9001
9002 Materials ............................................................................................................................9005
15001 Storage Materials.............................................................................................................15001
10001 Numerical Index ...............................................................................................................10004
73-11-42 Page TOC-6

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
INTRODUCTION
TASK 73-11-42-99F-899-A01
1. General
A. This manual provides complete shop maintenance instructions with illustrated Parts List for fuel
nozzles used on General Electric CFM56 gas turbine engines. The fuel nozzle models covered are the
6810184 and 6840023 Series manufactured by Parker Hannifin Corporation, Gas Turbine Fuel System
Division, Clyde, New York. This corresponds with General Electric 9321M92 and 1317M47 Series.
B. All service instructions in this manual have been shop verified. Shop verified procedures are those by
which the manufacturer has accomplished all disassembly, assembly, testing, and fault isolation by
actually performing the functions described in this manual, on equipment identical in configuration to
that described.
C. Information contained in this manual applies only to parts and processes approved by Parker Hannifin,
Gas Turbine Fuel Systems Division (PH-GTFSD). The information contained in this manual does not
apply to parts and processes not approved by PH-GTFSD such as parts manufactured under a parts
manufacturer approval (PMA), even though the use of such parts may be authorized by the Federal
Aviation Administration. Accordingly, owners, operators, and repair and overhaul facilities of PH-
GTFSD products should obtain the required instructions for continued airworthiness for parts and
processes not certified by PH-GTFSD from the manufacturer or holder of the authority for the use of
such parts and processes. The use of parts not manufactured by PH-GTFSD or processes not
contained in this Component Maintenance Manual will void any Parker Hannifin warranties in effect.
TASK 73-11-42-99F-803-A01
2. Nozzle Part Number History
NONE.
TASK 73-11-42-99F-804-A01
3. Manual Use
A. Prior to disassembly, an as-received inspection may be performed on fuel nozzles removed from
service for performance check only in lieu of complete disassembly and repair. Refer to the TESTING
AND FAULT ISOLATION section. Fuel nozzles passing inspection and test requirements may be
preserved per storage instructions in the STORAGE section and returned to service.
B. A fuel nozzle shall be considered overhauled when at least the following items have been performed:
When repair of the fuel nozzle is indicated, it can be accomplished by disassembling the unit to the
extent indicated in DISASSEMBLY. Clean, check, replacement of preformed packing, and repair the
disassembled parts per the applicable section; then assemble and test the fuel nozzle. Fuel nozzles
disassembled to the support or the support and metering set level and successfully passing all tests
specified as “Overhaul Limits” shall be considered newly overhauled. Other maintenance and testing
to service limits shall be classified as repair.
C. Good standard shop practices and safety precautions are expected to be followed. These instructions
do not cover all details or variations in equipment nor provide for every possible contingency. Any
questions should be referred to Parker Hannifin Corporation, Customer Support Operations, 7777 N.
Glen Harbor Blvd., Glendale, AZ 85307, USA.
73-11-42 Page Intro-1

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-99F-805-A01
4. Maintenance Task Oriented Support System (MTOSS)
A. The Maintenance Task Oriented Support System (MTOSS) is used for Electronic Data Processing of
Maintenance data. (See Figure Intro 1 "GRAPHIC-73-11-42-99B-806-A01" on page 4.)
NOTE: For more information refer to Component Maintenance Manual, Section 2-5-3, in the Air
Transport Association (ATA) iSpec 2200.
(1) The MTOSS system uses standard and unique number combinations to identify maintenance
tasks and sub-tasks.
(2) The MTOSS structure is a logical approach to organize maintenance tasks and sub-tasks. The
MTOSS numbering system includes the ATA chapter-section-subject number as well as a
function code and unique identifiers.
(3) The purpose of incorporating the MTOSS numbering system is to provide a means for the
automated sorting, retrieval, and management of digitized data.
B. The MTOSS numbering system is an expansion of the ATA three element numbering system. An
MTOSS number has seven elements of which the first five elements are mandatory for each task and
sub-task. The sixth and seventh elements are applied when necessary. This CMM incorporates the
use of six of the seven elements. The elements are specified as follows:
(1) Elements Nos. 1, 2, and 3 - These elements are the Chapter, Section, and Subject, ATA
numbers.
(a) Element No. 1: CHAPTER
(b) Element No. 2: SECTION
(c) Element No. 3: SUBJECT

(2) Element No. 4 - The fourth element numerically gives the maintenance function of the Task.
NOTE: For more information on maintenance functions, refer to Component Maintenance

Manual, Section 2-5-3, in the Air Transport Association (ATA) Specification 100.
(a) Maintenance function code 990 is expanded as follows in this CMM.
1 99A - Is used to identify TABLES
2 99B - Is used to identify ILLUSTRATIONS
3 99C - Is used to identify FRONT MATTER for PAGE BLOCK or TASK
4 99D - Is used to identify ACCESS
5 99E - Is used to identify REFERENCES
6 99F - Is used to identify GENERAL/INTRODUCTION
(b) Maintenance function code 940 is expanded as follows in this CMM.

1 94A - Is used to identify CONSUMABLES and MATERIALS
2 94B - Is used to identify TOOLS, FIXTURES, and EQUIPMENT

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(3) Element No. 5 - The fifth element makes the Task or Subtask unique for all tasks or sub-tasks
which have the same first four elements.
(a) Tasks are numbered from 801 through 999.

(b) Sub-tasks are numbered 001 through 800.
(4) Element No. 6 - The sixth element is a three position alpha-numeric number which identifies
differences in configurations, methods and techniques, variations of standard practice
applications, etc.
(a) Most tasks in this CMM will use “A01” as the sixth element. This shows the task is used for
all configurations with no variation.
(b) If the sixth element is an “S01”, it shows that a service bulletin is related to the task.
(5) Element No. 7 - The seventh element is a three position alpha-numeric number for customer use.

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
Intro 1
MTOSS NUMBER
TASK 73-11-42-700-824-A01
1 2 3 4 5 6
73-11-42-700-824-A01
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT
MAINTENANCE FUNCTION
700 = TESTING
UNIQUE NO
SUBTASK = 001-800
TASK = 801-899
IDENTIFICATION
DIFFERENCES
A01 = ALL CONFIGURATIONS
NOTE: ELEMENT NUMBER 7 IS NOT USED MANUAL-INTRO
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-806-A01
Example of Maintenance Task Oriented Support System (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure Intro 1

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-99F-806-A01
5. Abbreviations
A. Letter symbols for units of measurement and abbreviations comply with ASME Y14.38, except as
noted. Abbreviations listed in Figure 2 below, are used in text abbreviations. All drawing abbreviations
are the same except in caps. (See Figure Intro 2 "GRAPHIC-73-11-42-99B-807-A01" on page 5.)
B. In this Component Maintenance Manual, a minimum number of abbreviations are used or if they help
to make the best use of the available area on a page.
Intro 2
ABBREVIATION TERMINOLOGY
approx Approximate (ly)
assy Assembly
*ATA Air Transport Association
cont Continued
cl Centerline
deg (angle measurement) Degree
dia or Ø Diameter
Dim Dimension
*DPM Drops per minute
eff Effectivity
fig Figure
*FD Flow Divider
FPI Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection
*HAZ Heat Affected Zone
*IPL Illustrated Parts List
max Maximum
min Minimum
NHA Next higher assembly
NA Not applicable
no Number
pl Place (s)
rad Radius
ref Reference
RPM Revolutions per minute
SB Service Bulletin
Serno *(SN) Serial Number
*TR Temporary Revision
TIR Total Indicator Reading/Runout
* Items with an asterisks are Parker abbreviations and are not listed in spec ASME Y14.38-2007
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-807-A01
List of General Abbreviations (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure Intro 2

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-99F-807-A01
6. Units of Measurements
Dimensions throughout this manual are given in U.S. Standard units, with values of the International
System of Units (SI units) in parentheses after the U.S. units. U.S. Standard Units and SI (Metric) Units and
abbreviations are listed for reference below in Figure Intro 3. Abbreviations are in accordance with IEEE/
ASTM SI 10-2002, American National Standard for Use of the International System of Units.
(See Figure Intro 3 "GRAPHIC-73-11-42-99B-808-A01" on page 6.)
Intro 3
U.S. STANDARD UNIT ABBREVIATION SI (METRIC) UNIT ABBREVIATION
cubic feet per hour cfh cubic meters per hour m³/h
cubic feet per minute cfm cubic meters per minute m³/min
electric current ___ ampere A
degree
deg, X° radian rad
(angle measurement)
degree Fahrenheit °F degree Celsius °C
gallon Gal liter L
gauss G tesla T
inch in. millimeter mm
inch per minute ipm meters per second m/s
inch pounds in-lb newton meter N·m
microinch in micrometer m
milliliter mL fluid ounce fl. oz.
ounce oz gram g
pound (mass) lb kilogram kg
pounds per hour pph or lb/hr kilograms per hour kg/hr

pound per square
psig kilopascal gage kPa gage
inch gage
MEASUREMENTS
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-808-A01
U.S. Standard to SI (Metric) Equivalents (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure Intro 3

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-99F-808-A01
7. Geometric Tolerance Symbols
Illustrations in this manual contain geometric tolerance symbols which are in accordance with ASME
Y14.5M. Symbol explanations are listed for reference in Figure Intro 4.
(See Figure Intro 4 "GRAPHIC-73-11-42-99B-809-A01" on page 7.)
Intro 4
TYPE OF CHARACTERISTICS SYMBOL

TOLERANCE
STRAIGHTNESS
FLATNESS
FORM CIRCULARITY (ROUNDNESS)
CYLINDRICITY
PROFILE PROFILE OF A SURFACE
PROFILE OF A LINE
ANGULARITY
ORIENTATION PERPENDICULARITY
PARALLELISM
TRUE POSITION
LOCATION CONCENTRICITY
SYMMETRY
RUNOUT CIRCULAR RUNOUT
TOTAL RUNOUT
DIAMETER
OTHER MAXIMUM MATERIAL CONDITION M
BASIC DIMENSION (BSC) 50
A
DATUM
POINT P
0.002 (0.05 MM)

STRAIGHT WITHIN 0.002 (0.05 MM)
PERPENDICULAR WITHIN A
DIAMETER TOLERANCE ZONE 0.002 (0.05 MM) B
OF 0.002 (0.05 MM) TO DATUM B
PARALLEL WITHIN 0.002
(0.05 MM) TO DATUM A
0.002 (0.05 MM) A
0.002 (0.05 MM)
ROUND WITHIN 0.002 (0.05 MM)
EXAMPLES CONCENTRIC WITHIN 0.005
(0.13 MM) TO DATUM C 0.005 (0.13 MM) C
(TOTAL INDICATOR READING)
TOTAL RUNOUT WITHIN 0.005
(0.13 MM) TO DATUM C
0.005 (0.13 MM) C
ANGULARITY WITHIN 0.005
(0.013 MM) TO DATUM A
0.005 (0.13 MM) A
TRUE POSITION WITHIN 0.002
(0.05 MM) DIAMETER
TOLERANCE ZONE AT MAXIMIUM 0.002 (0.05 MM) M B M
MATERIAL CONDITION IN
RELATION TO DATUM B AT
MAXIMUM MATERIAL CONDITION
GeoSymbols
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-809-A01
Geometric Tolerancing and Symbols (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure Intro 4

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-99F-809-A01
8. Safety
WARNING: BEFORE USING ANY OF THE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS, BE AWARE OF ALL

HANDLING, STORAGE AND DISPOSAL PRECAUTIONS RECOMMENDED BY THE
MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURE’S OR
SUPPLIER’S RECOMMENDATIONS MAY RESULT IN INJURY OR DISEASE.
A. This manual describes processed that may require the use of chemicals, solvents, paints or other
commercially available materials.

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
TASK 73-11-42-870-810-A01
1. Description
A. Physical Description (See Fig. 1).

(See Figure 1 "GRAPHIC-73-11-42-99B-813-A01" on page 1.)
NOTE: Item numbers refer to IPL Figure 1 unless specified.

1
CARTRIDGE INLET
VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR
AREA
CHECK
VALVE AREA
SUPPORT
INLET
FLANGE PIN
(6840023M3, M7,
M8, M10, E14, AND E15)
METERING SET WEAR SLEEVE
OUTLET
LARGE TIP NOZZLES

SMALL TIP NOZZLES (6840023 SERIES)
(6810184 SERIES)
73-11-42 Page 1
MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-813-A01
Fuel Nozzle Major Components (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1
B. The 6810184 and 6840023 Series Fuel Nozzles are welded assemblies that deliver carefully
calibrated, precisely patterned fuel spray for combustion in a gas turbine engine. The fuel nozzle
consists of a cover or inlet, check valve, cartridge valve, support, and metering set.
TASK 73-11-42-870-811-A01
2. Operation

A. The fuel nozzle assembly receives fuel through the inlet. Fuel passes through the inlet strainer and
accumulates in the portion of the support that houses the valves.
B. The primary flow passes through the primary strainer and is directed through the check valve. It then
passes through the inner tube of the support to the primary body of the metering set. Fuel passes
around the primary plug and through the primary body and enters the combustion chamber as a
uniform density, cone shaped spray.
C. The secondary flow activates the flow divider cartridge valve. This ports fuel through the restrictor
orifice and the outer tube of the support to the shroud and secondary body of the metering set. This
fuel passes around the primary body and through the shroud and secondary body and enters the
combustion chamber as a uniform density, cone shaped spray. The cone of the secondary spray is
wider than that of the primary and therefore surrounds the primary spray pattern.
73-11-42 Page 2
MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
2
CHECK VALVE (95)

INLET
PRIMARY STRAINER (30)
STRAINER (40)
CARTRIDGE VALVE RETAINING

ASSEMBLY (60) RING (26)
INNER TUBE INLET
RESTRICTOR
ORIFICE (110)
OUTER TUBE INCOMING FUEL

PRIMARY FLOW
SECONDARY FLOW
PRIMARY
BODY (155) NOTE:NOZZLE ROTATED OUT OF
PRIMARY
PLUG (160) VIEW FOR CLARITY.
SECONDARY FLOW
PRIMARY FLOW
OUTLET
SECONDARY
BODY (150) WEAR SLEEVE (175)
(6840023 SERIES) DO002CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-814-A01
Fuel Nozzle Cross Section (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 2
73-11-42 Page 3
MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-870-812-A01
3. Leading Particulars
Leading particulars for the Fuel Nozzle Assembly are shown in Table 1.
(Refer to Table 1 "TABLE-73-11-42-99A-815-A01" on page 4.)
1
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-815-A01 Leading Particulars—Table 1
Fluid Medium..............................................................................................................................Jet Fuel
Operating Pressure Differential ..............................................................600 psig max (4137 kPa gage)
Flow Rate .......................................................................................................... 700 pph (317.5 kg/hr)
Mounting:
6810184M10, M30, M33, M37, and
6840023M1, M2, M3, M7, M8, M9, M10,
E14, E15, E16, E17.....................................................................................Three bolt hole flange
0.271 to 0.278 in. (6.883 to 7.061 mm) dia
Length (approx)..................................................................................................... 7.06 in. (179.3 mm)
Weight .................................................................................................................1.28 lbs (0.58 kg)
Inlet connector............................................................................................. 0.4375-20 UNJF-3A thread

Leading Particulars —Table 1
TASK 73-11-42-870-813-A01
4. Configuration
A. All models are similar in appearance, provide the same operational performance, and are mounted
and connected to the engine in an identical manner. The 6840023 nozzles have a large tip diameter
incorporating a wear sleeve to reduce tip wear and permit field rework of worn fuel nozzles. Some of
the 6840023 nozzles also incorporate a flange pin. These flange pins mate with a scallop in the fuel
nozzle mounting pad in modified combustion cases to add a visual indication that the appropriate
nozzle/combustion case combinations are assembled. Refer to Table 2, Configuration Table for a
listing of nozzle model combinations.
B. Performance differences between nozzles covered in this manual are as follows:
(1) The 6810184M10 and 6840023M3 nozzles have a lighter, more flexible support stem and a
nonrepairable metering set.
(2) Models 6810184M33 and M36, and 6840023M2 and M8, were introduced to act as a pilot
burning zone in the combustor during momentary transient lower than normal idle fuel flow. To
accomplish improved starting ability these nozzles provide enriched fuel flows at lower primary
pressures.
(3) Models 6810184M37, and 6840023M9 and M10, provide a 43% enriched flow at sub-idle and
idle conditions to further improve the flameout protection margin.
73-11-42 Page 4
MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(4) Models 6840023E14 and 6840023E15 were introduced to improve altitude relight capability. The
E15 also provides a 43% enriched flow at sub-idle and idle conditions to further improve the
flameout protection margin.
(5) Models 6840023E16 and E17 were introduced to provide commonality of the fuel nozzles used in
the field with those used in production, as the flange pin is no longer required. Functional
interchangeability is not affected.
(6) The 6840023E18 fuel nozzle is identical to 6840023M1 with the exception that the 6840023E18
flow divider was designed with seals and seal gland geometry that has improved margin for
compression set over the old design. The new materials have higher maximum operating
temperature capability compared to the viton seal.
(7) The 6810184M33 fuel nozzle is identical to the 6810184M36 with the exception that the
mounting holes were changed to slots.
NOTE: 6810184 series fuel nozzles can be converted to the larger tip 6840023 series nozzles
by the addition of a wear sleeve and, if appropriate, a flange pin. Refer to Table 2,
Configuration Table, for rework combinations. This conversion process is optional and
left up to the discretion of the nozzle user.
NOTE: Using Vibropeen, per GEK 9250, 70-16-04, line out (with 2 lines) present P/N (SOCN)
and V/I/N. Reidentify above P/N (SOCN) with new P/N (SOCN) and below present V/I/N
with new V/I/N.
Example: 1317M47G07..................NEW P/N (SOCN)
07482 SOCN
9321M92G30..................PRESENT P/N (SOCN)
A S/NPHC A0306
09523 6810184M30........PRESENT V/I/N
6840023M7.....................NEW V/I/N
(8) The 6840023M9 and 6840023M10 fuel nozzles may be converted to 6840023E15, 6840023E17
or 6840023M1 by replacement of the metering set and valve assembly.
NOTE: Using Vibropeen, per GEK 9250, 70-16-04, line out the present P/N (SOCN) and V/I/N.
Reidentify above P/N (SOCN) with new P/N (SOCN) and below present V/I/N with new
V/I/N.
Example: 1317M47G01..................NEW P/N (SOCN)
07482 SOCN
131M47G09.................. PRESENT P/N (SOCN)
A S/NPHCY A4306
09523 6840023M9........ PRESENT V/I/N
6840023M1.....................NEW V/I/N
73-11-42 Page 5
MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-816-A01
Configuration Table—Table 2
FUEL FLOW TIP DIAMETER

PILOT PILOT WIDE
NOZZLE FLANGE STRAP REWORK
REGULAR 20% 43% SMALL LARGE SPRAY
P/N PIN COLOR FROM
RICH RICH ANGLE
6810184
M30 X X
M33 X X GREEN
M36 X X GREEN
M37 X X BLACK
6840023
M1 X X BLUE 6810184
M30
M2 X X GOLD 6810184
M33
M3 X X X BLUE 6810184
M10
M7 X X X BLUE 6810184
M30
M8 X X X GOLD 6810184
M33
M9 X X BROWN 6810184
M37
M10 X X X BROWN 6810184
M37
E14 X X X NATURAL X
E15 X X X PURPLE X
E16 X X NATURAL X
E17 X X PURPLE X
E18 X X BLUE 6840023
M1
Configuration Table—Table 2
73-11-42 Page 6
MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION
TASK 73-11-42-99C-820-A01
1. General Instructions
A. Equipment and materials required to perform testing and fault isolation procedures are listed in Table
1001. The equipment is in addition to standard repair shop equipment.
B. Since the fuel nozzle assemblies are welded together, a complete functional test is recommended prior
to disassembly. This section provides procedures for testing and fault isolation of a fuel nozzle that has
been returned to the repair facility. Fault isolation will determine extent of disassembly required, if any.
Testing will determine that the maintenance accomplished is satisfactory and that the nozzle is ready
to be returned to service. To determine the sequence in which the individual portions of this section
should be accomplished.
C. Subassembly testing is provided in ASSEMBLY following each subassembly assembly instruction.

D. Fault isolation is provided at the end of this section. The malfunctions are listed in the same order as
their probable occurrence if the tests are conducted in the order written.
E. Complete internal and external cleaning procedures for the fuel nozzle in an assembled condition are
given in the CLEANING section. Testing of the fuel nozzle after this cleaning, using specified limits, will
determine if the cleaning was satisfactory and if the nozzle is ready to be returned to service.
NOTE: Parker Hannifin Corporation recommends that, if after 2 nozzle cleanings the nozzle does not
meet ultrasonic cleaning limits given in Table 1003 and Table 1005, overhaul of the nozzle
may be required.
F. The measurement of spray profile outlined in Figure 1009, using electronic angle device radial
patternator 6885016, establishes an “X” - “Y” target distance. This is updated from the practice of
measuring spray profile by an included angle. This is a recommended update due to quality problems
with test set ups using various types of spray angle check testing equipment. The vertex of the spray
angle varies with nozzle design and spray angle check testing device used. If not correctly set,
inaccurate measurements will be recorded.
NOTE: If using anything other than electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016, contact
Parker Hannifin Corporation for correct test set up. When inquiring, include spray angle check
testing fixture/patternator part number and a schematic of test equipment being used.
G. If the nozzle assembly was preserved per STORAGE or CLEANING section prior to TESTING AND
FAULT ISOLATION the fuel nozzle must be flushed with MIL-PRF-7024 type II calibration fluid at
300 to 340 psig (2069 to 2345 kPa gage) for twenty minutes minimum to remove all evidence of
preservation oil from the valve assembly.
TASK 73-11-42-94B-821-A01
2. Test Tools, Equipment and Materials
The tools, equipment and material shown in Table 1001 are necessary for the test procedures in this
section.
73-11-42 Page 1001

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
1001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-823-A01
Test Tools, Equipment and Materials—Table 1001
NOTE: Equivalent items can be used.

PART NUMBER NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
6037500 Dribble flow test fixture Parker Hannifin Corporation
(Large Tip) 7777 N. Glen Harbor Blvd.
Glendale, AZ 85307 USA
6037501 Dribble flow test fixture Same As Above
(Small Tip)
6775211M6 Program master orifice set Same As Above
6875500-4 Inlet adapter to quick disconnect Same As Above
6877011 Holding fixture, final test Same As Above
6877020M2 Final inspection fixture Same As Above
6877021 Seal fixture, secondary orifice Same As Above
6877034 Inlet extension Same As Above
6885016 Electronic angle device radial patternator Same As Above
6887000 Pressure decay test fixture Same As Above
6897103 Seal fixture, tip seal Same As Above
Calibration fluid, MIL-PRF-7024 Commercially Available
Degreaser, non-acidic cleaner Commercially Available
Dental pick Commercially Available
0 to 100 psig (0 to 690 kPa gage); ± 0.5% full Commercially Available
scale
Fuel nozzle test stand, capable of supplying cali- Commercially Available
brated fluid with measurement up to 1000 pph
(454 kg/hr) at an accuracy of 0.5% and providing
pressure from 0 to 1050 psig (0 to 7240 kPa
gage). Must maintain fluid temperature at 78 to
82° F (26 to 28° C) and provide 10 micron filtra-
tion.
Nitrogen gas, dry Commercially Available
Pressure test stand, with 10 micron filtration. Commercially Available
Spray chamber, with illumination, 75 watt colli- Commercially Available
mated underlighting and/or 300 watt external
indirect lighting.
Test Tools, Equipment and Materials—Table 1001
73-11-42 Page 1002

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
1001
PRETEST CHECK SPRAY PROFILE TEST

FOR 6840023E14, E15,
E16, AND E17 NOZZLES
TESTING AND FAULT

ISOLATION
SECONDARY SPRAY
QUALITY TEST
EXTERNAL GAS LEAK TEST

INTERNAL FLUID DECAY
LEAK TEST
PRIMARY NOZZLE
PERFORMANCE TEST
WEAR SLEEVE QUALIFICATION SECONDARY BODY QUALIFICATION

PRIMARY NOZZLE RADIAL
SPRAY DISTRIBUTION TEST (6840023 SERIES FUEL NOZZLES) (6810184 SERIES FUEL NOZZLES)
NO
PRIMARY/SECONDARY PASS REPLACE WEAR
FLOW TEST SLEEVE M30, M33, M36, M37
NO REPLACE METERING SET
YES PASS
M10 REPLACE FUEL NOZZLE
ASSEMBLY WITH 6810184M30
SECONDARY FLOW YES
HYSTERESIS TEST
FINAL ASSEMBLED NOZZLE

SECONDARY FLOW QUALIFICATION TEST
(DRIBBLE) TEST
ACCOMPLISH STORAGE
SECONDARY SPRAY PROCEDURES (ASSEMBLY)
ANGLE TEST
RETURN NOZZLE
TO SERVICE
NOTES: 1. METERING SETS CONSIST OF BOTH THE PRIMARY AND SECONDARY TIP ASSEMBLIES.
TIP METERING SETS ARE OBTAINABLE AND REPLACEABLE AS "SETS" ONLY.
2. 6810184M10 AND 6840023M3 FUEL NOZZLE ASSEMBLIES HAVE AN UNREPAIRABLE METERING
SET. THE ENTIRE FUEL NOZZLE ASSEMBLY MUST BE REPLACED WITH A 6810184M30 OR
6840023M7, RESPECTIVELY.
3. IF REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT MET DURING INSPECTION OR TEST PROCEDURES,
REFER TO TABLE 1006, FAULT ISOLATION.
101ACFM-3
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-828-A01
Recommended Testing Sequence Chart (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1001
73-11-42 Page 1003

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-700-824-A01
3. Pretest Check
A. Remove flange protector (5, IPL Figures 1 and 2) and all protective caps (10, 15 and 20) as required.
B. Visually inspect the nozzle assembly for excessive external defects such as cracks, dents, or gouges.
Examine components that have excessive damage.
C. Examine connector threads for damage. Replace connector if damage exceeds 25% of any single
thread, or if damage exceeds two threads.
D. Inspect nozzle end point requirements using final inspection fixture, 6877020M2, refer to Final
assembled nozzle qualification. If nozzle fails to meet end point requirements, refer to Fault Isolation
for remedy.
E. Check radial position of the support nozzle tip using final inspection fixture, 6877020M2. See Figure
1016. Straightening permitted if fuel nozzle is out of position up to 0.080 in. (2,032 mm). If out of
position beyond 0.080 in. (2,032 mm), stress relieve support at 1000o to 2000o F (538o to 1,093o C)
for 1 hour minimum after straightening. Refer to REPAIR, Repair No. 14.
NOTE: After straightening tip, the fuel nozzle must be completely disassembled to the support level
for stress relief.
TASK 73-11-42-810-823-A01
4. Test Conditions
A. Test fluid, calibration fluid, MIL-PRF-7024, Type II, or equivalent, must be filtered to pass
contamination examinations every other month as set forth in APR4865 to an ISO level of 16/13 or
better (5 microns or better). The fluid must be maintained at 80° F ± 2° F (27° C ± 1° C).
B. It is recommended that the spray test chambers be illuminated with 75 watt collimated underlighting
and/or 300 watt external indirect lighting.
TASK 73-11-42-810-824-A01
5. Equipment Calibration
A. Fuel nozzle test stand must be calibrated on each day of production using program master orifice set
6775211M6. An orifice is provided for each test condition. Connecting each orifice in turn to the fluid
outlet hose; apply pressure as marked on each individual orifice and record the flow. Measured flow
must be within 0.5% of values specified for the orifice. If flow readings are not within limits, calibrate
fuel nozzle test stand to meet these requirements and retest.
B. Pressure measuring taps shall indicate the true static pressure at a location approximately 6 in.
(152mm) from fuel nozzle inlet in a smooth tube having an internal diameter equal to or greater than
that of the fitting to which it is attached. Flow measurement equipment shall be accurate to within ±
0.5% of reading at all test points, except that flow measurement equipment for flows less than 10 pph
shall be accurate to within ± 0.05 pph. Pressure measurement equipment shall be accurate within ±
0.5% at all test points. Airflow measurement equipment shall be accurate within ± 1% of reading at all
tests points for air.
73-11-42 Page 1004

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-810-825-A01
6. Angle Measuring Devices/Patternation
A. Angle measuring device shall be accurate within ± 1% for overall angle and/or ± 1% of reading for
linear width.
B. Radial spray distribution shall be measured with radial patternator fixture at a 3.9 to 4.1 in.
(99,1 to 104,1mm) radial distance from the assembled fuel nozzle tip. The fuel nozzle shall be aligned
within ± 0.100 in. (2.5 mm) of the axis of the patternator. Tube with less than 0.125 in. (3.175 mm)
depth of fuel shall be interpreted as having no measurable captured fuel. Determine the included angle
of spray as described in Figure 1006 (radial spray distribution chart).
C. Use the height/alignment detail from the 12 segment circumferential patternator, 6885016, to make
sure the circumferential distribution measurement 3.9 to 4.1 inches (99,1 to 104,1 mm) from the fuel
nozzle face. See Figure 1006. Adjust the alignment and measurement height as necessary to obey the
limits. Correlate and normalize the collection tubes to each other using manufacturer's instructions.
TASK 73-11-42-810-826-A01
7. Test Procedures
NOTE: A nozzle that is suspected to be defective should not be pressure tested or cycled prior to the
initial flow test. Cycling the nozzle may dislodge contamination and provide an inaccurate test
result. If an excessively high flow is found, abort the test, determine the cause, and overhaul the
nozzle.
A. External leak test.

CAUTION: LEAK OR PRESSURE TESTING OF AN ASSEMBLED NOZZLE MUST BE DONE

WITH BOTH INLET AND OUTLET ORIFICES PRESSURIZED AND
DEPRESSURIZED AT THE SAME TIME. A PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL ACROSS
THE CARTRIDGE VALVE ASSEMBLY (60, IPL FIGURE 1 AND 2) WILL DAMAGE
THE VALVE AND REQUIRE NOZZLE DISASSEMBLY.
(1) Mount tip seal holding fixture, 6897103, onto the metering set end of the nozzle.
(2) Remove the end cap from the exit end plug of secondary orifice seal fixture, 6877021, and mount
plug, Detail 1, on nozzles equipped with secondary body and shroud only, and plug, Detail 13, on
nozzles with wear sleeve installed over secondary body and shroud. Secure end plug with
thumbscrew on tip seal holding fixture, 6897103.
(3) Mount inlet adapter to quick disconnect, 6875500-4, from secondary orifice seal fixture, 6877021,
to the nozzle inlet and connect the hose assembly to the exit end plug.
(4) Attach inlet adapter to quick disconnect to nitrogen source of pressure test stand.
CAUTION: WHEN PURGING WITH NITROGEN, PURGE ONLY ENOUGH TO PURGE FUEL
FROM NOZZLE. CONTINUOUS APPLICATION OF HIGH PRESSURE NITROGEN
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO VALVE CARTRIDGE ASSEMBLY SEATING SURFACE.
(5) Purge fuel nozzle assembly with dry nitrogen gas by unseating the tip seal holding fixture,
6897103, and applying low pressure nitrogen to purge all fuel from the nozzle. Purge at 150 psig
(1034 kPa gage) while shaking nozzle to dislodge any drops of fuel from the internal passages.
Reseat the tip seal holding fixture after all evidence of fuel is purged from the nozzle.
73-11-42 Page 1005

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(6) Submerge the nozzle and attached tooling in test fluid and simultaneously apply 190 to 210 psig
(1310 to 1448 kPa gage) of nitrogen to both the inlet and outlet of the nozzle.
(7) Maintain the pressure for 20 seconds min. There shall be no visible signs of leakage.
(8) Reduce applied pressure.
(9) Disassemble test set up if no further testing is to be done.

1002
TO
NITROGEN
SOURCE
TEST FLUID
INLET ADAPTER TO
QUICK DISCONNECT,
6875500-4
SECONDARY ORIFICE
SEAL FIXTURE, 6877021 TIP SEAL HOLDING
FIXTURE, 6897103
102CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-829-A01
External Gas Leak Test of Nozzle Assembly (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1002
73-11-42 Page 1006

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
B. Primary nozzle performance test.
CAUTION: ENSURE THAT METERING SET IS NOT DAMAGED DURING INSTALLATION OF

NOZZLE INTO FINAL TEST HOLDING FIXTURE. DAMAGE TO METERING SET
CANNOT BE REPAIRED AND WILL REQUIRE REPLACEMENT OF METERING SET
IF DEFORMATION IN ORIFICE AREA OCCURS.
(1) Install the nozzle into final test holding fixture, 6877011. A light source is required to view nozzle
spray.
(2) Install electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016, onto spray chamber, and mount final
test holding fixture, 6877011, with installed nozzle, onto electronic angle device radial patternator.
Move the spray angle checking probes out of the way for this test.
(3) Connect inlet adapter to quick disconnect, 6875500-4, to inlet extension, 6877034. Attach inlet
extension to the nozzle inlet fitting and connect to test fluid connection of fuel nozzle test stand.
(4) Apply test fluid at an inlet pressure of 35 psig (241 kPa gage). Visually inspect the primary spray
for form and quality. A fully developed nonintersecting conical spray pattern with limited streaking
or voids is acceptable.
(5) Use the same tooling hook-up to proceed with Primary nozzle radial spray distribution test.
73-11-42 Page 1007

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
1003
PRESSURE
HOSE
ELECTRONIC ANGLE DEVICE HOLDING FIXTURE,
RADIAL PATTERNATOR, 6885016 6877011
SPRAY CHAMBER
INLET ADAPTER
TO QUICK DISCONNECT,
6875500-4
INLET EXTENSION,
6877034
TEST FLUID
SOURCE
TEST STAND
ANGLE CHECKING
PROBES
NOTE: DRILL CLEARANCE HOLE INTO

EARLY MODEL FIXTURE FOR
INSERTION OF FLANGE PIN (101, LIGHT
IPL FIGS. 1 AND 2) FOR NOZZLES SOURCE
6840023M3, M7, M8, M10, E14,
AND E15.
SECTION A -A
103CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-830-A01
Primary Nozzle Performance Test (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1003
73-11-42 Page 1008

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
1004
ACCEPTABLE NOT ACCEPTABLE
PRIMARY SPRAY PRIMARY SPRAY

Even with full spray Voids and/or heavy streaks
Light streaks, evenly spaced Off- center spray
ACCEPTABLE NOT ACCEPTABLE

PRIMARY/SECONDARY SPRAY PRIMARY/SECONDARY SPRAY
Good uniform spray quality Off-center spray
Light streaks
NOT ACCEPTABLE NOT ACCEPTABLE

PRIMARY/SECONDARY SPRAY PRIMARY/SECONDARY SPRAY
One or more voids Voids and/or heavy
in spray streaks in spray
DEFINITION OF TERMS
LIGHT STREAKS: Consist of a spray thickness less than 100% uniformity with no apparent voids or heavy streaks.
VOIDS: Distinct lack of fluid particles and/or spray originating from nozzle orifice.
HEAVY STREAKS: Distinct large fluid particles and/or heavy spray originating from nozzle orifice.
NOTES : 1. For Secondary/Combined Flows: Slightly heavier spray in four equally spaced areas
is an acceptable condition. This allowance does not override the requirement for
no voids or heavy streaks as stated in Figure 104. This spray quality is normal
for the CFM nozzle due to the metering set configuration.
2. Small leakages characterized by a slight fluttering or pulsation of the spray
near the nozzle tip is an acceptable condition.
104CFM3A
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-831-A01
Spray Pattern Comparison (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1004
73-11-42 Page 1009

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
C. Primary nozzle radial spray distribution test. (Except models 6840023E14, E15, E16, and E17).
(1) Use the same fixture and test stand hookup as in Primary nozzle performance test.
(2) Ensure collection slots in the radial patternator are empty. Move swing plate to cover slots.
(3) Apply 35 psig (241 kPa gage) inlet pressure to the fuel nozzle assembly.
(4) Move the swing plate to expose the slots and allow spray to fill slots for 24 to 26 seconds. Cover
slots with swing plate.
(5) Determine the included angle of spray. Tubes with less than 0.125 in. (3,175 mm) depth of fuel
shall be interpreted as having no measurable captured fuel.
(6) The spray angle limit is 54 to 72 deg (0,94 to 1,26 rad). Acceptable radial patternator readings
are: F-F, F-G, G-G, G-H, H-H. These patternator readings also account for primary spray cone off-
center (skew) test.
(7) Use the same tooling hook-up to proceed with Primary/Secondary flow test.
73-11-42 Page 1010

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
1005

ELECTRONIC ANGLE DEVICE EARLY MODEL FIXTURE FOR
RADIAL PATTERNATOR, INSERTION OF FLANGE PIN
6885016 ANGLE
CHECKING (101, IPL FIGS. 1 AND 2) FOR
PROBES NOZZLES 6840023M3, M7, M8,
HOLDING FIXTURE,
6877011
LIGHT
SOURCE
SPRAY CHAMBER
105CFM3
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-832-A01
Primary nozzle Radial Spray Distribution Test (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1005
73-11-42 Page 1011

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
1006
FACE OF NOZZLE
SET MASTER FOR
ALIGNMENT
4.5 DEG (0,08 RAD)

PLANE C 28 PLACES PLANE B
THRU CENTER OF THRU CENTER
MIDDLE SLOT 0.250 REF OF 29 SLOTS
(6,35)
D
3.9 (99,1)
P P
4.1 (104,1)
N N
M M
L L
K K
J J
H H
G G
F F
E E
D D
C B B C
A A
29 SLOTS OF EQUAL VOLUME AND EQUALLY SPACED, LOCATED WITHIN 0.015 (0,38) R
TRUE POSITION IN RELATION TO RADIUS "D" AND PLANES "C" AND "B".
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P
A 9 14 18 22 27 32 36 40 45 50 54 58 63 68
B 14 18 22 27 32 36 40 45 50 54 58 63 68 72
C 18 22 27 32 36 40 45 50 54 58 63 68 72 76
D 22 27 32 36 40 45 50 54 58 63 68 72 76 81
E 27 32 36 40 45 50 54 58 63 68 72 76 81 86
F 32 36 40 45 50 54 58 63 68 72 76 81 86 90
G 36 40 45 50 54 58 63 68 72 76 81 86 90 94
H 40 45 50 54 58 63 68 72 76 81 86 90 94 99
J 45 50 54 58 63 68 72 76 81 86 90 94 99 104
EFERENCE OPERATIONS INSTRUCTIONS: K 50 54 58 63 68 72 76 81 86 90 94 99 104 108
L 54 58 63 68 72 76 81 86 90 94 99 104 108 112
MOUNT PATTERNATOR AND HOLDING FIXTURE IN
SPRAY CHAMBER THAT MAINTAINS AMBIENT AIR M 58 63 68 72 76 81 86 90 94 99 104 108 112 117
PRESSURE AND ELIMINATES EFFECT OF N 63 68 72 76 81 86 90 94 99 104 108 112 117 122
RECIRCULATING SPRAY. P 68 72 76 81 86 90 94 99 104 108 112 117 122 126
CHECK ALIGNMENT OF RADIAL PATTERNATOR TO TABLE 1

NOZZLE HOLDING FIXTURE WITH SET MASTER.
READ FLUID LEVEL
A. FILL PATTERNATOR WITH STEADY FLOW FOR TO LOW POINT
THE REQUIRED TIME SPECIFIED IN THE APPLICABLE IN EACH SLOT
PARAGRAPH.
B. READ FLUID LEVEL PER VIEW "E".
C. TO FIND THE INCLUDED ANGLE OF SPRAY, COUNT THE VIEW E

NUMBER OF SLOTS CONTAINING MORE THAN 0.125
INCH (3,18 MM) FLUID LEVEL. SUBTRACT ONE FROM
THIS NUMBER AND MULTIPLY BY 4.5. ALTERNATE
METHOD OF DETERMINATION OF INCLUDED ANGLE IS
TO USE TABLE 1. READING THE ANGLE AT THE
INTERSECTION OF THE LETTER OF THE TWO SLOTS,
FARTHEST FROM THE CENTER, WITH MORE THAN A DISREGARD FLUID LEVELS LESS THAN
0.125 INCH (3,18 MM) FLUID LEVEL. 0.125 INCH (3,18 MM) VERTICAL HEIGHT
FROM LOWER POINT OF SLOT FOR
TO DETERMINE SPRAY SKEW, COMPARE LETTERS OF PRIMARY AND 0.200 INCH (5,08MM) FOR
TUBES. EACH LETTER DIFFERENCE EQUALS 2-1/4 SECONDARY..
DEGREES (0.04 RADIANS).
106CFM
DRAIN PATTERNATOR THROUGHLY BETWEEN TESTS.
NOTE DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH

GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-833-A01
Radial Spray Distribution Evaluation (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1006
73-11-42 Page 1012

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
D. Primary/Secondary flow test.
CAUTION: ENSURE THAT METERING SET IS NOT DAMAGED DURING INSTALLATION OF

NOZZLE INTO HOLDING FIXTURE. DAMAGE TO METERING SET CANNOT BE
REPAIRED AND WILL REQUIRE REPLACEMENT OF METERING SET IF
DEFORMATION OF ORIFICE OCCURS.
(1) Use the same fixture and test stand hookup as in Primary nozzle radial spray distribution test.
(2) Using fuel nozzle test stand, cycle the nozzle three times from a low of 0 to 50 psig
(0 to 345 kPa gage) to a high pressure of 405 to 500 psig (2792 to 3447 kPa gage).
(3) Fluid flow the primary and secondary orifices per Table 1002 or Table 1003, as applicable. Start
at 0 pressure and continue through the entire required test points. Ensure that flow requirements
are met and recorded. This is the upflow. Use care; DO NOT overshoot test points. If overshoot
should occur, go back to the last previous pressure point and begin from there. The flow shall fall
within the limits specified in Table 1002 or 1003, as applicable.
NOTE: Fuel nozzles being tested to determine the extent of repairs required, if any, must meet
requirements of Table 1003. Nozzles failing any of these tests must be overhauled. Fuel
nozzles that have been overhauled must meet flow requirements of Table 1002.
NOTE: Primary and secondary flow tests are conducted together per flow and pressure, Table
1002 or 1003, as applicable. Primary only tests start at 35 psig (241 kPa gage) and end
at 70 psig (483 kPa gage). Secondary flow test continues in an ascending order of test
points of 180, 330, and 420 psig (1241, 1758, 2275, and 2896 kPa gage). Primary flow
continues during the secondary flow test.
(4) Record all flows. Flow values at pressure point 180 psig (1241 kPa gage) will be used to
calculate the hysteresis limit.
(5) Upon completion of this test, do not depressurize nozzle; continue immediately with Secondary
flow hysteresis test.
NOTE: Use care; do not overshoot pressure points. If overshoot occurs, go back to the last
previous pressure point and begin from there.
73-11-42 Page 1013

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
1002
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-838-A01
Primary/Secondary Flow and Pressures—Table 1002
NOTE: Ref. Secondary metering valve opens at 120 psig (827 kPa gage) nominal.
Test
Pressure 6810184 M10, M30, 6810184M33, M36, 6810184M37,
psig 6840023M1, M3, M7, 6840023M2, M8 6840023M9, M10, Hysteresis
(kPa gage) E14, E16, E18 E15, E17 % of
pph (kg/hr) pph (kg/hr) pph (kg/hr) Up-Flow
Min Max Min Max Min Max Max
35 (241) 11.5 (5,2) 18.5 (8,4) 18.5 (8,4) 22.5 (10,2) 22.5 (10,2) 27.5 (12,5) ---
70 (483) 28.5 (12,9) 41.5 (18,8) 40 (18,1) 47 (21,3) 48.0 (21,8) 60 (27,2) ---
180 (1241) 193 (87,5) 217 (98,4) 193 (87,5) 217 (98,4) 193 (87,5) 217 (98,4) ---
330 (2275) 488 (221,4) 522 (236,8) 488 (221,4) 522 (236,8) 488 (221,4) 522 (236,8) ---
420 (2896) 622 (282,1) 668 (303,0) 622 (282,1) 668 (303,0) 622 (282,1) 668 (303,0) ---
180 (1241) --- --- --- --- --- --- 4.0
Primary/Secondary Flow and Pressures —Table 1002
1003
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-839-A01
Service and Ultrasonically Cleaned Limits—Table 1003
NOTE: Ref. Secondary metering valve opens at 120 psig (827 kPa gage) nominal.
Test
Pressure 6810184 M10, M30, 6810184M33, M36, 6810184M37,
psig 6840023M1, M3, M7, 6840023M2, M8 6840023M9, M10, Hysteresis
(kPa gage) E14, E16, E18 E15, E17 % of
pph (kg/hr) pph (kg/hr) pph (kg/hr) Up-Flow
Min Max Min Max Min Max Max
35 (241) 11.0 (5,0) 19.0 (8,6) 18.5 (8,4) 23.0 (10,4) 22.0 (10,0) 28.0 (12,7) ---
70 (483) 27.0 (12,2) 43.0 (19,5) 40.0 (18,1) 48.0 (21,8) 47.0 (21,3) 61.0 (27,7) ---
180 (1241) 188 (85,3) 219 (99,3) 188 (85,3) 219 (99,3) 188 (85,3) 219 (99,3) ---
330 (2275) 473 (214,6) 524 (237,7) 473 (214,6) 524 (237,7) 473 (214,6) 524 (237,7) ---
420 (2896) 592 (268,5) 671 (304,4) 592 (268,5) 671 (304,4) 592 (268,5) 671 (304,4) ---
180 (1241) --- --- --- --- --- --- 8.0
Service and Ultrasonically Cleaned Limits —Table 1003
73-11-42 Page 1014

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
E. Secondary flow hysteresis test.
NOTE: This test must be run in conjunction with, and immediately after conclusion of, Primary/
Secondary flow test.
NOTE: Reduce fluid pressure carefully; do not undershoot test points. If undershooting should occur,
go back to last previous pressure point and begin from there.
(1) With 420 psig (2896 kPa gage) inlet pressure applied to nozzle from Primary/Secondary flow
test, run inlet pressures down in descending order per Table 1002 or 1003, as applicable. Record
the flow at 180 psig (1241 kPa gage).
(2) Calculate the percentage of hysteresis flow recorded by the equation shown in Figure 1008. The
results must be in accordance with Table 1002 or 1003 as applicable.
F. Secondary flow (dribble) test.

(1) Use the same fuel nozzle test stand hookup as described in Primary/Secondary flow test, without
the electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016, and final test holding fixture, 6877011.
(2) Remove nozzle from final test holding fixture, 6877011. Leave inlet extension 6877034 and inlet
adapter to quick disconnect, 6875500-4, connected to nozzle and test stand.
CAUTION: THE TIP SEAL HOLDING FIXTURE 6897103 AND PRIMARY ORIFICE SEAL 6897104
HAS THE POTENTIAL TO BLOCK THE SECONDARY CIRCUIT, FALSELY
MASKING AN EXCESSIVE DRIBBLE FLOW AND INTERNAL LEAKAGE. THIS TOOL
HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH TOOL NUMBERS 6037500 OR 6037501 FOR
TESTING WITH SECONDARY INSTALLED. PARKER HANNIFIN CORPORATION
MUST APPROVE THE USE OF SUBSTITUE TOOLING FOR SECONDARY FLOW
(DRIBBLE) TEST.
(3) Install dribble flow test fixture, 6037500 or 6037501, on tip end of nozzle.
(a) For large tip nozzles place 6037500 on the end of the metering tip and tighten thumbscrew.
(b) For small tip nozzle place 6037501 on the end of the metering tip and tighten thumbscrew.
NOTE: Test must be performed with rubber ball 0.125 in (3.175 mm) in place on primary
nozzle tip, before installing. Do not excessively tighten.
(4) Suspend nozzle in free-hanging position from the test fluid supply line into spray chamber.
(5) Pressurize nozzle three times from a low of 0 to 80 psig (0 to 552 kPa gage).
(6) Starting from a low inlet pressure of 0 to 25 psig (0 to 172 kPa gage) flow test in ascending order
per Table 1004 or 1005, as applicable. Flows must fall within the limits shown.
1004
73-11-42 Page 1015

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-840-A01
Secondary Flow (Dribble) Test Overhauled Nozzles—Table 1004
Test Pressure Flow Requirements

psig (kPa gage) pph (kg/hr) ml / min
Min Max Min Max
50 (345) --- 1.0 (0,5) --- 9.9
60 (414) 1.0 (0,5) --- 9.9 ---
70 (483) 4.0 (1,8) 10.0 (4,5) 39.5 98.9
Secondary Flow (Dribble) Test Overhauled Nozzles—Table 1004
1005
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-841-A01
Secondary Flow (Dribble) Test Service Nozzles and Ultrasonically Cleaned Nozzles—Table 1005
Test Pressure Flow Requirements

psig (kPa gage) pph (kg/hr) ml / min
Min Max Min Max
50 (345) --- 1.0 (0.5) --- 9.9
60 (414) 1.0 (0,5) --- 9.9 ---
70 (483) 3.0 (1,4) 11.0 (5,9) 29.7 108.8
Secondary Flow (Dribble) Test Service Nozzles and Ultrasonically Cleaned Nozzles —Table 1005
73-11-42 Page 1016

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
1007
APPLIES TO MODELS
6840023M1, M2, M7, M8,
M9, M10, E14, E15, E16, E17, E18.
DRIBBLE FLOW
FIXTURE 6037500
NOZZLE
LARGE TIP
0.125 IN. (3.175 MM)
RUBBER BALL
DRIBBLE FLOW
FIXTURE 6037501
NOZZLE
SMALL TIP
APPLIES TO MODELS
6810184M30, M33, M37. 107aCFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-834-A01
Preparation for Secondary Flow (Dribble Test) (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1007
73-11-42 Page 1017

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
G. Secondary flow spray angle and spray cone off-center tests. See Figure 1008. (Acceptable for all
models.) Procedure to use depends upon spray angle check testing equipment being used.
(1) Measure spray profile and profile symmetry if using electronic angle device radial patternator,
6885016.
NOTE: The spray profile is defined as the horizontal separation between the tips of the angle
checking probes when they are in contact with the spray at a vertical distance of 1.005 -
1.055 in. (25,527 - 26,797 mm) from plane -TS- as defined in Figure 1009. The spray
profile symmetry (|X - Y|/2) is defined as the horizontal distance the center of the actual
spray profile is located relative to the tip centerline. The spray profile and profile
symmetry must be measured in one radial plane of the nozzle spray. Radial location is
optional, however the nozzle cannot be rotated until an acceptable result is obtained.
(a) Use the same fixture and fuel nozzle test stand hookup as described in Primary nozzle
performance test. Calibrate the spray angle checking probes. Ensure that tips of the spray
angle checking probes are 0.35 to 0.45 in. (8,89 to 11,43 mm) from face of nozzle tip.
(b) Flow test fluid through the nozzle at 330 psig (2275 kPa gage). The nozzle must provide a
continuous fully developed conical spray pattern.
(c) Move each probe slowly toward conical spray by using the adjusting knobs located on the
base plate. Stop each probe when fluid droplets are observed starting to drip off the tip of
the probe. Read digital readout mounted on test stand. Spray profile and profile symmetry
must fall within Figure 1010.
NOTE: Slightly heavier spray in four equally spaced areas is an acceptable condition. This
allowance does not override the requirement for no voids or heavy streaks as
stated in Figure 1004. This spray quality is normal for the CFM nozzle due to the
metering set configuration.
NOTE: The spray profile limit corresponds to the spray angle requirements of 115 to 135
deg (2,01 to 2,36 rad). The spray profile symmetry limit corresponds to the total
spray skew requirement of 2.5 deg (0,04 rad) max.
(2) Measure spray angle and spray cone off-center using equivalent spray angle check testing
equipment.
NOTE: Due to differences in spray angle check testing equipment, contact Parker Hannifin for
correct test set up if using anything other than electronic angle device radial patternator
6885016. Refer to General testing procedures at the beginning of this section.
(a) Use the same fuel nozzle test stand hookup as described in Primary nozzle performance
test. Calibrate the spray angle checking probes. Ensure that tips of the spray angle
checking probes are 0.35 to 0.45 in. (8,89 to 11,43 mm) from face of nozzle tip.
73-11-42 Page 1018

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
the probe. Read digital readout mounted on test stand. Spray angle must fall within 115 to
135 deg (2,01 to 2,36 rad). The total spray skew must fall within 2.5 deg (0,04 rad) max.
1008

ELECTRONIC ANGLE DEVICE EARLY MODEL HOLDING FIXTURE
RADIAL PATTERNATOR, FOR INSERTION OF FLANGE PIN
6885016 ANGLE (101, IPL FIGS. 1 AND 2) FOR
CHECKING NOZZLES 6840023M3, M7, M8, M10,
PROBES E14, AND E15.
HOLDING FIXTURE,
6877011
LIGHT
SOURCE
SPRAY CHAMBER
108CFM3
NOTE: FOR HYSTERESIS CALCULATION SEE EQUATION BELOW:
Flowdown - Flowup X 100% = %hysteresis

Flowup
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-835-A01
Secondary Flow Spray Angle Test (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1008
73-11-42 Page 1019

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
1009
PRIMARY SPRAY
SECONDARY PROFILE
SPRAY PROFILE
0.400 (10,16)
REF
"X" "Y"
"X" "Y"
1.005 - 1.055
(25,527 - 26,797)
ANGLE CHECKING
PROBES
PLANE -TS-
0.400 (10,16)
REF
1.005 - 1.055
(25,527 - 26,797)
109CFM3
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-836-A01
Spray Profile and Symmetry Measurement (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1009
73-11-42 Page 1020

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
1010
SECONDARY SPRAY PROFILE AND SYMMETRY

1.40
(35,6)
1.30
(33,0)
1.20
(30,5)
"Y" PROBE DISPLACEMENT
1.10
(27,9)
1.00
(25,4)
0.90
(22,9)
0.80
(20,3)
0.70
(17,8)
0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40
(17,8) (20,3) (22,9) (25,4) (27,9) (30,5) (33,0) (35,6)
"X" PROBE DISPLACEMENT
NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONS FOR "X" AND "Y" PROBE DISPLACEMENTS

ARE IN INCHES WITH MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES.
2. INTERSECTION OF "X" AND "Y" PROBE DISPLACEMENTS
MUST LIE WITHIN THE BOUNDARY DEFINED ABOVE.
3. "X" AND "Y" PROBE DISPLACEMENTS ARE DEFINED BY FIG. 1009.
110CFM3
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-837-A01
Secondary Spray Profile and Symmetry (All Models) (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1010
73-11-42 Page 1021

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
H. Primary spray profile test for 6840023E14, E15, E16, and E17 models. Procedure to use depends
upon spray angle check testing equipment being used.
(1) Measure spray profile and profile symmetry if using electronic angle device radial patternator
6885016.
NOTE: The spray profile is defined as the horizontal separation between the tips of the angle
checking probes when they are in contact with the spray at a vertical distance of 1.005 -
1.055 in. (25,527 - 26,797 mm) from plane -TS- as defined in Figure 1009. The spray
profile symmetry is (|X - Y|/2) defined as the horizontal distance the center of the actual
spray profile is located relative to the tip centerline. The spray profile and profile
symmetry must be measured in one radial plane of the nozzle spray. Radial location is
optional, however the nozzle cannot be rotated until an acceptable result is obtained.
(a) Use the same fixture and fuel nozzle test stand hookup as described in Primary nozzle
performance test. Calibrate the spray angle checking probes. Ensure that the distance
between the centerline of the probes and plane -TS- are within the limits specified in Figure
1009.
(b) Flow test fluid through the fuel nozzle at 35 psig (241 kPa gage). The nozzle must provide a
the probe. Read digital readout mounted on test stand. The spray profile and profile
symmetry must fall within Figure 1011 (6840023E14 and E16) or Figure 1012
(6840023E15 and E17).
NOTE: The spray profile limit corresponds to the spray angle requirements of 80 to 98 deg
(1,40 to 1,71 rad). The spray profile symmetry limit corresponds to the total spray
skew requirement of 2.5 deg (0,04 rad) max.
(2) Measure spray angle and spray cone off-center using equivalent spray angle check testing
equipment.
NOTE: Due to differences in spray angle check testing equipment, contact Parker Hannifin for
correct test set up if using anything other than electronic angle device radial patternator
6885016. Refer to General testing procedures at the beginning of this section.
(a) Use the same fuel nozzle test stand hookup as described in Primary nozzle performance
test. Calibrate the spray angle checking probes. Ensure that tips of the spray angle
checking probes are 0.35 to 0.45 in. (8,89 to 11,43 mm) from face of nozzle tip.
the probe. Read digital readout mounted on test stand. Spray angle must fall within 80 to 98
deg (1,40 to 1,71 rad). The total spray skew must fall within 2.5 deg (0,04 rad) max.
73-11-42 Page 1022

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
1011
PRIMARY SPRAY PROFILE AND SYMMETRY

0.60
(15,2)
0.55
(14,0)
0.50
(12,7)
0.45
(11,4)
0.40
(10,2)
0.35
(8,9)
0.30
(7,6)
0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60
(7,6) (8,9) (10,2) (11,4) (12,7) (14,0) (15,2)

111CFM3
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-838-A01
Primary Spray Profile and Symmetry (6840023E14 and E16) (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1011
73-11-42 Page 1023

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
1012
PRIMARY SPRAY PROFILE AND SYMMETRY

0.65
(16,5)
0.60
(15,2)
0.55
(14,0)
0.50
(12,7)
0.45
(11,4)
0.40
(10,2)
0.35
(8,9)
0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65
(8,9) (10,2) (11,4) (12,7) (14,0) (15,2) (16,5)

112CFM3
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-839-A01
Primary Spray Profile and Symmetry (6840023E15 and E17) (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1012
73-11-42 Page 1024

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
I. Primary and secondary combined spray quality test.
(1) Use the same setup as described in Primary/Secondary flow test. Make sure the spray chamber
has an adequate light source.
NOTE: It is recommended that either a 75 watt collimated underlighting and/or 300 watt
external indirect lighting be used.
(2) Pressurize the nozzle at 330 psig (2275 kPa gage) allowing the nozzle flow to stabilize. Visually
check the spray quality in several positions around the entire 360 deg (6,28 rad) conical form.
See Figure 1004 for acceptable spray definitions. No heavy voids or streaks are permissible.
allowance does not override the requirement for no voids or heavy streaks as stated in
Figure 1004. This spray quality is normal for the CFM nozzle due to the metering set
configuration.
(3) Remove nozzle from test setup.
J. Internal fluid decay leak test - fuel nozzle assembly. See Figure 1013.
(1) Attach inlet adapter to quick disconnect, 6875500-4, to nozzle inlet. Attach pressure decay test
fixture, 6887000, to inlet adapter to quick disconnect. Connect test fluid supply line from fuel
nozzle test stand to decay test fixture inlet. Turn decay test fixture shutoff valve to the open
position.
(2) Using the fuel nozzle test stand, cycle nozzle three times from a low pressure of 0 psig (0 kPa
gage), to a high of at least 65 psig (448 kPa gage) to purge nozzle of all trapped air.
(3) Reduce fluid pressure to 30 psig (207 kPa gage) at decay test fixture, 6887000, pressure gage.
Close decay test fixture shutoff valve and record start time of test. Turn off test fluid supply at the
fuel nozzle test stand.
(4) After a fluid decay test period of 3 minutes, observe and record pressure reading on decay test
fixture pressure gage. Fuel nozzle pressure must not fall below 12.0 psig (82,7 kPa gage) for a
service nozzle or 15.0 psig (103 kPa gage) for a new or over-hauled nozzle. An alternate method
of acceptance is, after a decay test period of 1 minute, fuel nozzle pressure must not fall below
17.0 psig (117,2 kPa gage) for a service nozzle or 19 psig (131,0 kPa gage) for a new or
overhauled nozzle.
(5) Remove nozzle from test setup.
K. Wear sleeve qualification (6840023 series nozzles). Wear sleeve (175, IPL Figure 1 and 125, IPL
Figure 2) shall be within the diameter specified in Figure 1014 and have no one area with a wear point
greater than 0.015 in. (0,813 mm) in depth.
73-11-42 Page 1025

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
1013
DECAY TEST FIXTURE

PRESSURE GAGE
DECAY TEST FIXTURE
SHUT-OFF VALVE
FUEL NOZZLE NOZZLE INLET (SHOWN IN OPEN
ASSEMBLY POSITION)
TEST FLUID SUPPLY

LINE FROM TEST STAN
INLET ADAPTER
6875500-4 PRESSURE DECAY DECAY TEST
TEST FIXTURE, FIXTURE INLET
6887000
NOTE:PRESSURE GAGE MUST BE AT

HIGHEST POINT.
113CFM3
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-840-A01
Internal Fluid Decay Leak Test of Nozzle Assembly (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1013
73-11-42 Page 1026

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
1014
SECONDARY BODY
(150, IPL FIG. 1)
0.003 (0,08) MAX DEFECTS.
NO RAISED METAL ALLOWED.
0.527 - 0.531
(13,39 - 13,49)
DIA
REFERENCE
0.015 (0,38)
MAX WEAR
SUPPORT
(165, IPL FIG. 1)
(115, IPL FIG. 2)
WEAR SLEEVE
(175, IPL FIG. 1)
(125, IPL FIG. 2)
NOTE:DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
WITH MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES.
114CFM3
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-841-A01
Wear Sleeve Qualification (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1014
73-11-42 Page 1027

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
L. Secondary body qualification (6810184 series nozzles). Secondary body (150, IPL Figure 1) shall be
within the diameter specified in Figure 1015 and shall have no one area with a wear point greater than
0.015 in. (0,381 mm) in depth on surface A, nor any area with a wear point greater than 0.010 in.
(0,254 mm) in depth on surface B.
NOTE: If wear point area on the secondary body (150) is greater than 0.025 in. (0,635 mm) in depth,
the secondary body must be removed and replaced. Refer to REPAIR, Repair No. 21. If the
secondary body wear point area is between 0.015 and 0.025 in. (0,381 and 0,635 mm) deep,
the metering set may be removed, and replaced per REPAIR, Repair No. 9 and ASSEMBLY
section. For fuel nozzle configuration refer to Table 2 in DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
section.
1015
A 0.250 (6,35)
REF
B
0.418 - 0.420
(10,62 - 10,67)
DIA
REFERENCE
A
0.015 (0,38)
SECONDARY BODY MAX WEAR
(150, IPL FIG. 1)
B
0.010 (0,25)
MAX WEAR
WITH MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES.
115CFM3
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-842-A01
Secondary Body Qualification (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1015
73-11-42 Page 1028

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
M. Final assembled nozzle qualification.
NOTE: All overhauled fuel nozzles successfully completing flow and pressure tests and meeting end
point requirements are fully qualified to be returned to service or held as spares. Prior to
returning to service or placing in storage, these nozzles should be visually inspected for
handling damage that may have occurred during the testing sequences. For nozzles meeting
these requirements, but not overhauled, inspect visual and dimensional requirements; refer to
items in brackets, per CHECK, Table 5003.
(1) Inspect nozzle end point requirements using final inspection fixture, 6877020M2. See Figure
1016.
(2) Check radial position of the support nozzle tip using final inspection fixture, 6877020M2. See
Figure 116. Straightening permitted if fuel nozzle is out of position up to 0.080 in. (2,032 mm). If
out of position beyond 0.080 in. (2,032 mm), stress relieve support at 1000o to 2000o F (538o to
1093o C) for 1 hour minimum after straightening.
NOTE: After straightening tip, the fuel nozzle must be completely disassembled to the support
level for stress relief.
(3) Visually inspect entire nozzle for handling damage.
NOTE: Reinstall color band (170, IPL Figure 1 or 120, IPL Figure 2) if nozzle was ultrasonically
cleaned.
(4) Mount flange protector (5, IPL Figures 1 and 2) and all protective caps (10, 15, 20) or equivalent.
(5) For storage instructions, refer to ASSEMBLY.
73-11-42 Page 1029

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
1016
NOTES: 1. FOR FINAL ACCEPTANCE FIXTURE, 6877020M2, USE GAGE

PIN (DETAIL 11) FOR 6810184 SERIES FUEL NOZZLES, AND
GAGE PIN (DETAIL 12) FOR 6840023 SERIES FUEL NOZZLES.
2. DRILL CLEARANCE HOLE INTO EARLY MODEL FINAL

ACCEPTANCE FIXTURE FOR INSERTION OF FLANGE PIN
(101, IPL FIGS. 1 AND 2) FOR NOZZLES 6840023M3, M7, M8,
M10, E14, AND E15.
GAGE PIN
INLET COVER (25)
NOZZLE
FINAL INSPECTION
FIXTURE, 6877020M2
GAGE PIN
GAGE PIN
(DETAIL #11OR #12)
116CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-843-A01
Final Acceptance Fixture with Nozzle Installed (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1016
73-11-42 Page 1030

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-810-827-A01
8. Fault Isolation
Fault Isolation, Table 1006, provides a list of the most common troubles encountered while testing the fuel
nozzle, followed by a list of the most probable causes and the appropriate remedies. This chart cannot list
all possible nozzle malfunctions and is intended only as a guide to assist service personnel in diagnosing
the cause of nozzle malfunctions. After correcting the trouble, perform required tests listed in Figure 1001.
(See "TABLE-73-11-42-99A-842-A01" on page 1031.)
1006
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-842-A01
Fault Isolation—Table 1006
Trouble Cause Remedy

Nozzle fails to meet end point Tubing portion of support Reposition stem and metering set.
and contour requirements of and metering set (105, IPL
final inspection fixture, Figures 1 and 2) misaligned
6877020M2
Inlet cover (25) misaligned Replace or cut and reposition inlet cover.
Metering set misaligned Reposition or replace metering set for
6810184M30, M33, M36, M37, and
6840023M1, M2, M7, M8, M9, M10, E14,
E15, E16, E17, and E18. 6810184M10 and
6840023M3 fuel nozzle assemblies have an
unrepairable metering set. If the metering set
cannot be repositioned, the entire fuel nozzle
must be replaced
with a 6810184M30 or 6840023M7, respec-
tively.
Leakage at welds of inlet Crack in inlet cover (25, IPL Remove, remachine, and reassemble inlet
cover (25, IPL Figure 1 and 2), Figure 1 and 2) weld cover.
plug (85), or metering set (115,
IPL Figure 1)
Crack in plug (85) weld Replace plug.
Crack in metering set weld Replace metering set 6810184M30, M33,
M36, M37 and 6840023M1, M2, M7, M8, M9,
M10, E14, E15, E16, E17, and E18.
6810184M10 and 6840023M3 fuel nozzle
assemblies have an unrepairable metering
set. The entire fuel nozzle assembly must be
replaced with a 6810184M30 or 6840023M7,
respectively.
Fault Isolation (Sheet 1 of 4)—Table 1006
73-11-42 Page 1031

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

Internal leak during decay test Defective or contaminated Disassemble check valve from support per
check valve (95, IPL Figure 1 DISASSEMBLY, and clean per CLEANING,
and 2) or preformed packing or replace valves. Replace performed pack-
(100) if leakage is observed ing.
at primary orifice. NOTE: The cover must be removed and
remachined if disassembly is to take place.
Back flush through the metering set
Internal leak during secondary Defective or contaminated Disassemble cartridge valve from support per
flow dribble test cartridge valve (60, IPL Fig- DISASSEMBLY, and clean per CLEANING;
ures 1 and 2) or (60J, IPL or replace valves. Replace performed pack-
Figure 1) or performed packing.
ing (55, IPL Figure 1 and 2) NOTE: The cover must be removed and
or (55A, IPL Figure 1) or remachined if disassembly is to take place. It
(55B and 55C, IPL Figure 1) is also recommended to remove the check
if leakage is observed at sec- valve and remachine support area where dis-
ondary orifice. assembled Back flush through the metering
set.
Insufficient primary flow Clogged metering set Clean per CLEANING. Retest; if flow is still
insufficient, replace metering set
6810184M30, M33, M36, M37 and
6840023M1, M2, M7, M8, M9, M10, E14,
E15, E16, E17, and E18. Refer to REPAIR,
Repair No. 9.
NOTE: 6810184M10 and 6840023M3 fuel
nozzle assemblies have an unrepairable
metering set. Entire fuel nozzle assembly
must be replaced with a 6810184M30 or
6840023M7, respectively.
Damaged or contaminated Disassemble and clean per CLEANING, or
check valve (95, IPL Figure 1 replace.
and 2)
Clogged inlet strainer (30) Replace inlet strainer.
Clogged primary strainer Disassemble and clean per CLEANING, or
(40) replace.
Clogged primary flow paths Clean per CLEANING. Retest; if flow is still
in support portion of support insufficient, replace primary body (155) or
and metering set (105) metering set (115) for models 6810184M30,
M33, M36, M37, and 6840023M1, M2, M7,
M8, M9, M10, E14, E15, E16, E17, and E18.
Refer to REPAIR, Repair No. 9.
NOTE: 6810184M10 and 6840023M3 fuel
metering set. The entire fuel nozzle assembly
73-11-42 Page 1032

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
Insufficient primary flow (con't) Damaged or defective meter- Replace metering set 6810184M30, M33,
ing set M36, M37, and 6840023M1, M2, M7, M8, M9,
M10, E14, E15, E16, E17, and E18. Refer to
REPAIR, Repair No. 9.
NOTE: 68410184M10 and 6840023M3 fuel
Insufficient secondary flow Clogged metering set Clean per CLEANING. Retest; if flow is still
insufficient, replace metering set for
6810184M30, M33, M36, M37, and
6840023M1, M2, M7, M8, M9, M10, E14,
E15, E16, E17, and E18. Refer to REPAIR,
Repair No. 9.
NOTE: 6810184M10 and 6840023M3 fuel
Damaged or contaminated Disassemble and clean or replace cartridge
cartridge valve (60, IPL Fig 1 valve.
and 2) or (60J, IPL Figure 1)
Clogged inlet strainer (30) Replace inlet strainer.
Clogged secondary flow Clean per CLEANING; if flow is still insuffi-
paths in support portion of cient replace support for 6810184M30, M33,
support and metering set M36, M37, and 6840023M1, M2, M7, M8, M9,
(105) M10, E14, E15, E16, E17, and E18.
NOTE: 6810184M10 and 6840023M3 fuel
73-11-42 Page 1033

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

Hysteresis limits exceeded Damaged or contaminated Disassemble and clean or replace cartridge
cartridge valve (60, IPL Fig- valve. Replace performed packing. Replace
ure 1 and 2). Defective pre- spring.
formed packing (55, IPL
Figure 1 and 2)
Primary or secondary spray Damaged or contaminated Clean per CLEANING. Retest; if spray pat-
patterns are not satisfactory; metering set tern is not satisfactory, light polishing may
flow levels are acceptable restore quality. Refer toREPAIR, Repair No.
16. Or replace metering set per Repair No. 9;
6810184M30, M33, M36, M37, and
6840023M1, M2, M7, M8, M9, M10, E14,
E15, E16, E17, and E18.
NOTE: 6810184M10 and 6840023M3 fuel
73-11-42 Page 1034

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
DISASSEMBLY
TASK 73-11-42-99C-855-A01
A. Refer to TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION before disassembly, to establish performance condition
and to determine the extent of disassembly required. See Figure 3001 for disassembly sequence.
Refer to Table 3001 for a list of equipment and materials required to perform disassembly.

3001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-857-A01
Equipment and Materials—Table 3001

PART NO./TYPE NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
6877005 Holding fixture, valve end Parker Hannifin Corporation
7777 N. Glen Harbor Blvd
Glendale, AZ 85307
6877006 Holding fixture, check valve plug Same As Above
6877010 Holding fixture, tip end Same As Above
6877014 Plug fixture air Same As Above
6877022 In-process inspection fixture Same As Above
6877026 C Washer assembly/disassembly tool Same As Above
6877108 Assembly fixture Same As Above
6897008 Face plate adapter Same As Above
6897098 Extraction tool, check valve Same As Above
Carbide cutoff tool, 0.020 in. (0,51 mm) max width Commercially Available
Carbide turning tool, 0.016 in (0,41 mm) max Commercially Available
radius
Lathe, standard Commercially Available
Mill cutter, 0.625 in. (15,8 mm) dia, 0.060 to 0.070 Commercially Available
in. (1,5 to 1,8 mm) radius
Petroleum jelly Commercially Available
Pliers, soft jaw, wraparound Commercially Available
73-11-42 Page 3001

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

Silicon carbide abrasive cloth, 320 grit Commercially Available
Turret tool holder, extension type Commercially Available
B. Disassembly of the nozzle is accomplished by machining the weld joints until the joints separate. The
machining process may cause contamination of the nozzle in an area not being repaired. Parker
Hannifin recommends a complete overhaul of the nozzle even though only one part may be known to
be defective. This is necessary to permit the flushing out of contaminants that might block metering
orifices and make the nozzle inoperative immediately or at a later indeterminate date.
NOTE: The 6810184M10 and 6840023M3 nozzle assemblies have a non-repairable metering set. If
either the check valve (95, IPL Figures 1 and 2) or cartridge valve (60, IPL Figure 1 and 2) or
require disassembly, both valves must be disassembled and cleaned; also the support and
metering set (105, IPL Figure 1) subassembly must be back-flushed through the outlet end to
remove machining contaminates. Procedures for the back-flushing process are given in
CLEANING.
CAUTION: REMOVAL OF THE PROTECTIVE CAPS (5, 10, 15 AND 20) OR EQUIVALENT
SUBSTITUTES FROM THE INLET COVER, SUPPORT, AND METERING SET WILL
EXPOSE THESE SURFACES TO POSSIBLE DAMAGE. ENSURE THAT THESE
SURFACES ARE PROTECTED DURING DISASSEMBLY. DAMAGE TO THESE
SURFACES COULD RENDER A GOOD NOZZLE UNSERVICEABLE OR GREATLY
INCREASE THE DIFFICULTY OF THE REPAIR EFFORT.
C. Use protector caps (10, 15, and 20) and flange protector (5) whenever possible on a noninterfering
basis with overhaul procedures.
D. The metering set and cartridge valve are matched and pre qualified subassemblies and are replaced
as units. It is recommended to keep all components for each subassembly in matched sets.
Performance may be impaired if components are interchanged.
E. It is recommended to keep each disassembled nozzle together as a unit; do not mix or exchange
nozzle details.
73-11-42 Page 3002

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
F. After disassembly, components that are short in length by 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) max may be repaired by
using Repair No. 13 in the REPAIR section. Machine to proper length, refer to Repair No. 5 for cover
(25, IPL Figure 1), and Repair No. 6 for support (165). See Table 3002 below for repairable
components.
3002
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-858-A01
Repairable Components for Weld Build-Up—Table 3002
COMPONENT FIGURE ITEM, (IPL FIGURE 1)

Cover 25
Support 165
Repairable Components for Weld Build-Up—Table 3002
G. The disassembly procedures listed with this section may be performed in any order to ease
manufacturing process.
73-11-42 Page 3003

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
3001
FUEL NOZZLE
ASSEMBLY MODEL
(IPL FIGS. 1& 2) 6810184M30,
M33, M36, M37, & SUPPORT AND
6840023E18, M1, M2, M9 METERING SET
(IPL FIG. 1) & (105) REMAINS
MODEL 6810184M10
REMOVE PROTECTIVE (IPL, FIG. 2)
CAPS (5, 10, 15, 20)
REMOVE COLOR BAND

(170, IPL FIG. 1 & MODEL
120, IPL FIG. 2) MODELS 6840023M7,
REMOVE FLANGE PIN SUPPORT AND
6810184M33, M36, M37 AND M8, M10, E14, E15
(101); IF NECESSARY METERING SET
ALL 6840023 SERIES (IPL FIG. 1) &
REPAIR NO. 11 (105) REMAINS
MODEL 6840023M3
(IPL FIG. 2)
REMOVE INLET REMOVE INLET

COVER (25) STRAINER (30)
REMOVE PRIMARY
STRAINER (40) AND NOTES: 1. REFER TO REPAIR NO. 9 IF REMOVAL
HOLDDOWN SPRING (45)
OF METERING SET IS REQUIRED.
2. REFER TO REPAIR NO.21 IF REMOVAL
REMOVE CARTRIDGE DISASSEMBLE IF
OF WEAR SLEEVE IS REQUIRED.
VALVE ASSEMBLY (60) NECESSARY
REMOVE CHECK DISASSEMBLE IF

VALVE ASSEMBLY (95) NECESSARY
REMOVE RESTRICTOR
ORIFICE (110)
301BCFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-859-A01
Recommended Disassembly Sequence Chart (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3001
73-11-42 Page 3004

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-94B-856-A01
2. Disassembly Procedures (See IPL Figure 1 and 2)
WARNING: ALWAYS FOLLOW THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND REFER TO THE

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET FOR SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
CAUTION: USE EXTREME CARE TO PREVENT DAMAGE OR CONTAMINATION OF
COMPONENTS DURING OVERHAUL. TO ENSURE ADEQUATE REMAINING CLEANUP
STOCK ON DISASSEMBLED DETAIL PARTS, DO NOT DEVIATE FROM CUT-OFF
DIMENSIONS AND CUT-OFF TOOL WIDTH AS DESIGNATED. DIMENSIONS SHOWN
ALLOW FOR CLEANUP STOCK TO REMAIN.
A. Remove protective caps (5, 10, 15, and 20) or equivalent from nozzle.
B. Remove color band (170, IPL Figure 1 and 120, IPL Figure 2) for nozzles 6810184M33, M36, M37,
and all of the 6840023 series.
C. Remove inlet cover (25).

NOTE: Weld ring (35, IPL Figures 1 and 2) is used in repair procedures only and is not part of the
original nozzle assembly. Because of this it will not be mentioned during disassembly. The
procedure for the installation of this ring is given in ASSEMBLY.
(1) Install face plate adapter, 6897008, on standard turret lathe. Tighten attaching hardware
securely. Check axial runout of face plate adapter near OD. Runout shall be less than 0.005 in.
(0,127 mm) TIR. Adjust as necessary to bring within limit.
(2) Install valve end holding fixture, 6877005, onto face plate adapter, 6897008. Tighten attaching
hardware securely.
(3) Install the nozzle over locator pins on angle plate of valve end holding fixture, 6877005. On
6810184M36 nozzles, slide the support forward toward the face plate to bottom slots against the
pins. Ensure that the mounting holes on support flange are registered and that support flange is
in full contact with the rest plate.
(4) Using the adjustments provided on the face plate adapter, 6897008, align the axis of the nozzle
with that of the lathe. Continue adjustment until nozzle runs true in relation to lathe axis. Indicate
on opposite sides of the nozzle adjacent to cover weld on support side of weld and in line with
face plate adapter adjustments at four positions. Opposite sides of nozzle must indicate within
0.001 in. (0,025 mm). Adjust face plate adapter as required.
(5) Use an offset carbide turning tool to machine the weld bead in-line to the OD of the support,
1.182 in. (30,02 mm) max dia. Lathe speed should be approximately 170 rpm. Go to min dia if
required to ensure complete weld cleanup. Refer to REPAIR, Repair No. 6 or 7, Figure 6002, as
required. Use cutting oil applied with a brush or equivalent to the cutting surface. Check the
diameter with a 2 in. (50,8 mm) micrometer.
(6) Use a 0.020 in. (0,51 mm) wide carbide cutoff tool and position the side of the tool against the set
button on the fixture. Move the cutoff tool along the axis of the nozzle away from the set button
1.640 to 1.644 in. (41,66 to 41,76 mm).
73-11-42 Page 3005

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
WARNING: INLET COVER (25, IPL FIGURES 1 AND 2) IS UNDER SPRING PRESSURE. TO
PREVENT PERSONAL INJURY DURING CUTOFF OPERATION, STOP THE
MACHINE PRIOR TO COMPLETE CUT THROUGH. PLACE A SHOP CLOTH OVER
THE INLET COVER AND BREAK LOOSE BY HAND.
(7) Using a light controlled hand feed, cut through the weld and drop through areas approximately
0.09 in. (2,29 mm) deep. Lubricate during machining.
(8) With lathe stopped, remove inlet cover (25).
(9) Refer to REPAIR No. 3, Remachine Inlet Cover Cutoff Surface.

3002
LATHE UNIVERSAL FACE

PLATE ADAPTOR,
6897008 HOLDING FIXTURE,
6877005
FUEL NOZZLE
1.640 - 1.644
(41, 66 - 41, 77)
-A-
NOTES:1.DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH

MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES.
2.DRILL CLEARANCE HOLE INTO EARLY

MODEL HOLDING FIXTURE FOR INSERTION
OF FLANGE PIN (I01, IPL FIGS. 1 AND 2)
FOR NOZZLES 68940023M3, M7, M8, M10,
E14, AND E15.
302CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-860-A01
Inlet Cover Removal (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3002
73-11-42 Page 3006

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
D. Remove inlet strainer (30) from inlet cover (25). If the inlet cover bore contains retaining ring
(26, IPL Figure 1), remove the retaining ring and slide the inlet strainer from the bore. If the inlet
strainer is press fit into the cover, use a dental pick, or similar sharp hooked tool, to pry the inlet
strainer from the inlet cover
E. Remove primary strainer (40, IPL Figures 1 and 2) and holddown spring (45).
NOTE: It may be necessary to remove holddown sleeve (50) from old style cartridge valves.
NOTE: It may be necessary to deburr support cut by hand to remove these components.
F. Remove cartridge valve (60, IPL Figure 1 or 2).

WARNING: COVER CARTRIDGE VALVE CAVITY END OF SUPPORT WITH HEAVY TOWEL.
THIS WILL PREVENT PERSONAL INJURY IN CASE THE CARTRIDGE VALVE
FLIES OUT WHEN AIR PRESSURE IS APPLIED.
(1) Connect assembly fixture, 6877108, to shop air line and install extraction tool over metering set
end of support. Cover cartridge valve cavity with a heavy towel.
(2) Use air pressure, or extraction tool, 6877108, starting with 5 psig (34 kPa gage) air pressure and
increasing as necessary to force cartridge valve (60, IPL Figures 1 and 2), from cartridge valve
cavity.
(3) Remove preformed packing (55) from cartridge valve and discard.
NOTE: It is recommended that the repair (cleanup) of the support be performed while it is in the
valve end holding fixture, 6877005. See REPAIR No. 6 for all nozzle models.
(4) Remove support from valve end holding fixture, 6877005.
73-11-42 Page 3007

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
3003
HOLDING
FIXTURE,
6877005
NOZZLE
SUPPORT (165)
CARTRIDGE VALVE
ASSEMBLY (60)
ASSEMBLY FIXTURE
(EXTRACTION TOOL),
6877108
NOTE:ITEM NUMBERS IN
PARENTHESES REFER TO IPL,
FIG. 1.
303CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-861-A01
Cartridge Valve Removal (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3003
G. If necessary to disassemble the cartridge valve assembly (60) proceed as follows:
NOTE: Due to the complexity of the cartridge valve (60), it is recommenced to keep all components
for each valve together after disassembly. Interchanging of components will affect
performance of the cartridge valve (60).
73-11-42 Page 3008

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(1) Insert cartridge valve assembly into “C” washer assembly/disassembly tool, 6877026. Compress
spring (120, IPL Figure 3) and remove slotted washer (65, IPL Figure 3).
(2) Old Style Cartridge Valve (No longer procureable): Release tension from spring (120, IPL
Figure 3) and remove retainer (115, IPL Figure 3) and spring from sleeve and spool (125, IPL
Figure 3). See Figure 7001.
(3) Cartridge Valve (-60F, -60G, -60H, IPL Figure 3): Release tension from spring (120, IPL Figure
3) and remove retainer (115, IPL Figure 3), spring (120, IPL Figure 3), holddown sleeve (140, IPL
Figure 3) from sleeve and spool (130, IPL Figure 3). See Figure 7001. (See Figure 7001
"GRAPHIC-73-11-42-99B-920-A01" on page 7007.)
(4) Cartridge Valve (-60J, IPL Figure 3): Release tension from spring (120, IPL Figure 3) and
remove retainer (115, IPL Figure 3), spring (120, IPL Figure 3), holddown sleeve (150, IPL Figure
3) from sleeve and spool (130C, IPL Figure 3). See Figure 7002. (See Figure 7002 "GRAPHIC-
73-11-42-99B-921-A01" on page 7008.)
(5) Remove preformed packing (55) from ID of holddown sleeve and discard.
(6) Place cartridge valve details in divided tray to prevent abrasion or galling.
73-11-42 Page 3009

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
3004
"C" WASHER DISASSEMBLY

CARTRIDGE TOOL, 6877026
VALVE (60)
304CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-862-A01
Cartridge Valve Disassembly (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3004
H. Remove check valve (95, IPL Figure 4), and remachine check valve area of support (165, IPL Figure 1
and 115, IPL Figure 2).
NOTE: Inlet cover (25, IPL Figures 1 and 2) must be removed prior to removing check valve
73-11-42 Page 3010

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
CAUTION: DURING MACHINING, TAKE STEPS TO PREVENT CUTTING CHIPS AND OTHER
CONTAMINANTS FROM FALLING INTO ASSEMBLED SUBASSEMBLIES. ANY
CONTAMINANT WILL CAUSE FAULTY SPRAY PATTERNS OR DISTURB FUEL
FLOW.
(1) Mount check valve plug holding fixture, 6877006, onto a vertical mill. Make sure front face of
holding fixture is perpendicular to mill table within 0.005 in. (0.127 mm). Tighten attaching
hardware securely.
NOTE: If metering set is not to be removed, purge air pressure will be applied during the
machining process to expel machining chips and keep them from entering flow
passages in the support. Refer to paragraphs 2.H.(2) through 2.H.(6) for purging
instructions. Purge all air hoses before installation to air purge fixture, 6877014.
(2) Install inlet plug, Detail 23, of air purge fixture, 6877014, into support metering valve cavity.
(3) Install nozzle support (165, IPL Figure 1 and 115, IPL Figure 2), with attached inlet plug, Detail
23, over locating pins on angle plate of check valve plug holding fixture, 6877006. Ensure that the
mounting holes on the support flange are registered over the diamond pin and dowel pins, and
that the support flange face is in full contact with the fixture seat surface. Secure nozzle with
clamps.
NOTE: On 6810184M36 nozzles, slide the support down toward the mill table to bottom slots
against the pins.
(4) Mount adapter, Detail 4 or 10, of air purge fixture, 6877014, along with Details 1 and 2 onto
metering tip end of support (165, IPL Figure 1 and 115, IPL Figure 2). On nozzles without wear
sleeves, use Detail 10. On nozzles with wear sleeves, use Detail 4.
(5) Connect air line hoses of air purge fixture, 6877014, to adapter, Detail 4 or 10, and inlet plug,
Detail 23, attached to nozzle support as shown in Figure 3006.
(6) Attach air line to air inlet of air purge fixture, 6877014, and apply approximately 40 to 60 psig
(275.88 to 413.82 kPa gage) air pressure to air purge fixture.
WARNING: 40 TO 60 PSIG (276 TO 414 KPA GAGE) AIR PRESSURE USED TO PURGE CHIPS
MAY CAUSE CHIPS TO BE EJECTED FROM NOZZLE DURING MACHINING. USE
APPROVED PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (EYE GOGGLES OR FACE
SHIELD) WHEN USING COMPRESSED AIR.
(7) Install a 0.625 in. (15,9 mm) dia, 0.060 to 0.070 in. (1,5 to 1,8 mm) radius mill cutter into vertical
mill. Touch bottom of mill cutter on check valve plug holding fixture, 6877006, set button; this is
the finish depth of mill cut.
WARNING: IF DEPTH OF CUT IS TOO GREAT, OR CUT IS MADE INTO LARGE DIAMETER OF
SUPPORT (165, IPL FIGURE 1 AND 115, IPL FIGURE 2), THE SUPPORT MAY NO
LONGER BE USABLE. MINIMUM DIMENSION IS 2.13 IN. (54,1 MM).
(SEE FIGURE 3006 "GRAPHIC-73-11-42-99B-864-A01" ON PAGE 3014.)
(8) Set cutter speed to about 250 rpm. Using rough and 0.010 in. (0,254 mm) finishing passes, mill
through the weld to the support (165, IPL Figure 1 and 115, IPL Figure 2).
73-11-42 Page 3011

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
WARNING: PLUG (85, IPL FIGURES 1 AND 2) IS UNDER SPRING PRESSURE. USE CAUTION
TO PREVENT PERSONAL INJURY DURING DRILL OPERATION.
(9) Remove the mill cutter. Position the machine spindle on center-line of fixture swing plate or
equivalent and mount a recommended, No. 3 center drill. Center drill for follow-up drill.
(10) Remove center drill and install a recommended 0.316 in. (8,03 mm) dia drill. Drill through
remainder of plug as necessary, approximately 0.3125 in. (7,938 mm) deep, to break into check
valve cavity until purge air begins to escape.
(11) Remove drill. Reposition the machine spindle on center-line of check valve plug holding fixture,
6787006, swing plate. Install a 0.323 ±0.001 in. (8,2 ±0,025 mm) dia (P size) reamer or drill and
reset milling machine table height. Drill or ream hole at approximately 250 rpm to 0.322 to 0.326
in. (8,179 to 8,280 mm) dia to clean up weld to a depth of about 0.180 in. (4,572 mm) from milled
surface.
(12) With milling machine stopped, and before removing reamer or drill, clean all chips from reamer or
drill, work-piece, and fixture.
(13) Withdraw and remove reamer or drill.
(14) Remove hold down spring and discard.
(15) Thread check valve extraction tool, 6897098, into threaded end of check valve (95) 3 to 4 turns
from point of engagement. Remove check valve.
(16) Chamfer bore per Figure 3005. Remove all chips from area of nozzle. Shut off purge air.
(17) Remove nozzle subassembly from check valve plug holding fixture, 6877006.
(18) If metering set is to remain assembled, back-flush the support through the tip end after restrictor
orifice (110, IPL Figures 1 and 2) is removed; refer to CLEANING.
73-11-42 Page 3012

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
3005
OUTSIDE EDGES MAY BE

ROUNDED OFF DUE TO
ORIGINAL WELD PROCESS.
HEIGHT DIMENSION WILL BE
RESTORED AT ASSEMBLY.
180 o MILLED FLAT AT THE

PROPER HEIGHT MUST
o
INSPECT FLANGE SEAL EXIST ON AT LEAST 180 OF
SURFACE 100% FOR DAMAGE
AFTER REMOVAL FROM 0.322 - 0.326 DIA
FIXTURE TO ENSURE (8,18 - 8,28)
FIXTURE IS FREE OF METAL
0.000 - 0.003 (0,00 - 0, 08) X

0.250 (6,35) DEEP CLEANUP
ALLOWED OVER CHECK
1.310
(33,27)
0.060 - 0.070 (1,52 - 1,78) MAX
RADIUS. NEED NOT 2.130 - 2.150
BLEND WITH ORIGINAL (54,10 - 54,61)
AT THE PLUG AREA
0.005 - 0.020 (0,13 - 0,51) R

OR EQUIVALENT 45 DEG
(0,79 RADIAN) BSC
CHAMFER. NEED NOT
EXIST ALL AROUND
NOTE :DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH

OTHER METRIC CONVERSIONS IN
PARENTHESES ARE IDENTIFIED.
305CCFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-863-A01
Support Check Valve Machining Dimensions (All Models) (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3005
73-11-42 Page 3013

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
3006
PLUG (85)
SPRING (90)
EXTRACTION
TOOL, 6897098
2.13 IN.
(54.10 MM)
MILLING MINIMUM
DO NOT MILL
MACHINE
THIS SURFACE
MILL
SWING CUTTER CHECK
PLATE VALVE (95)
(DETAIL -1)
CL
MILL
(DETAIL -2) SURFACE
PURGE
FIXTURE,
6877014
SET
BUTTON AIR INLET
NOZZLE
ADAPTER
(DETAIL 4 OR
10 AS REQ'D) INLET PLUG
HOLDING (DETAIL -23)
FIXTURE,
6877006 305CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-864-A01
Check Valve Removal (All Models) (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3006
73-11-42 Page 3014

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
I. Remove restrictor orifice (110).
TASK 73-11-42-000-858-A01
3. Recommended Parts Replacement (See IPL Figures 1 and 2)
NOTE: Actual replacement of the parts may be based upon in-service experience.
A. Discard and replace performed packing (55) and (100).
NOTE: 100% replacement required.
B. Discard and replace wear sleeve (175, IPL Figure 1 or 125, IPL Figure 2).
C. Discard and replace retaining ring (26, IPL Figure 1), if used.
D. Discard and replace holddown spring (90, IPL Figures 1 and 2).
NOTE: 100% replacement required.
E. Replacement of any other items shall be based on the requirements of the CHECK section of this
component maintenance manual.
73-11-42 Page 3015

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
This page is intentionally left blank.
73-11-42 Page 3016

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
CLEANING
TASK 73-11-42-99C-870-A01
A. Use standard shop tools for cleaning. When special tools are necessary, it is recommended to use the
tools and equipment referred in the step. Special tools and equipment are shown in Table 4001 and in
the SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT section.
B. Cleaning parameters are used are recommended. Cleaning parameters may vary with equipment,
operator technique, etc. All components cleaned must meet inspection requirements per CHECK and
TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION sections.
C. It is recommended to do all work in a clean, ventilated room with good lighting.

D. Make sure ports, sealing surfaces, threaded areas, and internal passages are clean.
E. Corrosion and carbon buildup cause the most fuel nozzle problems. Thorough, careful cleaning may
avoid disassembling the fuel nozzle assemblies.
F. When preparing cleaning solution(s), prepare per recommended manufacture’s directions or

instructions.
G. After repair(s), if component parts are to be stored more than 24 hours it is recommended to preserve
the component parts per the STORAGE section.
H. Equipment and materials required in addition to standard repair shop tools are listed in Table 4001.
Use approved ventilation cabinet or area.

4001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-974-A01
Cleaning Equipment and Materials—Table 4001

6877012 Holding fixture, pressure test Parker Hannifin Corporation
6877019 Thermal cleaning fixture Same As Above
6897101 Inlet plug test fixture Same As Above
Basket, perforated, protective Commercially Available
Brush, soft bristle Commercially Available
Calibration fluid, MIL-PRF-7024, Type II Commercially Available
Cleaning compound, alkaline Ambion Corporation
Ambex -1077 37 Naugatuck Dr.
(alternate solution used in cleaning system) Naugatuck, CT 06770
73-11-42 Page 4001

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

Cleaning solution, alkaline Turco Products Division
Turco No. 4181 Purex Corp Ltd.
Rockdale, IL 60436 USA
Degreaser, cleaning solution, non-acidic Commercially Available
Electrical tape Commercially Available
Oven, air recirculating, capable of 1000 °F Commercially Available
(538 °C)
Preservation oil, MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010 Commercially Available
Preservation stand, capable of supplying preser- Commercially Available
vation oil at 0 to 400 psig (0 to 2758 kPa gage),
providing 10 micron filtration.
Rinsing tanks Commercially Available
Rust Inhibitor, RI-105 Commercially Available
Soap, liquid, Fremont No. 3045 Commercially Available
Ultrasonic cleaning system Commercially Available
Ultrasonic cleaning tanks Commercially Available
(recommended 20 kHz frequency)
TASK 73-11-42-94B-873-A01
2. Preparation of Cleaning Solutions
WARNING: ALWAYS READ THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND MATERIAL SAFETY

DATA SHEET FOR SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
A. Wear protective clothing during contact with cleaning solution. As a minimum, wear rubber apron,
rubber gloves, and a face mask.
CAUTION: CHECK CLEANING SOLUTIONS PERIODICALLY FOR CONTAMINATION AND

PROTECT ALL FUEL NOZZLE COMPONENTS FROM ABRASION. CLEAN
COMPONENTS IN PROTECTIVE COMPARTMENT BASKETS TO PREVENT
ELECTROLYSIS AND ABRASION OF PARTS.
CAUTION: MIXING OF SOLUTION CAN PRODUCE TEMPERATURES EXCEEDING THE BOILING

POINT OF THE SOLUTION. ALLOW THE SOLUTION TO COOL TO 120°F (49°C) AND
ADD POWDER SLOWLY WITH STIRRING TO AVOID VIOLENT SPATTERING OR
ERUPTION.
B. Use manufacturer's instructions to prepare cleaning solution.
73-11-42 Page 4002

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-94A-871-A01
3. Chemical Cleaning Assembled Nozzle Metering Set (Tip End Only)

A. Remove protective caps (10, 15, and 20, IPL Figure 1). Optional, leave flange protector (5) on nozzle.
CAUTION: DO NOT EXPOSE COLOR BAND (170, IPL FIGURE 1) TO TURCO SOLUTION. TURCO
SOLUTION WILL DISSOLVE ALUMINUM.
B. Use ultrasonic cleaning tank filled with alkaline cleaning solution, heated to manufacturers instructions.
C. Suspend nozzle in alkaline cleaning solution so that only the metering set is completely immersed, but
not touching the bottom of the tank.
D. Soak the nozzle metering tip end in the alkaline cleaning solution, until clean. External surfaces of
metering set can be cleaned using a soft bristle brush or equivalent.
CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW ANY ALKALINE CLEANING SOLUTION TO ENTER INLET FITTING.
DAMAGE TO INTERNAL COMPONENTS CAN RESULT.
CAUTION: DO NOT BLOW AIR INTO METERING SET TIP ORIFICE.
E. Alternately soak metering set, and then blow out internal fuel passages through inlet fitting, with clean
dry shop air, at 15 psig (103 kPa gage), filtered to 10 micron.
F. Allow alkaline cleaning solution to drain out the metering set end of nozzle only. No solution shall be
permitted to flow or drain into valves and inlet area of the nozzle.
CAUTION: RINSE NOZZLE TIP CAREFULLY. NO CLEANING FLUID OR RINSE WATER IS
ALLOWED TO ENTER OR DRAIN INTO NOZZLE INLET FITTING OR VALVE AREAS AT
ANY TIME.
G. Immediately after draining, rinse nozzle metering set end only in flowing hot water. Rinse until water is
clear.
H. Dry nozzle thoroughly with dry shop air, at 15 psig (103 kPa gage), filtered to 10 micron nominal.
TASK 73-11-42-160-873-A01
4. Chemical Cleaning Component Parts After Nozzle Disassembly
NOTE: Use this cleaning procedure on all component parts except for assembled check valve
(95, IPL Figure 1) and assembled cartridge valve (60). Check valves and valves cartridges in the
assembled condition cannot be alkaline chemical cleaned. Disassembly of the check valve and
valve cartridge is required before chemical cleaning. Refer to DISASSEMBLY. Refer to Non-acidic
Degreaser Cleaner Cleaning Procedure if valve cartridge is to be cleaned in an assembled
condition.
NOTE: For the most effective cleaning operation, the procedures include the use of ultrasonic equipment.
Cleaning can be done without ultrasonic equipment by increasing the times.
NOTE: Suspend parts in a perforated basket. Position so that solution and dirt removed during cleaning
will fall away from the parts.
A. Remove color ID band (170) from support, if not previously removed.
73-11-42 Page 4003

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
B. Cleaning procedure for component parts.

(1) Submerge component parts in solution, heated to manufacturers instructions, with ultrasonics
turned on, for approximately 30 minutes minimum. Do not exceed 4 hours maximum.
NOTE: Extremely dirty parts may be pre-soaked without ultrasonics, for approximately 15 to 60
minutes, at manufacturers temperature instructions.
(2) Externally rinse the component parts with tap water.

(3) Submerge component parts in ultrasonic rinse tank, filled with hot water and RI-105 rust inhibitor,
heated to manufactures instructions. Turn on ultrasonics. Rinse for approximately 15 to 30
minutes. Remove from tank, then blow dry with shop air.
(4) Optional: Oven dry at 250 to 300°F (121 to 149°C) for 30 minutes minimum. Remove from oven
and allow to cool.
C. Cleaning procedure for cleaning rusted component parts.
(1) Use ultrasonic cleaning tank filled with cleaning solution, heated to manufacturers instructions.
(2) Submerge component parts in solution. Turn on ultrasonics. Let parts soak until parts show no
sign of rust, not to exceed 4 hours.
(3) Externally rinse component parts with tap water to remove excess chemical solution.
(4) Submerge component parts in ultrasonic rinse tank, filled with hot water and RI-105 rust inhibitor,
heated to manufacturers instructions. Turn on ultrasonics. Rinse for approximately 15 to 30
minutes. Remove from tank, then blow dry with shop air.
(5) Oven dry at 250 to 300°F (121 to 149°C) for 30 minutes minimum or until component part is dry.
Remove from oven and allow to cool.
TASK 73-11-42-160-874-A01
5. Thermal Cleaning (all supports except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3)

NOTE: Only thermal clean supports (165, IPL Fig. 1) without metering sets.
A. Install support onto thermal cleaning fixture, 6877019. Place fixture with support into a cool (room
temperature) air recirculating oven.
B. Attach pressure gage to the regulated air supply. Connect the regulated air supply to the fixture.
C. Open air line and establish a back pressure of approximately 2 psig (14 kPa gage).
NOTE: On plugged or nearly plugged nozzle passages, maintain flow until pressure gage has a large
back pressure fall-off, indicating a carbon free passage.
73-11-42 Page 4004

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
D. Turn oven on. Set oven temperature at 950 to 975 °F (510 to 524 °C). Hold temperature for 4 hours
minimum or to meet flow parameters.
NOTE: Approximately 25 feet (7.62 m) of air line should be coiled within the air oven to ensure air is
preheated to oven temperature before entering the support.
E. Turn off air supply and oven heat; open door and allow oven to cool.
F. Remove support (165, IPL Fig. 1) from oven and thermal cleaning fixture.
G. Ultrasonically chemically clean support. Refer to Chemical Cleaning Component Parts After Nozzle
Disassembly.
NOTE: All supports must be fluid flow checked for minimum flow requirements prior to assembly in
accordance with procedures in ASSEMBLY. If support fails to meet flow test requirements,
repeat Thermal cleaning procedure.
TASK 73-11-42-160-879-A01
6. Thermal Cleaning, Secondary Body With Wear Sleeve
NOTE: This procedure is for cleaning the secondary body (150) with wear sleeve only.
A. Pre-soak in Ambex 1077 alkaline cleaner to remove any remaining fuel prior to pyrolytic cleaning for
30 minutes.
NOTE: Pre-soak is optional.

B. Load parts into oven.

C. Set oven at 950 to 975 °F (510 to 524 °C). Hold temperature for 4 hours minimum.
D. Turn off air supply and oven heat; open door and allow oven to cool.
E. Remove component parts from oven with insulated gloves.
F. Ultrasonically chemically clean component parts. Refer to Chemical Cleaning Component Parts After
Nozzle Disassembly.
TASK 73-11-42-160-876-A01
7. Back-Flushing Support and Metering Set (105, IPL Figure 1)
A. Back-flush with calibration fluid, MIL-PRF-7024, Type II, use supply hose equipped with a rubber end
to fit against the secondary body face.
B. Back-flush for approximately 1 minute.
73-11-42 Page 4005

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-160-877-A01
8. Cleaning Assembled Nozzle
A. Remove identification color band (170, IPL Figure 1) prior to cleaning process. As an option, wrap
entire identification color band with electrical tape before performing cleaning process.
B. Static pre-soak (optional for unusually dirty parts).
(1) Soak nozzle in a non-ultrasonic alkaline solution for approximately 30 minutes, not to exceed 1.5
hours. Use manufacturer temperature instructions or until part is clean.
(2) Remove nozzle from cleaning solution and dip in cold water to remove excess residual solution.
C. Load nozzle into ultrasonic cleaner to allow alkaline solution to be pumped through the nozzle.
Maintain alkaline solution temperature to manufacturers instructions or until part is clean.
D. Pressurize nozzle to approximately 195 psig (1344 kPa gage) minimum to allow nozzle cartridge valve
to open.
E. Hold nozzle in ultrasonic cleaner until part is clean.
F. Decrease pressure and remove nozzle from cleaning solution. Allow nozzle to drain.
G. Rinse nozzle in clean water.
H. Remove nozzle from water and allow to drain upon completion of the rinse cycle.
I. It is recommended to flush nozzles with MIL-PRF-7024 type II calibration fluid at 180-200 PSIG for one
minute minimum.
J. It is recommended to purge nozzle with 150 to 200 psig (1034 to 1379 kPa gage) filtered dry air or
nitrogen until all signs of moisture are gone, prior to testing.
K. Remove and test nozzle. Refer to TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION.
TASK 73-11-42-160-878-A01
9. Non-acidic Degreaser Cleaner Cleaning Procedure

CAUTION: NON-ACIDIC DEGREASER CLEANER MUST BE CLEAN AND CONTAMINATE FREE.

CONTINUALLY REFRESH SOLUTIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
CAUTION: IF VALVE IS DISASSEMBLED, KEEP ALL VALVE DETAILS IN DIVIDED TRAYS TO
PREVENT ABRASION OR GALLING. KEEP ALL VALVE DETAILS TOGETHER AS AN
ASSEMBLY. DO NOT MIX VALVE DETAILS WITH THOSE FROM OTHER VALVES.
A. Prepare non-acidic degreasing cleaning solution in ultrasonic cleaning tank per manufacturer's
instructions. An ultrasonic cleaning tank may be used with the degreaser cleaning solution.
B. Submerge parts in tank, positioned so dirt will fall away during ultrasonic cleaning.
C. Clean parts in non-acidic degreaser cleaning solution until parts are decreased.
D. Remove parts from tank and air dry or oven dry at 250º to 325ºF (121º to 163ºC) until component part
is dry.
73-11-42 Page 4006

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
CHECK
TASK 73-11-42-99C-885-A01
A. This section gives the equipment, materials, procedures, and the inspection limits necessary to
examine the fuel nozzle and its components.
B. Unless otherwise written, all accessible checks must be made prior to returning the fuel nozzle
assembly to service.
C. Equipment and materials needed to perform checking procedures are listed in Table 5001. Fuel nozzle
assembly materials to be inspected are given in Table 5002. Specific areas to be inspected are given
in Table 5003.
5001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-888-A01 Equipment and Materials—Table 5001

6877020M2 Final inspection fixture Parker Hannifin Corporation
D. Visually inspect all accessible areas of all components for excessive scoring, cracks, chips, breaks,
corrosion, distortion, wear, galling, nicks, burrs, dents, pitting, raised metal, carbon, and any other
obvious signs of physical damage that may affect the function of the part.
NOTE: Unless otherwise written, examination of components for visual indications shall be performed
with the unaided eye. Higher magnification (10X) may be used to determine the type of
indication after being detected by visual inspection.
E. Unless otherwise written, welds shall be sound, clean, show 100% fusion, be free of foreign materials,
and any surface imperfections detrimental to the performance of the part. No cracks, lack of fusion,
undercuts, or negative reinforcements are allowed. The diameter or length of any indication shall not
exceed 40% of the minimum weld wall thickness.
F. All components must be inspected after disassembly and cleaning.
G. Components that do not satisfy the applicable check requirements, must be repaired or replaced.
NOTE: Save applicable defective parts to use as weld samples.
73-11-42 Page 5001

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-94B-886-A01
2. Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection (FPI) Procedures and Criteria
A. Fluorescent penetrant inspect welds per ASTM-E-1417 Type I, Method A, B, C, or D, Sensitivity Level
3, 30 minute dwell time. Close all openings to prevent contamination of the internal passages.
B. Inspection personnel who interpret FPI indications shall be qualified in accordance with NAS-410, and
certified to a level II or level III.
TASK 73-11-42-94A-886-A01
3. Radiographic (X-Ray) Inspection Procedures and Criteria
NOTE: Fuel nozzle assembly materials to be inspected are listed in Table 5002.
WARNING: X-RAYS ARE HAZARDOUS AND THEIR EFFECT IS CUMULATIVE. THEY CANNOT BE
DETECTED BY ANY OF THE HUMAN SENSES. MAKE SURE THAT PROPER
SHIELDING IS USED AND THAT EQUIPMENT IS OPERATED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE
WITH APPROVED SAFETY PRACTICES AND PERSONNEL PROTECTION DEVICES.
A. Radiographic (X-ray) inspect weld area per ASTM E-2104, except two views, 80 to 100 degrees (1.40
to 1.75 radians) apart.
NOTE: The following exceptions are required for ASTM E-2104. Wire penetrameters or (IQI) are not
allowed.
B. Inspection personnel who interpret X-ray indications shall be qualified in accordance with NAS-410,
and certified to a level II or level III.
C. Radiographic (X-ray) inspection acceptability and repair limits are listed in Table 5003.
TASK 73-11-42-210-889-A01
4. Inspection Tables
A. The component materials to be inspected are noted in Table 5002, Fuel Nozzle Assembly Materials to
be Inspected.
B. The specific areas to be inspected are noted in Table 5003, Inspection Criteria. Items applicable to
Table 5003.
C. Item numbers in parentheses refer to IPL Figure 1, unless otherwise written.

5002
73-11-42 Page 5002

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-889-A01Part Material to be Inspected, All Nozzle Models—Table 5002
Weld Area To Be X- Material

Rayed Component to Be X-Rayed Material To Be X-Rayed Thickness
Secondary Body to Support (165, IPL Fig. 1) Cres AMS 5754 0.140 in.
Support Weld Ref.: Hastelloy X (3,556 mm)
Secondary Body (150, IPL Fig. 1) Cres AMS 5759
Ref.: L-605
or
Cres AMS 5754
Ref.: Hastelloy X
Filler Ring (121A, IPL Fig. 1) Cres AMS 5786
Ref.: Hastelloy W
Filler Material Cres AMS 5796
Ref.: L-605
Inlet Cover Weld to Support and Metering Set (105, IPL Cres AMS 5754 0.240 in.
Support and Metering Fig. 1 or Fig. 2) Ref.: Hastelloy X (6,096 mm)
Set
Inlet Cover (25, IPL Fig. 1 or Fig. 2) Cres AMS 5754
Ref.: Hastelloy X
Weld Ring (35, IPL Fig. 1 or Fig. 2) Cres AMS 5755
Ref.: Hastelloy W
Ref.: Hastelloy W
Check Valve Plug Support (165, IPL Fig. 1 and 115, Cres AMS 5754 0.240 in.
Weld to Support IPL Fig. 2) Ref.: Hastelloy X (6,096 mm)
Plug (85, IPL Fig. 1 or Fig. 2) Cres AMS 5754
Ref.: Hastelloy X
Ref.: Hastelloy W
Primary Body to Support (165, IPL Fig. 1) adapter Cres AMS 5754 0.120 in.
Support Ref.: Hastelloy X (3,048 mm)
Primary Body (155) Cres AMS 5646
Ref.: 347
Weld Ring (130) Cres AMS 5754
Ref.: Hastelloy X
Ref.: Hastelloy X
Visual Check —Table 5002
5003
73-11-42 Page 5003

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-890-A01 Inspection Criteria—Table 5003
Part / Inspect For Acceptable Limits Repair / Disposition

NOTE: Numbers in [ ] in the Part/Inspect For Column indicate features for external nozzle inspection
of an assembled nozzle.
1. Inlet Cover (25, IPL Fig. 1 and 2)
A. Visual and Dimensional Requirements
[1.] Cracks, nicks, dents on Not acceptable Replace inlet cover
sealing surface of inlet
fitting
[2.] Visually inspect fitting (See Figure 5001 "GRAPHIC-73- Less than 0.003 in. (0,076 mm)
sealing surface. 11-42-99B-882-A01" on depth, polish per REPAIR, Repair
page 5014.) No. 1.
Visually inspect preformed See Figure 5001. Greater than 0.003 in. (0,076 mm)
packing sealing surface. depth, replace inlet cover.
No raised metal allowed. Refer to REPAIR, No. 17
3. Length AA; see Fig. 5001 0.112 - 0.122 in. Less than 0.092 in. (2,337 mm),
(2,845 - 3,099 mm) replace inlet cover.
0.092 in. (2,337 mm) - but not includ-
ing 0.112 in. (2,845 mm), refer to
REPAIR, No. 5 or REPAIR No 13.
Greater than 0.122 in. (3,099 mm),
remachine per REPAIR No. 3.
[4.] Dia AB without retaining 0.177 in. (4,496 mm) max Dia May be converted to the new style
ring groove; see Fig. 5001 configuration by machining a retain-
ing ring groove, refer to REPAIR No.
4 or replace strainer (30).
[5.] Thread nicks or damage Cumulative damage confined to a Repair per REPAIR No. 2, or replace.
total of 1/4 of any thread circum-
ference. Limit of 2 damaged
threads.
6. Burr at intersection; see 0.156 in. (3,962 mm) dia gage ball Remove burr per REPAIR No. 4
Fig. 5001 must pass through freely
7. Dia CD with retainer ring 0.190 in. (4.83 mm) max Refer toREPAIR No. 7, or replace.
groove; see Fig. 5001
B. Inlet Cover to Support Weld, Visual and Dimensional Requirements
1. Reinforcement 0.030 in. (0,762 mm) max positive Greater than 0.030 in. (0,762 mm),
reinforcement reweld one time only per ASSEMBLY
No negative reinforcement Reweld adding filler material, per
allowed REPAIR No. 15.
Dimensional Check (Sheet 1 of 10)—Table 5003
73-11-42 Page 5004

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
2. Undercut None allowed Reweld adding filler material, per
REPAIR No. 15.
3. Cracks None allowed Disassemble
C.Inlet Cover to Support Weld, Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection Requirements
NOTE: Indications of less than 0.010 in. (0,254 mm) are not considered significant.
1. Indications
a. Dia and length 0.020 in. (0,508 mm) max Repair per REPAIR No. 15.
b. Spacing between 10x largest adjacent indication Repair per REPAIR No. 15.
with two significant indications
allowed per inch of weld
2. Cracks None allowed Remove crack, then reweld adding
filler material, per REPAIR No. 15.
D.Inlet Cover to Support Weld, Radiographic (X-Ray) Inspection Requirements.
NOTE: Indications of less than 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) are not considered significant.
2. Lack of fusion None Reweld per REPAIR No. 15.
3. Drop Thru 0.040 in. (1,016 mm) max Disassemble
4. Undercut None allowed Reweld per REPAIR No. 15.
5. Max dia or length of single 0.020 in. (0,508 mm) max Disassemble
indication
6. Min spacing between 3x size of largest adjacent indica- Disassemble
indications tion
7. Accumulative length of 0.08 in./in. (2,03 mm / mm) of Disassemble
significant indications weld max
E. Inlet Cover Weld Buildup, Visual and Dimensional Requirements
NOTE: Applies only if REPAIR No. 5 or No. 13 has been accomplished.
1. Undercut (groove in base None allowed Reweld adding filler material, per
metal adjacent to weld) REPAIR No. 5 or No. 13.
2. Cracks in weld None allowed Repair per REPAIR No. 15.
F. Inlet Cover Weld Buildup, Fluorescent Penetrant Requirements
NOTE: Applies only if REPAIR No. 5 or No. 13 has been accomplished.
1. Indications
a. Dia and length 0.020 in. (0,508 mm) max Repair per REPAIR No. 15.
73-11-42 Page 5005

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

b. Spacing between 10x largest adjacent indication Repair per REPAIR No. 15.
G. Inlet Cover Weld Buildup, Radiographic (X-Ray) Inspection Requirements (Not required)
2. Primary Strainer (40, IPL Fig. 1 and 2)
[1.] Dirt or other deposits None allowed Chemical clean per CLEANING.
[2.] Ruptures None allowed Replace.
[3.] Damage to surface of No raised metal allowed Repair per General repair or reject if
ferrule damage cannot be repaired.
[4.] Dents or bent screen None allowed Repair per REPAIR No. 22 or
replace.
3. Support and Metering Set (105, IPL Fig. 1 and 2)
NOTE: 6810184M10 and 6840023M3 Support and Metering Set subassemblies have an unrepairable
metering set. Subassemblies not meeting the requirements of this section, must be replaced. The entire sup-
port and metering set must be replaced with a 6810184M30 or 6840023M7, respectively
1. Dents, nicks, or scratches on No raised metal allowed Repair, per REPAIR No. 17.
ID of heat shield not within
Zone A; (See Figure 5002
"GRAPHIC-73-11-42-99B-883-
A01" on page 5015.)
2. Dents, nicks, or scratches on Defects / imperfections 0.003 in. Repair per General and REPAIR No.
ID of heat shield within Zone (0,08 mm) max depth. 16.
A; see Fig. 5002
[3.] Dents, nicks, or scratches Defects 0.003 in. (0.076 mm) max 0.003 - 0.007 in. (0.076 - 0,178 mm)
on stem within Zone B; See depth depth, blend into surrounding area.
Fig. 5002.
Greater than 0.007 in. (0,178 mm)
depth, replace fuel nozzle assy.
[4.] Dents, nicks, or scratches Defects 0.003 in. (0,076 mm) max 0.003 - 0.007 in. (0,076 - 0.178 mm),
on stem not within Zone B; depth repair per General and REPAIR No.
See Fig. 5002. 16.
replace fuel nozzle assy
[5.] Cracks None allowed Replace fuel nozzle assembly.
73-11-42 Page 5006

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
[6.] Dents, nicks, or scratches on Defects / imperfections 0.003 in. See REPAIR No. 16.
mounting flange sealing (0,08 mm) max depth
surface. See REPAIR, No.
12, Fig. 6002
No raised metal allowed See REPAIR No. 17.
Flange thickness must be 0.165 Repair per REPAIR No. 12.
in. (4,191 mm) min in sealing sur-
face area
[7.] Dents, nicks, or scratches Defects 0.015 in. (0,381 mm) max Defects greater than 0.015 in. (0,381
outside mounting flange depth. No raised metal allowed. mm) depth, repair per, General or
sealing surface REPAIR No. 17.
[8.] Nicks, dents, chips, or Defects less than 0.015 in. (0,381 Replace metering set if Area A is
scratches on secondary OD mm) depth in area A and less than greater than 0.015 (0,381mm) (all
for 6810184 series; see 0.010 in. (0,254 mm) depth in models except M10);
FAULT ISOLATION, Fig. area B or
1015 Replace secondary body (150) if
match can be found. Refer to
REPAIR No. 20.
Defects 0.015 - 0.035 in. (0,381 -
0,889 mm) depth in Area A may be
converted to the larger tip 6840023
series fuel nozzles by addition of a
wear sleeve and, if applicable, a
flange pin.
Refer to DESCRIPTION AND OPER-
ATION Table 2 for rework combina-
tions. Weld wear sleeve (175), per
REPAIR No. 21; add flange pin per
REPAIR No. 11.
or
Replace fuel nozzle assy
[9.] Nicks, dents, chips, or Defects less than 0.015 in. (0,38 Defects greater than 0.015 in. (0,38
scratches on OD of wear mm) depth mm) depth, replace wear sleeve per
sleeve for 6840023 series; DISASSEMBLY and ASSEMBLY.
see TEST AND FAULT
ISOLATION, Fig. 1014
[10.] Damage to front face of Defects to 0.003 in. (0,076 mm) Repair per General.
secondary body and max depth, if spray quality meets
conical surface requirements of TESTING. No
raised metal allowed
73-11-42 Page 5007

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

[11.] Loose, bent, or damaged Not allowed Replace flange pin per REPAIR No.
flange pin on applicable 11.
6840023 series
4. Support (all nozzles except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3) (165, IPL Fig. 1)
1. Dents, nicks, or scratches No raised metal allowed Repair per REPAIR No. 17
on ID of heat shield not
within Zone A, see Fig.
5002
2. Dents, nicks, or scratches Defects / imperfections 0.003 in. Repair per General and REPAIR No.
on ID of heat shield within (0,08 mm) max depth. 16.
Zone A; see Fig. 5002
[3.] Dents, nicks, or scratches Defects 0.003 in. (0,076 mm) max 0.003 - 0.007 in. (0,076 - 0,178 mm)
on stem within 0.455 in. depth depth, blend area smoothly with no
(11,557 mm) from support steps or discontinuities
flange. See Zone B, Fig.
5002.
Greater than 0.007 in. (0,178 mm)
depth, replace support or fuel nozzle
assy
[4.] Dents, nicks, or scratches Defects 0.003 in. (0,076 mm) max 0.003 - 0.007 in. (0,076 - 0,178 mm),
on stem not within 0.455 in. depth repair per General and REPAIR No.
(11,557 mm) from support 16.
flange
replace support or fuel nozzle assy
[5.] Cracks None allowed Replace fuel nozzle assembly
[6.] Dents, nicks, or scratches No raised metal allowed Refer to REPAIR No. 17
on mounting flange sealing
surface. See REPAIR No.
12, Fig. 6002
Defects / imperfections 0.005 in. Refer to REPAIR No. 16.
(0,127 mm) max depth.
Flange thickness must be 0.165 Refer to REPAIR No. 12.
in. (4,191 mm) min in sealing sur-
face area
[7.] Dents, nicks, or scratches Defects 0.015 in. (0,381 mm) max Defects greater than 0.015 in. (0,381
outside mounting flange depth. mm) depth, repair per REPAIR No.
sealing surface 16
73-11-42 Page 5008

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
No raised metal allowed. Refer to REPAIR No. 17
[8.] Loose, bent, or damaged Not allowed Replace flange pin per REPAIR No.
flange pin on 6840023 series 11
9. Damage on adapter, nicks, Resistant tack weld and machine Defects up to 0.005 in. (0,127 mm),
dents, scratches, tool marks tool marks allowed to 0.005 in. blend per General and REPAIR No.
(0,127 mm) max depth 16.
NOTE: Undercut at primary Defects greater than 0.005 in. (0,127
body cutoff allowed to 0.010 in. mm) deep, replace fuel nozzle sup-
(0,254 mm) depth by 0.040 in. port
(1,016 mm) wide. Refer to
REPAIR No. 10
5. Primary Weld
2. Reinforcement Positive reinforcement not to Reweld per ASSEMBLY.
exceed 0.270 in. (6,858 mm) dia.
Negative reinforcement not Reweld with weld filler material per
allowed REPAIR No. 15.
B. Primary Weld, Fluorescent Penetrant Requirements (Not required)
C.Primary Weld, Radiographic (X-Ray) Inspection Requirements (Not Required)
NOTE: Primary weld process verification, per ASSEMBLY, Fig. 7009, by destructive or non-destructive test
methods is a first-article-only requirement.
6. Secondary Weld
1. Undercut (groove in base Min radius of 0.060 in. (1,524 mm) Reweld with weld filler material per
metal adjacent to weld) and not ex-ceding 0.004 in. (0,102 REPAIR No. 15, only once
mm) depth
2. Reinforcement Positive reinforcement, 0.030 in. Reweld per ASSEMBLY
(0,762 mm) max
Negative reinforcement not Reweld with weld filler material per
allowed REPAIR No. 15, only once, or
disassemble
3. Cracks in weld None allowed Repair per REPAIR No. 15, only
once or disassemble
B. Secondary Weld, Fluorescent Penetrant Requirements
1. Indications
73-11-42 Page 5009

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

(a) Dia and length 0.014 in. (0,356 mm) max Over 0.014 in. (0,381 mm), repair per
REPAIR No. 15, only once or disas-
semble
(b) Spacing between 10x largest adjacent indication Repair per REPAIR No. 15, only
with two significant indications once or disassemble
2. Cracks in weld None allowed Repair per REPAIR No. 15, only
once or disassemble
C. Secondary Weld, Radiographic (X-Ray) Inspection Requirements
2. Lack of fusion 100% weld penetration required Reweld per REPAIR No. 15, only
once
3. Drop Thru 0.040 in. (1,016 mm) max Disassemble
4. Offset 0.006 in. (0,152 mm) max Disassemble
5. Undercut Not allowed Reweld with filler material per
REPAIRr No. 15, only once
indication
indications tion
8. Accumulative length of 0.08 in./in. (2,03 mm/mm) of weld Disassemble
significant indications max
7. Wear Sleeve Weld
1. Undercut (groove in base None allowed Reweld with weld filler material per
metal adjacent to weld) REPAIR No. 15.
2. Cracks, pits, or voids in weld None allowed Repair per REPAIR No. 15.
3. Reinforcement Positive reinforcement not to Reweld, with no filler material.
exceed 0.585 in. (14,859 mm) dia
4. Mismatch between wear 0.005 in. (0,127 mm) max Disassemble and replace wear
sleeve and secondary body, sleeve per REPAIR No. 21.
see REPAIR No. 21, Fig
6004.
73-11-42 Page 5010

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
5. Wear sleeve with four None allowed Disassemble and replace wear
interrupted welds. (wear sleeve per REPAIR No. 21.
sleeve must be
circumferential welded 360°
to secondary body).
B. Wear Sleeve Weld, Fluorescent Penetrant Requirements
1. Indications
(a) Dia and length 0.060 in. (1,524 mm) max on weld Over 0.060 in. (1,524 mm), repair per
and in heat affected zone (HAZ) REPAIR No. 15.
within 0.090 in. (2,286 mm) of
weld line
(b) Spacing between 0.50 in. (12,7 mm) min in HAZ and Repair per REPAIR No. 15.
0.25 in. (6,35 mm) on weld
2. Cracks, pits, or voids in weld None allowed Repair per REPAIR No. 15.
C. Wear Sleeve Weld, Radiographic (X-Ray) Inspection Requirements (Not Required)
NOTE: Wear sleeve weld process verification by destructive or non-destructive test methods is a first arti-
cle-only requirement. Refer to REPAIR, Repair No. 21
8. Flange Pin Weld
1. Flange pin height 0.135 - 0.145 in. (3,429 - 3,683 Repair per REPAIR No. 11
mm)
B. Flange Pin Weld, Fluorescent Penetrant Requirements
C. Flange Pin Weld, Radiographic (X-Ray) Inspection Requirements (Not Required)
9. Cartridge Valve Holddown Spring (45, IPL Fig. 1 and 2)
1. Distortion, damage, cracks None allowed Replace
and corrosion
10. Cartridge Valve (60, IPL Fig. 1 and 2)
1. Pitting or cracks on Zone A None allowed Disassemble, replace component
sealing surface. (See Figure piece
5003 "GRAPHIC-73-11-42-99B-
884-A01" on page 5016.)
73-11-42 Page 5011

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

2. Nicks, scratches, pitting, or Less than 0.012 in. (0,31 mm) Repair per General and REPAIR No.
other minor discrepancies on deep are not significant. 16.
outside of performed seal
surface, Zone A
11. Check Valve Holddown Spring (90, IPL Fig. 1 and 2)
NOTE:100% replacement required
12. Check Valve (95, IPL Fig. 1 and 2)
1. Nicks or scratches on outside None allowed Repair per General and REPAIR No.
of performed O-Ring seal 16.
groove.
13. Check Valve Plug Weld
1. Undercut (groove in base None allowed Reweld with weld filler material per
metal adjacent to weld) REPAIR No. 15.
B. Check Valve Plug Weld, Fluorescent Penetrant Requirements
1. Indications
(a) Dia and length 0.015 in. (0,381 mm) max Repair per REPAIR No. 15.
(b) Spacing between 10x largest adjacent indication Repair per REPAIR No. 15.
C. Check Valve Plug Weld, Radiographic (X-Ray) Inspection Requirements
2. Lack of fusion 100% weld penetration required Reweld per REPAIR No. 15, if not
100% penetration
3. Drop Thru Not to extend into the holddown Disassemble if drop thru exceeds
spring (90, IPL Fig. 1), see limit, and reweld per ASSEMBLY.
ASSEMBLY, Fig. 7032
4. Undercut None allowed Repair per REPAIR No. 15.
indication
indications tion
73-11-42 Page 5012

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7. Accumulative length of 0.08 in./in. (2,0 mm/mm) of weld Disassemble
significant indications max
14. Fuel Nozzle Assy
[1.] Inspect nozzle end point Accept if fuel nozzle meets Fuel nozzle tip out of radial position
and contour requirements requirements of the final inspec- by less than 0.080 in. (2,032 mm),
and radial position of the tion fixture reposition stem and metering set,
support nozzle tip using final refer to ASSEMBLY.
inspection fixture,
6877020M2. See TESTING,
Fig. 1016.
Fuel nozzle tip out of radial position
more than by 0.080 in. (2,032 mm),
stress relief. Refer to REPAIR, No.
14.
NOTE:The fuel nozzle must be com-
pletely disassembled to the support
level for stress relief.
Inlet cover misaligned, cut and repo-
sition inlet cover per DISASSEMBLY
and ASSEMBLY.
[2.] Ensure accurate Refer to DESCRIPTION AND Replace component pieces and
identification markings, and OPERATION, Table 2, Configura- reidentify as required
appropriate color band, wear tion Table for listing of nozzle
sleeve, and flange pin as model combinations.
required, per model number
73-11-42 Page 5013

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
5001
63 in.
(1,6 m)
REF
SEALING SURFACE
DEFECTS / IMPERFECTIONS CD
0.003 IN. (0,08 MM) MAX DEPTH. 0.180 - 0.190 DIA SNAP RING
NO VISUAL SCORE MARKS OR (4.572-4.826) GROOVE
FLAT SPOTS ALLOWED. ALL OTHER FEATURES
SHOWN ARE IDENTICAL
NEW STYLE RETAINING RING

STRAINER CONFIGURATION
INTERSECTION IS BURR FREE

AB IN THIS AREA
0.177 (4,50)
MAX ID
(SEE NOTE 2)
0.75 (1,91)
REF
MIN WALL
POINT R
AA
0.112 - 0.122
(2,84 - 3,10)
PREFORMED PACKING
SEALING SURFACE
-- NO VISUAL DEFECTS
ALLOWED.
OLD STYLE PRESS FIT

STRAINER CONFIGURATION
NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH MILLIMETERS IN

PARENTHESES. OTHER METRIC CONVERSIONS
IN PARENTHESES ARE IDENTIFIED.
2. IF DIA "AB" IS GREATER THAN ALLOWED, BUT LESS

THAN DIA "CD", REFER TO REPAIR NO.4 FOR
CONVERSION OF INLET COVER TO NEW STYLE
CONFIGURATION.
501CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-882-A01
Inlet Cover Checks
Figure 5001
73-11-42 Page 5014

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
5002
0.235 (5,97) REF

SEALING SURFACE
1.333
(33,86)
REF
FUEL
PASSAGES
0.382 (9,70)
REF
FLANGE
PIN
0.395 (10,03) REF
SEALING ZONE "A"
HEAT
SHIELD
ZONE B
0.455 (11,56) MIN
STEM POINT N
NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH

SECONDARY PARENTHESES ARE IDENTIFIED.
BODY
2. SEALING AREAS SHOWN BY ZONE "A"
MUST BE FREE OF NICKS, SCRATCHES,
BURRS, ETC. ACTUAL SEAL AREA IS
EXPANDED TO INCLUDE MOUNTING
SPRAY (SLIDE ON) SURFACE TO PREVENT
ORIFICE DAMAGE TO PREFORMED PACKINGS
DURING INSTALLATION OF VALVES.
3. NOZZLE HAS BEEN ROTATED OUT
OF POSITION FOR CLARITY.
502CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-883-A01
Support Checks (All Models)
Figure 5002
73-11-42 Page 5015

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
5003
ZONE A
NO PITTING
ALLOWED
125, IPL FIG. 3
OLD STYLE CARTRIDGE VALVE S
ZONE A
NO PITTING
ALLOWED
130, IPL FIG 3
NEW STYLE CARTRIDGE VALVE S
503CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-884-A01
Support Checks (All Models)
Figure 5003
73-11-42 Page 5016

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR
TASK 73-11-42-99C-900-A01
A. Component parts that have unsatisfactory results during TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION and/or
CHECK procedures must be replaced. Table 6001 lists the detailed repair procedures contained in
REPAIR section.
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-901-A01
Repair Tools and Equipment—Table 6001
REPAIR NO. PROCEDURES

1 Repair Inlet Cover Sealing Surfaces
2 Repair Inlet Cover Fitting Threads
3 Remachine Inlet Cover Cutoff Surface
4 Remachine Inlet Cover Bore
5 Undersized Inlet Cover Repair
6 Remachine Inlet Cover End of Support
7 Repair Undersize Cover Inlet Bore
8 DELETED
9 Remove Metering Set and Remachine Support Metering Tip End - Secondary Body Area
(All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3)
10 Remachine Support Metering Tip End - Primary Body Area
(All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3)
11 Flange Pin Replacement on Models 6840023M3, M7, M8, M10, E14, or E15
12 Remachine Support Mounting Flange Surface
13 Weld Buildup for Components
14 Stress Relief Nozzle Support Tube
15 Repair Defective Weld
(Bench Repairs, Grind, Etch for Zyglo, Etc.)
16 Lapping and Polishing Repairs
17 Remove Raised Metal
18 Remachine Primary Body (All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3)
19 Remachine Secondary Body (All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3)
20 Primary Body to Secondary Body Match (All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3)
21 Replace Wear Sleeve (All 6840023 Models)
22 Repair Primary and Inlet Strainer
Repair Tools and Equipment —Table 6001
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
B. Use standard repair shop tools for repair. When special tools are necessary, the tool is referred to in
the step. Special tools and equipment are shown in Table 6002 and in the SPECIAL TOOLS,
FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT section.
C. Materials necessary for repair are shown in Table 6003.

D. Parts that are damaged or defective must be repaired or replaced.
E. Simple repairs will be limited to polishing minor burrs, nicks, scoring, and scratches with 400 grit silicon
carbide abrasive cloth. Repair of the support and inlet cover consists of re machining cutoff surfaces to
instructions and dimensions as directed in this section.
F. Machining chips or foreign material must be prevented from entering or lodging in fuel passages. Flush
or backflush nozzle support as required to remove any suspected blockage. Upon completion of repair,
all items must be cleaned in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in CLEANING.
G. Cap or protect critical areas of the nozzle during repair as applicable. To prevent damage, keep all
fixtures or part mounting surfaces clean to prevent nicks, scratches, or seal finish damage.
H. Use standard machine or hand tools to remove heavy burrs. Use silicon carbide abrasive cloth to
remove light burrs. Blend into adjacent areas. Do not use aluminum oxide products in any area subject
to rewelding.
I. All testing requiring the use of fluid shall use calibration fluid, MIL-PRF-7024,Type II.
J. After repair, components that are short in length by 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) max may be repaired by using
REPAIR No. 13. See Table 3002 in the DISASSEMBLY section for repairable components.
TASK 73-11-42-94B-901-A01
2. Repair Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment
The tools and equipment shown in Table 6001 are necessary to do the repair procedures in this section.
6002
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-903-A01
Repair Tools and Equipment—Table 6002

6803035 Turning fixture, cover Parker Hannifin Corporation
7777 N. Glen Harbor Blvd.
6875500-4 Inlet adapter to quick disconnect Same as above
6877003 Turning fixture, support mounting flange Same as above
6877005 Holding fixture, valve end Same as above
6877006 Holding fixture, check valve plug Same as above
Repair Tools and Equipment (Sheet 1 of 2)—Table 6002
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6877010 Holding fixture, tip end Same as above
6877011 Holding fixture Same as above
6877014 Purge fixture, air Same as above
6877020M2 Final inspection fixture Same as above
6877022 In-process inspection fixture Same as above
6877028 Stem holding fixture Same as above
6877030 Drill fixture, flange pin Same as above
6877031 Drill and reamer, flange pin Same as above
6877108 Assembly fixture Same as above
6897006 Pressure test fixture, inlet cover Same as above
6897008 Universal face plate adapter Same as above
6897010 Automatic welding lathe Same as above
6897097 Polishing arbor Same as above
6897101 Test fixture, inlet plug Same as above
6897105 Check valve seal plug Same as above
Repair Tools and Equipment (Sheet 2 of 2)—Table 6002
TASK 73-11-42-94A-901-A01
3. Repair Materials
The materials shown in Table 6002 are necessary to do the repair procedures in this section.
6003
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-902-A01
Repair Materials—Table 6003

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Abrasive cloth, silicon carbide, 320 grit Commercially Available
Arbor, threaded Commercially Available
Argon gas, inert, 98.8% pure Commercially Available
Repair Materials (Sheet 1 of 3)—Table 6003
73-11-42 Page 6003

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Brush, wire, stainless steel, 0.008 in. (0,20 mm) max wire dia Commercially Available
Chuck, 3 or 4 jaw Commercially Available
Collet, dead length Commercially Available
Collet, No. 5C Commercially Available
Crocus cloth, 400 grit Commercially Available
Cut-off tool, 0.020 in. (0,51 mm) wide, carbide Commercially Available
Die, 0.4375-20 UNJF-3A Commercially Available
Die, 1.382-16 Stub Acme Commercially Available
(major dia 1.3770 - 1.3820 in.)
Facing tool, right angle, 0.016 in. (0,41 mm) max radius Commercially Available
Fine India oil stone Commercially Available
Gage ball, 0.156 in. (3,96 mm) dia Commercially Available
Hone stone, triangular, FF-210 Commercially Available
Live center Commercially Available
Lubricant, water soluble Commercially Available
Mill cutter, 0.5 in. (12,7 mm) dia Commercially Available
Pliers, wraparound soft jaw Commercially Available
Pressure test stand, with 10 micron filtration Commercially Available
Profile tool, carbide, 0.016 in. (0,406 mm) radius Commercially Available
Thin-bit, 0.020 in. (0,51 mm) thick Commercially Available
Thread go gage set Commercially Available
Tool holder, extension type Commercially Available
Turning tool, carbide, 0.016 in. (0,41 mm) max cutting radius Commercially Available
73-11-42 Page 6004

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Welder, automatic, inert-gas shielded tungsten arc, with angle Commercially Available
head torch
Weld filler material, AMS 5786 (Hastelloy W) Commercially Available
Weld filler material, 0.0625 in. (1,5875 mm) dia, AMS 5798, Commercially Available
(Hastelloy X)
Welding electrode, 0.0625 in. (1,5875 mm) dia 2% thoriated Commercially Available
tungsten
TASK 73-11-42-350-904-A01
4. Minor Rework
A. Polish out small nicks and scratches from threaded areas with a fine buffing wheel.
B. Use abrasive cloth, silicon carbide, for coarse cleanup or smoothing.

C. Use aluminum oxide abrasive cloth on aluminum and aluminum alloy parts.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE CROCUS CLOTH ON ALUMINUM OR ALUMINUM ALLOY PARTS. IT

CONTAINS IRON OXIDE, WHICH CAUSES FAST OXIDATION OF ALUMINUM.
D. Use crocus cloth, for fine polishing of steel parts.
73-11-42 Page 6005

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
73-11-42 Page 6006

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 1
REPAIR INLET COVER SEALING SURFACES
TASK 73-11-42-94B-904-A01
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-904-A01
Repair No. 1 Tools and Equipment—Table 6001

PART NUMBER NOMENCLATURE USE
6897097 Polishing arbor Parker Hannifin Corporation
Repair No. 1 Tools and Equipment —Table 6001
TASK 73-11-42-94A-904-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-905-A01
Repair No. 1 Materials—Table 6002

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Silicon carbide abrasive cloth, 200-500 grit Commercially Available
Repair No. 1 Materials —Table 6002
Repair No. 1
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-380-912-A01
3. Repair Procedure
A. Insert two pieces of 500 grit silicon carbide abrasive cloth into slot in polishing arbor, 6897097, with grit
surfaces together.
B. Spread abrasive cloth and insert inlet cover (25) fitting into polishing arbor, 6897097, between pieces
of abrasive cloth. Mount shank of polishing arbor in rotating power spindle.
C. Hold the inlet fitting steady and in-line with spindle. Rotate the spindle at approximately 1800 rpm.
Lightly press the inlet cover fitting nose into the arbor ID form to polish the sealing surface.
D. Remove the polishing arbor, 6987097, and the abrasive cloth. Inspect sealing surface for 63 min (1,60
mm) finish. No visual score marks or flat spots are allowed.
E. Visually inspect inlet cover (25) fuel passage from each end while illuminating opposite end with light
source. Check for machine chip curl lodging in small diameter passage or at intersection of passages.
Passage must be free of chips and burrs.
6001
NOTE:DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH

BURR FREE IN MILLIMETERS IN
THIS AREA; SMALL PARENTHESES.
CORNER BREAK DIAMETER
0.005 (0,13) MAX PASSAGE INTERSECTION IS BURR
FREE IN THIS AREA
VIEW ROTATED
FOR CLARITY
PASS 0.156 (3,96) DIAMETER
GAGE BALL THROUGH PASSAGE
AFTER DEBURRING EACH PART
602CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-912-A01
Repair No. 1 Inlet Cover Fuel Passage (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 1
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 2
REPAIR INLET COVER FITTING THREADS
TASK 73-11-42-94A-905-A01
1. Repair Materials
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-900-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Cutting oil, machine Commercially Available
Die, 1.382-16 Stub Acme, Commercially Available
(major dia 1.3770 - 1.3820 in.)
India oil stone Commercially Available
TASK 73-11-42-380-913-A01
2. Repair Procedure
A. Damaged, but repairable threads can be smoothed by using a fine india oil stone or by using the
applicable thread die tap specified in Table 6001 Equipment and Materials. Use cutting oil as required.
B. Touch up minor inlet cover (25) thread damage using a triangular hone stone, FF-210 or equivalent.
C. For more severe damage to inlet cover fitting threads, chase threads using the applicable thread die.
D. Clean threaded component part and thread die in a non acidic degreaser cleaner.
E. Use applicable thread go gage to verify repair.
Repair No. 2
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
Repair No. 2
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 3
REMACHINE INLET COVER CUT-OFF SURFACE
TASK 73-11-42-94B-905-A01
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-907-A01

6803035 Turning fixture, cover Parker Hannifin Corporation
TASK 73-11-42-94A-906-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-908-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Non-acidic degreaser cleaner Commercially Available
Repair No. 3
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-380-914-A01
3. Repair Procedure
NOTE: See Fig. 6001. Inlet cover (25) with dimension A being 0.090 in. (2,286 mm) up to, but not
including, 0.112 in. (2,84 mm) after machining, may have a limited amount of weld buildup added.
Refer to Repair No. 5. Reject and replace inlet cover if dimension A is under 0.090 in. (2,286 mm).
CONTAMINATION WILL CAUSE FAULTY SPRAY PATTERN OR DISTURB FUEL FLOW.
A. Mount cover turning fixture, 6803035, onto a standard lathe. Use an adjustable 3 or 4 jaw chuck to
hold fixture shank.
B. Install inlet cover (25, IPL Figs. 1 and 2) into cover turning fixture, 6803035, and secure in place.
Adjust inlet cover in cover turning fixture to indicate cutoff face square to centerline of lathe within
0.005 in. (0,127 mm) TIR, using adjusting screws on cover turning fixture. Position dial indicator probe
on inlet cover 1.060 in. (26,924 mm) ID. Adjust chuck jaws to indicate ID of inlet cover within 0.002 in.
(0,051 mm) TIR of lathe axis.
C. Machine inlet cover (25) face to dimension A shown in Fig. 6001. Break edges as shown.
D. Remove all burrs and chips.
E. Upon completion of repair, clean components in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner per CLEANING
section.
F. Inspect machined dimensions per Figure 6001, and CHECK section. Inlet cover (25, IPL Figure 1 and
2) must meet all dimensional and finish requirements of Figure 6001.
Repair No. 3
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6001
TURNING FIXTURE
CHUCK (COVER), 6803035
INLET COVER MILLIMETERS IN
25, IPL FIGS. 1 & 2 PARENTHESES. OTHER
METRIC CONVERSIONS IN
PARENTHESES ARE
IDENTIFIED.
SEE VIEW A
0.010 - 0.015 (0,25 - 0,38)

R OR EQUIV 45 DEG
0.050 (1,27)
MIN WALL
0.075 (1,91) MIN WALL
REF
HAND BLEND THIS AREA

WITH ABRASIVE CLOTH TO
0.005 (0,13)
R MAX
IF CUT-OFF FACE IS TOO
ROUGH, PLACE DIAL
INDICATOR PROBE HERE TO 0.060 - 0.080 R
INDICATE SQUARENESS OF (1,52 - 2,03)
1.182 (30,02)
CUT OFF FACE WITH AXIS MAX DIA
BASE SURFACE, DO NOT 1.057 - 1.067 DIA

MACHINE . NO UNDERCUT INTO (26,85 - 27,10)
THIS SURFACE PERMITTED
0.000 - 0.010
(0,00 - 0,25)
VIEW A 0.112 - 0.122
A (2,84 - 3,10)
603CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-913-A01
Repair No. 3 Inlet Cover Repair (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 3
73-11-42 Page 6003

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
Repair No. 3
73-11-42 Page 6004

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 4
REMACHINE INLET COVER BORE
TASK 73-11-42-94A-907-A01
1. Repair Materials
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-909-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
TASK 73-11-42-380-915-A01
2. Repair Procedure
NOTE: This repair procedure is optional, but may be used to change an old style inlet cover (25, IPL Figs.
1 and 2) with a press fit inlet strainer (30) to an improved style that accepts a retaining ring (26) to
lock the inlet strainer in place.
NOTE: This modification should be done only when the inlet cover (25) has been removed from the fuel
nozzle to prevent chips from entering the fuel nozzle. A holding arbor is required to hold cover
bore in line with axis of machine.
CONTAMINANT WILL CAUSE FAULTY SPRAY PATTERNS OR DISTURB FUEL FLOW.
A. Mount inlet cover (25) onto a standard lathe. Use an adjustable 3 or 4 jaw chuck. Center inlet cover on
bore ID. Adjust cover bore to run true within 0.001 in. (0,025 mm) TIR.
B. Machine inlet cover (25) bore to the dimensions shown in Fig. 6001.
Repair No. 4
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6001
CHUCK
0.118 - 0.128 JAWS
(2,99 - 0,25)
0.026 - 0.030
(0,66 - 0,76) THREADED
0.214 - 0.218 ARBOR
(5,44 - 5,54)
0.180-0.190
(4.572-4.826)
0.1785 - 0.1800
(4,534 - 4,572) 0.1685 DIA
(4,28) REF

FULL RADIUS
0.001 - 0.005 R
(0,03 - 0,13)
0.163 - 0.173
(4,14 - 4,39)
WITH MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES.
604CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-914-A01
Repair No. 4 Inlet Cover Machining Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 4
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
C. Remove all burrs and chips.
D. Pass a 0.156 in. (3,96 mm) dia gage ball through inlet cover (25, IPL Figs. 1 and 2) fuel passage to
make sure passage is free of chips. See Fig. 6002.
E. Visually inspect inlet cover (25, IPL Figs. 1 and 2) fuel passage from each end while illuminating
opposite end with light source. Check for machine chip curl lodging in small diameter passage or at
intersection of passages. Passage must be free of chips and burrs.
6002

BURR FREE IN MILLIMETERS IN
THIS AREA; SMALL PARENTHESES.
CORNER BREAK DIAMETER
0.005 (0,13) MAX PASSAGE INTERSECTION IS BURR
FREE IN THIS AREA
VIEW ROTATED
FOR CLARITY
PASS 0.156 (3,96) DIAMETER
GAGE BALL THROUGH PASSAGE
AFTER DEBURRING EACH PART
602CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-915-A01
Repair No. 4 Inlet Cover Fuel Passage (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6002
Repair No. 4
73-11-42 Page 6003

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
Repair No. 4
73-11-42 Page 6004

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 5
UNDERSIZED INLET COVER REPAIR
TASK 73-11-42-94B-906-A01
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-910-A01

6803035 Turning Fixture Parker Hannifin Corporation
6875500-4 Inlet adapter to quick disconnect Same as above
6877108 Assembly fixture Same as above
6897006 Pressure test fixture, inlet cover Same as above
TASK 73-11-42-94A-908-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
Repair No. 5
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-911-A01 Repair No. 5 Materials—Table 6002

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Chuck, 4 jaw Commercially Available
Live center Commercially Available
Thin bit, 0.020 in. (0,508 mm) thick Commercially Available
Weld filler material, 0.0625 in. (1,5875 mm) dia, AMS Commercially Available
5798, (Hastelloy X)
Welding electrode, 0.0625 in. (1,5875 mm) dia 2% thori- Commercially Available
ated tungsten
TASK 73-11-42-380-916-A01
3. Repair Procedure
A. This repair may be accomplished by weld build-up of the inlet cover (25, IPL Fig. 1 and 2) or by
assembly and disassembly using a scrap support (165, IPL Fig. 1). Also see Repair No. 13.
NOTE: To qualify for either repair procedure, the inlet cover (25) must meet minimum material
requirements. See Figure 6001. Dimension A must be 0.090 in. (2,286 mm) up to, but not
including, 0.112 in. (2,845 mm). Reject and replace all inlet covers not meeting minimum
repair requirements.
Repair No. 5
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6001
INLET COVER (25)
DIM A
BEFORE REPAIR
0.090 (2,29) UP TO, BUT NOT
INCLUDING 0.112 (2,84)
2. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES
REFER TO IPL, FIGURE 1. 625CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-916-A01
Repair No. 5 Minimum Requirements for Undersize Inlet Cover (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 5
73-11-42 Page 6003

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6002
1ST BEAD ALL AROUND 360

DEG (6,28 RAD)
2ND BEAD ALL AROUND

360 DEG (6,28 RAD)
0.090 (2,29) MIN STOCK
REQUIRED PRIOR TO WELD
0.010 (0,25)
MIN
0.020 (0,51)
MIN
0.050 (1,27) MIN WALL

THICKNESS
0.030 (0,76)
MIN
0.030 (0,76)
MIN
NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH MILLIMETERS

IN PARENTHESES. OTHER METRIC
CONVERSIONS IN PARENTHESES ARE IDENTIFIED.
2. NO PITS, VOIDS, OR INCLUSIONS PERMITTED.
606CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-917-A01
Repair No. 5 Inlet Cover Weld Buildup (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6002
B. Procedure for undersized cover repair by weld build-up.
(1) Chemically clean inlet cover (25, IPL Figs. 1 and 2) per CLEANING.
(2) TIG weld material buildup on cutoff end of inlet cover (25) as follows and as shown in Figure
6002.
(a) Position inlet cover (25, IPL Figs. 1 and 2) on plate or rotary table as required.
(b) Weld buildup using a standard TIG welder with amperage control.
Repair No. 5
73-11-42 Page 6004

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(c) Use an angle head torch (or equivalent) with 0.0625 in. (1,5875 mm) dia, 2% thoriated
tungsten rod and a Number 4 gas cup (or equivalent).
(d) Allow equipment to warm up. Use Hastelloy X, AMS 5798, 0.0625 in. (1,5875 mm) dia filler
wire. Hand feed as required to meet buildup dimensions of Fig. 6002. Do not damage or
mar inlet cover (25, IPL Figs. 1 and 2) threads or seal surfaces.
(e) Purge weld buildup with inert argon gas; allow weld to cool down.
(f) No pits, voids, or inclusions are permitted.
(3) Remachine inlet cover (25) cutoff surface per REPAIR No. 3.
(4) Visually and dimensionally inspect weld buildup area; refer to CHECK, Table 5003. No cracks,
voids, inclusions, or pitting are allowed. Short cracks, small voids, or pits may be repaired per
REPAIR No. 15. After repairing, hand grind excess weld to blend with machined contour. Clean
and reinspect. Reject any inlet cover (25, IPL Figs. 1 and 2) that is not weld repairable.
(5) Pressure test.
NOTE: The following inlet cover (25) pressure test operations are recommended to be
performed at this inlet cover repair level. However these operations may be performed
at final test.
(a) Install inlet cover (25) in inlet cover pressure test fixture, 6897006, Figure 6003, and secure
in place with clamp. Make sure O-ring is in place between inlet cover and fixture.
(b) Using inlet adapter to quick disconnect, 6875500-4, connect inlet cover (25, IPL Figs. 1 and
2) to controlled nitrogen source of pressure test stand. Make sure shutoff valve on inlet
cover pressure test fixture, 6897006, base is closed.
(c) Immerse inlet cover (25) and inlet cover pressure test fixture, 6897006, in test fluid filled
tank. Apply approximately 200 psig (1379 kPa gage) nitrogen pressure to inlet cover for 30
seconds min. There shall be no evidence of leakage indicated by escaping gas bubbles.
Shut off nitrogen pressure.
(d) Disconnect inlet cover (25) from nitrogen source and connect to test fluid source of
pressure test stand.
(e) Submerge the inlet cover (25) and inlet cover pressure test fixture, 6897006, in test fluid.
Apply low pressure test fluid to inlet cover, 10 to 15 psig (69 to 103 kPa gage). Crack open
valve in base of pressure test fixture to purge all trapped air from inlet cover. Close valve
after all evidence of trapped air or gas is purged from fixture.
(f) Remove the inlet cover (25) and inlet cover pressure test fixture, 6897006, from the test
fluid. Clean test fluid from the cover and fixture using a non-acidic degreaser cleaner. Blow
dry to remove all evidence of fluid from surface of inlet cover and fixture. Place inlet cover
and fixture on a suitable viewing platform.
WARNING: TAKE ADEQUATE PRECAUTIONS TO PLACE A BARRIER BETWEEN
PERSONNEL AND INLET COVER WHEN PRESSURIZING COVER. A
DEFECTIVE COVER MAY EXPLODE, CAUSING PERSONAL INJURY.
(g) Apply fluid pressure at 1650 to 1700 psig (11 376 to 11 721 Kpa gage) and hold pressure for
30 seconds min. There shall be no visible signs of leakage.
Repair No. 5
73-11-42 Page 6005

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(h) Reduce applied pressure and remove inlet cover (25) from inlet cover pressure test fixture,
6897006.
(i) Dip or swab inlet cover (25) in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner to remove all evidence of test
fluid. Blow dry.
(6) Fluorescent penetrant inspect weld buildup area of inlet cover (25).
NOTE: All surfaces to be inspected must be free from oil, grease, scale, or other extraneous
material.
(a) Fluorescent penetrant weld area per CHECK section. Inspect for defects; none permitted.
Linear indications not interpreted as cracks are permitted.
(b) Clean weld area with a non-acidic degreaser cleaner using a lint free cloth.
6003
INLET ADAPTER
6875500-4 PRESSURE TEST FIXTURE,
INLET COVER, 6897006
INLET COVER
(25, IPL FIGS. 1 & 2)
SHUT-OFF
VALVE CLAMP
SPRING
#2-023 O-RING
607CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-918-A01
Repair No. 5 Pressure Test Inlet Cover (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6003
Repair No. 5
73-11-42 Page 6006

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
C. Alternate procedure for undersized cover repair by assembly and disassembly using a scrap support
(165, IPL Fig. 1) and scrap cartridge valve components.
(1) Chemically clean undersized inlet cover (25, IPL Figs. 1 and 2) and scrap support (165) per
CLEANING.
(2) Assemble scrap orifice restrictor (110), scrap valve sleeve, scrap hold down sleeve (50), and
scrap spring (45) into valve cavity of scrap support.
NOTE: Make sure scrap parts are identified as “scrap” and can easily be distinguished from the
repairable components.
(3) Assemble undersized cover to scrap support and tack weld. Refer to ASSEMBLY section.
(4) Weld undersized cover to scrap support. Refer to ASSEMBLY section.
(5) Remove cover per DISASSEMBLY section.
NOTE: Do not finish machine support. Save scrap support for future repairs.
NOTE: Inspect inlet cover for snap ring groove. If required, refer to REPAIR No. 4.
Repair No. 5
73-11-42 Page 6007

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
Repair No. 5
73-11-42 Page 6008

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 6
REMACHINE INLET COVER END OF SUPPORT (ALL MODELS)
TASK 73-11-42-94B-907-A01
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-912-A01

6877005 Holding Fixture, Valve End Parker Hannifin Corporation
6877022 In-Process Inspection Fixture Same as above
6897008 Universal Face Plate Adapter Same as above
TASK 73-11-42-94A-909-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-913-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Lathe, Standard Commercially Available
Profile Tool, Carbide, with 0.016 in (0.41 mm) Tool Radius Commercially Available
Repair No. 6
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-380-917-A01
3. Repair Procedure
NOTE: Plug bottom of valve bore to prevent entry of chips or foreign material into the support (165, IPL
Fig. 1 or 115, IPL Fig. 2) fuel passages.
A. Mount face plate adapter fixture, 6897008, and valve end holding fixture, 6877005, on standard lathe.
6001
LATHE UNIVERSAL FACE

PLATE ADAPTOR,
6897008 HOLDING FIXTURE,
6877005
SUPPORT AND
METERING SET
(165, IPL FIG.1 OR
105, IPL FIG.2)
1.637 - 1.643
(41,58 - 41,73)
-A-

2. DRILL CLEARANCE HOLE INTO EARLY

MODEL HOLDING FIXTURE FOR INSERTION
OF FLANGE PIN (101, IPL FIG. 1) FOR
NOZZLES 6840023M7, M8, M10, E14, AND 608CFM
E15.
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-919-A01
Repair No. 6 Remachine Support, Inlet Cover End (All Models) (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 6
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
B. Install the support (165, IPL Fig. 1 or 115, IPL Fig. 2) over locator and diamond pins on angle plate of
the valve end holding fixture, 6877005. On M36 nozzles slide the support toward face plate to bottom
slots against pins.
C. Indicate on machined OD of support (165) inlet end; adjust until nozzle runs true within 0.002 in. (0,051
mm) TIR.
D. Touch off side of tool on face of set button 1.637 to 1.643 in. (41.58 to 41.73 mm) from finished end
surface of the support (165). See Fig. 6001.
E. Finish end surface, ID, and OD of the support (165, IPL Fig. 1) using a standard carbide profile tool bit
with a 0.016 in. (0,41 mm) tool radius. Lathe speed shall not exceed approximately 200 rpm. Blend
with original surface. Do not machine into the original radii. See Fig. 6002.
Repair No. 6
73-11-42 Page 6003

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6002
0.010 - 0.015 R
(0,25 - 0,38)
OR EQUIVALENT 45 DEG
(0,79 RAD) BSC CHAMFER
0.090 (2,29) R
0.050 (1,27)
REF
MIN WALL
0.005 (0,13) R
MAX 1.182 (30,02)
MAX DIA
0.210 (5,33) 1.055 - 1.065

REF (26,80 - 27,05)
DIA
0.100 (2,54) R
REF
2.024 - 2.030
(51,41 - 51,56)
SUPPORT
POINT N (165, IPL FIG. 1)

MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES. POINT N
OTHER METRIC CONVERSIONS IN -C-
2. NOZZLE ROTATED OUT OF VIEW FOR
CLARITY.
609CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-920-A01
Repair No. 6 Support Machining Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6002
Repair No. 6
73-11-42 Page 6004

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 7
REPAIR UNDERSIZE COVER INLET BORE
TASK 73-11-42-94A-910-A01
1. Repair Materials
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-914-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Non-acidic degreaser cleaner Commercially Available
TASK 73-11-42-380-918-A01
2. Repair Procedure
NOTE: This modification should be done only when the inlet cover (25) has been removed from the fuel
nozzle to prevent chips from entering the fuel nozzle. Refer to DISASSEMBLY section to remove
cover (25).
A. Mount inlet cover (25) onto a standard lathe. Use an adjustable 3 or 4 jaw chuck. Center inlet cover on
bore ID. Adjust cover to run true within 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) TIR.
B. Machine or ream inlet cover (25) bore to the dimensions shown in Figure 6001.
CONTAMINANTS FROM FALLING INTO ASSEMBLED SUBASSEMBLIES.
C. Remove all burrs and chips.

D. Visually inspect inlet cover (25) fuel passage for machine chips, curl, or lodging of material in diameter
passage. Passage must be free of chip and burrs.
E. After repair, clean part in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner, to eliminate all traces of contamination used
in repair operations. Refer to CLEANING section.
Repair No. 7
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6001
0.110
(2.794) MAX
0.188 - 0.190
(4,78 - 4,83)

2. NEW STYLE COVER INLET SHOWN.
604A-CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-921-A01
Repair No. 7 Cover Inlet Bore Machining Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 7
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 8
REMACHINE CHECK VALVE AREA OF SUPPORT
TASK 73-11-42-94A-911-A01
1. Repair Information
Refer to DISASSEMBLY section.
DELETED
Repair No. 8
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
Repair No. 8
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 9
REMOVE METERING SET AND REMACHINE SUPPORT METERING TIP END - SECONDARY BODY AREA
(ALL MODELS EXCEPT 6810184M10 AND 6840023M3)
TASK 73-11-42-94B-908-A01
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-915-A01

6877010 Holding fixture, tip end Parker Hannifin Corporation
6877022 In-process inspection fixture Same as above
TASK 73-11-42-94A-912-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-916-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Pliers, wraparound, soft jaw Commercially Available
Repair No. 9
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-380-919-A01
3. Remove Metering Set (115, IPL Figure 1) (all models except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3). See Figure
6001.
NOTE: The metering set consists of three items: secondary body (150), primary body (155), and primary
plug (160). These items are a matched set. It is recommended that these items be kept together
as a matched set.
NOTE: During removal of the metering set (115), filler ring (121) and weld ring (130) are destroyed.
Because of this they will not be specifically mentioned during removal. Procedures for the
selection and installation of these rings are detailed in ASSEMBLY.
A. Mount face plate adapter, 6897008, and tip end holding fixture, 6877010, on standard lathe.
B. Install nozzle in the in-process inspection fixture, 6877022, or equivalent method to establish cutoff
dimension for secondary shroud. Measure distance from face of bushing to end of gage pin with a
depth micrometer. Record as cutoff length.
C. Install support over locating pins on holding fixture. On 6810184M36 models, slide the support forward
toward face plate to bottom slots against pins. Ensure that swing clamp is open and will clear support
tube during installation and that mounting holes on support flange are registered. Support flange must
be in full contact with the support plate. Do not raise support flange off full contact with support plate by
overtightening swing clamp.
D. Align the axis of the metering set with that of the lathe using the adjustments provided on the face plate
adapter, 6897008, and an indicator mounted on the lathe and adjusted to check the runout of Dia A,
behind the secondary weld. Continue adjustment until metering set is centered in relation to lathe axis.
Adjust until readings on opposite sides of the metering set are within 0.001 in. (0,025 mm). Measure at
4 points in line with face plate adapter adjustments.
NOTE: For all cutting operations, a speed of approximately 250 rpm is recommended.
E. With lathe stopped and a turning tool in place, locate the turning tool adjacent to Dia A for cutting. Turn
spindle by hand to assure clearance; then start the lathe and clean up Dia A. Use 0.005 in. (0,127 mm)
max dia cut increments and finish cut at 0.001 in, (0,025 mm) per cut. Apply cutting oil during
machining. Do not exceed Dia A minimum limit. Measure with a 1 in. (25,4 mm) micrometer to assure
dimension is held. Take two measurements 90 deg (1,57 rad) from each other.
F. With lathe stopped and cutoff tool properly installed in tool holder, position left edge of cutoff tool
against the front face of the secondary shroud. Install an indicator on the lathe to measure axial
position. Zero the indicator. Move tool down and along axis of metering set towards turning fixture to
cutoff dimension recorded in step (2) +0.0, -0.005 in. (+0,0, - 0,127 mm). Lock lathe carriage axial
position. This will help prevent tool breakage.
G. Operate lathe at slow speed, approximately 250 rpm. Use a very light hand feed and cut through the
weld area approximately 0.115 in. (2,92 mm) deep.
H. Use wraparound soft jaw pliers to break loose and remove secondary body (150). Do not cut past ID of
secondary body into primary body (155) or support adapter.
Repair No. 9
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6001
NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONS IN INCHES

HOLDING FIXTURE,
6877010 WITH MILLIMETERS IN
SUPPORT AND PARENTHESES.
UNIVERSAL FACE METERING SET
PLATE ADAPTOR, (105) 2. DRILL LOCATOR HOLE IN EARLY
6897008 MODEL HOLDING FIXTURE FOR
LATHE INSERTION OF FLANGE PIN (101, IPL
FIGS. 1 AND 2 FOR NOZZLES 6840023M3,
M7, M8, M10, E14, AND E15.
SET BUTTON
2.175 - 2.185
(55,25 - 55,50)
CUTOFF LENGTH
SWING
CLAMP
0.020 (0,51) REF
FROM TIP END HOLDING

FIXTURE, 6877010
SPLIT COLLAR
(DETAIL # 28)
0.178 - 0.181
SPLIT BUSHING (4,52 - 4,60)
(DETAIL # 29) DIA B
DO NOT MACHINE
THIS SURFACE
0.470 - 0.478 0.285 - 0.287

(11,94 - 12,14) (7,24 - 7,29)
DIA A 0.025 (0,64)
REF
307CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-922-A01
Repair No. 9 Metering Set Removal (All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3) (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 9
73-11-42 Page 6003

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
I. With lathe stopped, install split collar and bushing, from holding fixture 6877010, Detail 28 and 29, over
primary body and onto larger diameter tube. (A dab of stiff grease will hold the split bushing on the
primary body.) Mount split collar over split bushing and the tip end of the support. Clamp split collar to
hold primary body snug and in-line.
J. Remount the 0.025 in. (0,635 mm) wide cutoff tool. Position the tool 0.285 in. (7,239 mm) from the
edge of the primary tip as indicated.
K. Operate lathe at slow speed, approximately 250 rpm max. Use a light hand feed and cut through the
primary body (155, IPL Figure 1) to Dia B.
L. Use wraparound soft jaw pliers to remove primary body (155) and primary plug (160).
M. Remove support (165) from holding fixture, 6877010.
TASK 73-11-42-380-920-A01
4. Repair Procedure
NOTE: Identical fixturing is utilized to repair both the secondary body and primary body areas.
A. Re-install support (165) in the in-process inspection fixture, 6877022, or equivalent method. Insert
gage pin, Detail 19, over secondary tip per Figure 6002. Use depth micrometer to measure from
bottom of gage step to reference surface on gage pin bushing face; measurement is amount of excess
stock remaining on secondary tip. Record measurement.
B. Mount face plate adapter, 6897008, and tip end holding fixture, 6877010, on standard lathe.
C. Install support (165, IPL Fig. 1) over locating pins on tip end holding fixture, 6877010. On M36 nozzles,
slide the support toward face plate to bottom slots against pins. Ensure swing clamp is open and will
clear fixture during installation. Ensure that mounting holes on the support flange are registered and
that the support flange is in full contact with the fixture.
D. Close swing clamp onto tube and align the axis of the tube end, 0.470 to 0.475 in. (11,99 to 12,07mm)
dia with that of the lathe. See Fig. 603. Continue adjustment of face plate adaptor, 6897008, until the
tube end runs true within 0.002 in. (0,05 mm) TIR.
E. Using a carbide cutoff tool, machine OD and face to length. See Figure 6004. Reinstall support (165,
IPL Fig. 1) in the in-process inspection fixture, 6877022, or equivalent method and repeat
measurement of excess stock to determine width of finish cut. To finish, use a light face cut out toward
operator to prevent material roll-over into ID. Finish cut to dimensions shown in Figure 6004.
Repair No. 9
73-11-42 Page 6004

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6002
BUSHING FACE
NOZZLE STEM
EXCESS STOCK
MEASUREMENT
GAGE STEP
GAUGE PIN
6877022 DETAIL #19)
WORKING INSPECTION
FIXTURE, 6877022
613CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-923-A01
Repair No. 9 Gauging Material Removal - Secondary Weld Flange (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6002
F. Remachine Dia A of support (165, IPL Fig. 1) to remove any weld drop through bead. Do not machine
into support stem counterbore radius (Radius “C”). Break OD and cut ID chamfer per Figure 6004.
NOTE: If radius does not meet minimum requirements, repair undersized radius. Machine undersized
radius in the support stem counterbore per Figure 6005.
NOTE: Dimension “D” must be established before radius rework.
Repair No. 9
73-11-42 Page 6005

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6003

2. DRILL LOCATOR HOLE INTO EARLY
MODEL HOLDING FIXTURE FOR
INSERTION OF FLANGE PIN (101,
IPL, FIG. 1) FOR NOZZLE MODELS
6840023M7, M8, M10, E14 AND E15.
HOLDING FIXTURE,
6877010
SUPPORT
(165, IPL FIG. 1)
UNIVERSAL FACE
PLATE ADAPTOR,
6897008
LATHE
SET BUTTON
0.812 (20,62)
REF
SWING 0.470 - 0.478

CLAMP (11,94 - 12,14)
DIA
2.9920 (75,997)
REF
2.175 - 2.185
(55,25 - 55,50)
614CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-924-A01
Repair No. 9 Support Metering Set End (All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3) (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6003
Repair No. 9
73-11-42 Page 6006

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6004

2. NOZZLE HAS BEEN ROTATED OUT OF POSITION
FOR CLARITY.
-C-
POINT N
-C-
2.175 - 2.185
(55,25 - 55,50) O
0 36' 48" BSC
(0,01 RAD)
ANGLE SHOWN OUT OF
SCALE FOR CLARITY
0.050 (1,27) MIN STEP PERMITTED

FOR 0.470 - 0.478 (11,94 - 12,14) DIA
0.010 - 0.015 (0,25 - 0,38) R

0.070 (1,78) OR EQUIV 45 DEG (0,79 RAD)
MIN CHAMFER
DO NOT MACHINE THIS SURFACE

0.470 - 0.478
(11,94 - 12,14)
0.390 - 0.395 DIA B
(9,91 - 1,003)
DIA A
{
0.005 (0,13) R RADIUS C

0.035 (0,89) MAX 0.030 (0,76) REF
MIN WALL DO NOT MACHINE
*MEASURE IN INTO THIS RADIUS
THIS AREA
0.020 (0,51) MAX LENGTH - LENGTH L
(0.032 (0,81) MIN WALL FOR LENGTH L) 615CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-925-A01
Repair No. 9 Support Machining Dimensions (All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3) (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6004
Repair No. 9
73-11-42 Page 6007

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6005
0.020 - 0.040 R
VIEW A
(0,51 - 1,02)
RADIUS C
BLEND WITH I.D.

NO STEPS ALLOWED
0.070 - 0.090
(1,78 - 2,29)
DIM D
0.005 (0,13) R
MAX
0.390 - 0.395
(9,91 - 1,00)
DIA A
SEE
VIEW A
0.035 (0,89)
MIN WALL
0.045 (1,14) MIN FOR 0.025 (0,64)
*MUST VERIFY REQUIREMENT MIN LENGTH
100% BY RADIOGRAPHIC
INSPECTION 624CFM
NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES.

2. DIMENSION “D” MUST BE ESTABLISHEDBEFORE RADIUS REWORK.
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-926-A01
Repair No. 9 Support Stem Counterbore Radius Rework Dimensions
(All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3) (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6005
Repair No. 9
73-11-42 Page 6008

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 10
REMACHINE SUPPORT METERING TIP END - PRIMARY BODY AREA
TASK 73-11-42-94B-909-A01
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-917-A01

TASK 73-11-42-94A-913-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-918-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Repair No. 10
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-380-921-A01
3. Repair Procedure
NOTE: Identical fixturing is utilized to repair both the secondary body and primary body areas.
CAUTION: DURING MACHINING REMOVE AS LITTLE BASE MATERIAL AS POSSIBLE. DO NOT

MACHINE ANY FILLET RADIUS LESS THAN 0.005 IN. (0,127 MM) MIN OR AS NOTED
OR REFERENCED.
A. Mount face plate adapter fixture, 6897008, and valve end holding fixture, 6877005, on standard lathe.
B. Install support (165, IPL Fig. 1) over locating pins on tip end holding fixture, 6877010. On M36 nozzles,
slide the support toward face plate to bottom slots against pins. Ensure swing clamp is open and will
clear fixture during installation. Ensure that mounting holes on the support flange are registered and
that the support flange is in full contact with the fixture.
C. Close swing clamp onto tube and install split adapter (collar) and bushing, from tip end holding fixture,
6877010, Details 28 and 29, over primary body and onto larger diameter tube. (A dab of stiff grease
will hold the split bushing on the primary body.) Mount split adapter collar over split bushing and the tip
end of the support (165). Clamp split adapter collar to hold primary body snug and in-line. See Figure
6001, Detail A.
D. Mount a right angle facing tool 0.016 in. (0,406 mm) max radius. Touch off tool from primary end of
support (165, IPL Fig. 1) 0.190 ± 0.003 in. (4,826 ± 0,076 mm) and machine primary body end of
support to dimensions shown in Figure 6002.
E. Mount a right angle facing tool 0.016 in. (0,406 mm) max radius. Touch off tool from primary end of
support (165, IPL Fig. 1) 0.190 ± 0.003 in. (4,826 ± 0,076 mm) and machine primary body end of
support to dimensions shown in Figure 6002.
F. Plunge turn shoulder face to required length and remachine all weld area diameters per Figure 6002
as required to remove steps, heavy burrs, etc.
Repair No. 10
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6001

HOLDING FIXTURE, 2. DRILL LOCATOR HOLE INTO EARLY
6833016 MODEL HOLDING FIXTURE FOR
SUPPORT INSERTION OF FLANGE PIN (101, IPL
(165, IPL FIG. 1) FIG.1) FOR NOZZLE MODELS
UNIVERSAL FACE 6840023 M7, M8, M10, E14, AND E15.
PLATE ADAPTOR,
6897008
LATHE
SET BUTTON
0.812 (20,62)
REF
SWING
CLAMP
2.9920 (75,997)
REF
ADAPTER
(COLLAR)
DETAIL #28
FROM TIP END
HOLDING FIXTURE,
6833016
SPLIT
BUSHING
DETAIL #29
PRIMARY TIP ADAPTER

OF SUPPORT (165, IPL FIG. 1)
616CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-927-A01
Repair No. 10 Support Metering Set End (All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3) (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 10
73-11-42 Page 6003

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6002

IN PARENTHESES. OTHER METRIC
CONVERSIONS IN PARENTHESES ARE
IDENTIFIED.
2. NOZZLE HAS BEEN ROTATED OUT OF
POSITION FOR CLARITY.
-C-
POINT N
-C-
2.175 - 2.185
O
(55,25 - 55,50) 0 36' 48" BSC
(0,01 RAD)
ANGLE SHOWN OUT OF

SCALE FOR CLARITY
0.040 (1,02)
MAX BX
0.005 - 0.015 R
0.005 (0,13) (0,13 - 0,38)
MAX DEPTH TOOL
MARKS PERMITTED
DO NOT MACHINE
THIS SURFACE
0.178 - 0.181
(4,52 - 4,60) 0.245 - 0.250
DIA (6,22 - 6,35)
DIA A
0.010 (0,25) MAX

UNDERCUT PERMITTED
IN LENGTH BX
0.050 (1,27) MAX
FOR DIA A
0.002 - 0.010
0.187 - 0.193 (0,05 - 0,25) R
(4,75 - 4,90) OR EQUIV 45 DEG
(0,79 RAD) CHAMFER
617CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-928-A01
Repair No. 10 Support Machining Dimensions
(All Models Except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3) (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6002
Repair No. 10
73-11-42 Page 6004

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 11
FLANGE PIN REPLACEMENT ON MODELS 6840023M3, M7, M8, M10, E14, OR E15
TASK 73-11-42-94B-910-A01
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-919-A01

6877030 Drill fixture, flange pin Parker Hannifin Corporation
TASK 73-11-42-94A-914-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-920-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Drill Commercially Available
Reamer .089 - .091 Commercially Available
Welder, automatic, inert-gas shielded tungsten arc, with angle head Commercially Available
torch
Welding electrode, 0.0625 in. (1,5875 mm) dia 2% thoriated tungsten Commercially Available
Weld filler material, AMS 5798 (Hastelloy X) Commercially Available
Repair No. 11
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-380-922-A01
3. Repair Procedure
A. Secure fuel nozzle in flange pin drill fixture, 6877030, or a suitable holding device that will not score or
distort the nozzle mounting flange.
B. Use special flange pin drill and reamer, 6877031, to rough drill and finish ream through weld to free
press fit pin. Do not machine into housing body.
C. Press out flange pin (101).
D. Ream flange pin hole to 0.089 to 0.091 in. (2,261 to 2,311 mm) dia. Re-chamfer weld area, per Figure
6001.
E. Clean support in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner per CLEANING.
F. Install flange pin (101, IPL Fig. 1 and 2) and weld as shown in Figure 6001.
NOTE: Weld repair on outer edge of mounting flange is permissible.

NOTE: Add filler material AMS 5786 (Hastelloy W), as required.
G. Inspect location of installed flange pin (101) using surface plate, dial indicator, and height gage per
Figure 6001.
H. Fluorescent penetrant inspect weld area per CHECK section, except apply penetrant with a brush; do
not dip or permit penetrant to enter nozzle. Inspect per CHECK, section.
Repair No. 11
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6001
-B-
FLANGE
SURFACE
-A- (FACE)
-M-
T.I.G. 0.242 (6,15)

TACK BSC
0.135 - 0.145
(3,43 - 3,68)
0.089 - 0.091 (2,26 - 2,31) DIA THROUGH 60

A - 80 DEG (1,05 - 1,40 RAD) CSK INCLUSIVE
X 0.110 - 0.120 (2,79 - 3,05) DIA
0.010 (0,25) M A B M M S
SECTION A - A
-M-

MILLIMETERS IN
CENTERLINE OF 2 PARENTHESES. OTHER
MOUNTING HOLES A METRIC CONVERSIONS IN
IN FLANGE PARENTHESES ARE
618CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-929-A01
Repair No. 11 Location and Installation of Flange Pin (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 11
73-11-42 Page 6003

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
Repair No. 11
73-11-42 Page 6004

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 12
REMACHINE SUPPORT MOUNTING FLANGE SURFACE
TASK 73-11-42-94B-911-A01
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-921-A01

6877003 Turning fixture, support mounting flange Parker Hannifin Corporation
TASK 73-11-42-94A-915-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-922-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Repair No. 12
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-380-923-A01
3. Repair Procedure
CAUTION: DURING MACHINING REMOVE AS LITTLE BASE MATERIAL AS POSSIBLE. DO NOT
MACHINE ANY FILLET RADIUS LESS THAN 0.005 IN. (0,127 MM) MIN OR AS NOTED
OR REFERENCED.
A. If nozzle is equipped with a flange pin (101, IPL Fig. 1 and 2), remove flange pin per REPAIR No. 11.
B. Mount support mounting flange turning fixture, 6877003, on standard lathe equipped for No. 5C collet.
Install support (165, IPL Fig. 1 and 115, IPL Fig. 2) onto support mounting flange turning fixture as
shown in Figure 6001. Secure support with expanding locators.
NOTE: Support mounting flange turning fixture, 6877003, is designed to hold support (165, IPL Fig. 1
and 115, IPL Fig. 2), or support and metering set (105) only. Supports with inlet cover (25)
welded on may be machined using a locally designed fixture.
C. Indicate on machined flange mounting surface of support (165, IPL Fig. 1 and 115, IPL Fig. 2)
mounting flange. Mounting flange surface must run true within 0.002 in. (0,051 mm) TIR. If flange does
not run true as specified, remove support and check for dirt, nicks, or bent flange ears that might keep
support from seating fully in support mounting flange turning fixture, 6877003. Shim stopping pads on
fixture, if required, to bring mounting flange into tolerance.
CAUTION: WHEN MACHINING MOUNTING FLANGE SURFACE, A FLANGE THICKNESS OF 0.165

IN. (4.12 MM) MIN MUST BE MAINTAINED. REJECT SUPPORT IF FINISHED FLANGE
THICKNESS IS LESS THAN 0.165 IN. (4,191 MM).
D. Machine mounting flange surface to remove dents, nicks, or scratches. Remove as little material as
possible maintaining the flange thickness, dimension A, as indicated in Figure 6002. When machining,
hold finish within area G, Figure 6002. Blend into existing radius and polish using 400 grit silicon
carbide abrasive cloth.
E. Check finished surface in accordance with CHECK section. Pay particular attention to sealing surface
area G.
F. If nozzle is equipped with a flange pin (101, IPL Fig. 1 and 2), install flange pin per REPAIR No. 11.
Repair No. 12
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6001
SUPPORT
MOUNTING FLANGE
SEALING SURFACE TURNING FIXTURE,
6877003
619CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-930-A01
Repair No. 12 Remachine Support Mounting Flange (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 12
73-11-42 Page 6003

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6002
DIM A
0.165 - 0.180
(4,19 - 4,57)
-A-
63 in.
32 in.
(1,6 m)
(0,8 m)
WITHIN AREA "G" 0.20-0.24 R
(5.08-6.10)
-B-
0.875 (22,23)
BSC
1.515 (38,48)
BSC
AREA "G"
0.140 - 0.160 1.010 (25,65)
(3,56 - 4,06) BSC
1.370 - 1.390 DIA -C-

(34,80 - 35,31)
0.020 (0,51) DIA M A B M C M

620CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-931-A01
Repair No. 12 Mounting Flange Surface Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6002
Repair No. 12
73-11-42 Page 6004

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 13
WELD BUILDUP FOR COMPONENTS
TASK 73-11-42-94A-916-A01
1. Repair Materials
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-923-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
TASK 73-11-42-380-924-A01
2. Repair Procedure
A. Weld buildup component using one of the following options listed below:
(1) Option A: Weld applicable scrap hardware to end of short component. Use applicable welding
instructions in the ASSEMBLY section. The repair weld must meet radiographic and fluorescent
penetrant inspection criteria in CHECK section but can be verified at final assembly. Disassemble
and remachine component to required dimensions per CMM.
(2) Option B: Weld an extension sleeve made of bar stock. See table 5002 for material information.
Use applicable welding instructions in the ASSEMBLY section. The repair weld must meet
radiographic and fluorescent penetrant inspection criteria in CHECK section but can be verified
at final assembly. Remachine component to required dimensions per CMM.
(3) Option C: Weld bead of filler material, conforming to the material of the component being
repaired, around the top edge of the component. See table 5002 for material information. The
repair weld must meet radiographic and fluorescent penetrant inspection criteria in CHECK
section but can be verified at final assembly. Remachine component to required dimensions per
CMM.
B. If radiographic inspection is to be performed directly after Option C weld repair, use the column in table
5003 that matches the next assembly weld joint. Drop thru and reinforcement requirements do not
need to be met at this level but must be met as sub-assembly or final assembly.
C. After repair, clean parts in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner, to eliminate all traces of contaminants used
in repair operations. Refer to CLEANING section.
D. If reworked parts are stored prior to assembly, it is recommended to preserve parts by wetting with
preservation oil conforming to MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010, filtered to 10 microns.
Repair No. 13
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
Repair No. 13
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 14
STRESS RELIEF NOZZLE SUPPORT TUBE
TASK 73-11-42-94B-912-A01
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-924-A01

6877004 Stem straightening fixture Parker Hannifin Corporation
6877020M2 Final inspection fixture Same as above
TASK 73-11-42-94A-917-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-925-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Oven, air recirculating, capable of 2000o F (1,093o C) Commercially Available
Repair No. 14
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-380-925-A01
3. Repair Procedure
A. Radial position adjustment of nozzle tip.

(1) Install fuel nozzle into final inspection fixture, 6877020M2.
(2) Using fixture gage, check for proper radial position of nozzle tip.
NOTE: Use detail #31 for small tip nozzles (6810184 series) and detail #32 for large tip nozzles
(6840023 series).
(3) If nozzle tip is out of position, determine the distance the tip is from acceptable tolerance limits.
(a) Straightening permitted if fuel nozzle is out of position by up to 0.080 in. (2,032 mm).
(b) If out of position beyond 0.080 in. (2,032 mm), stress relief required after straightening tip.
NOTE: After straightening tip, the fuel nozzle must be completely disassembled to the
support level for stress relief. Remove the metering set per REPAIR No. 9.
Remove check valve (95, IPL Fig. 1), cartridge valve (60), and inlet cover (25) per
DISASSEMBLY, and remove all inside component pieces and performed
packings. Complete disassembly of the fuel nozzle is necessary due to the high
temperatures reached during the stress relief operation.
(4) Remove fuel nozzle from final inspection fixture, 6877020M2.
B. Straightening nozzle stem.
(1) Install fuel nozzle into stem straightening fixture, 6877004.
CAUTION: IF THE SUPPORT STEM IS BENT BEYOND THE INTENDED AMOUNT WHEN
STRAIGHTENING, REPEAT THIS PROCEDURE.
(2) Using fixture pins and bending bars, adjust support stem and nozzle tip to within tolerance limits.
When requirements are satisfied, remove nozzle from stem straightening fixture, 6877004.
(3) Stress relief is required, after straightening, for nozzle if out of position beyond 0.080 in.
(2,032 mm).
NOTE: After straightening tip, the fuel nozzle must be completely disassembled to the support
level for stress relief. Refer to REPAIR No. 9 and DISASSEMBLY section.
C. Stress relieve support (165) at 1000o to 2000o F (538o to 1093o C) for 1 hour minimum after
straightening.
Repair No. 14
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6001
POSITION
ACCEPTANCE
POINT R
GREATER IF NOZZLE IS OUT OF POSITION BY

THAN MORE THAN 0.080 (2.032), REFER TO
-A- 0.080 (2,032) REPAIR NO.14.
-C-
STRAIGHTEN IF NOZZLE IS
0.080 (2,032)
OUT OF POSITION UP TO
2.957 OR LESS
0.080 (2.032)
(75,12)
BSC
LENGTH Q
0.330 - 0.370
(8,38 - 9,40)
-D-
0.529 - 0.531 (13,44 - 13,49)
WITH WEAR SLEEVE 1.410 - 1.450
0.418 - 0.420 (10,62 - 10,67) (35,81 - 36,83)
WITHOUT WEAR SLEEVE
0.292 (7,42)
0.020 (0.508) DIA M A B M C M BSC
APPLIES TO DIAMETER - D - ONLY
FOR LENGTH Q
0 36' 48'' BSC

(0,01 RAD)
POINT R 0.271 - 0.278 DIA

-B- (6,88 - 7,06)
3 HOLES
NOTES: 1. DIMENSION IN INCHES WITH MILLIMETERS IN
2. THIS FIGURE APPLIES TO FUEL NOZZLES WITH 621CFM

AND WITHOUT WEAR SLEEVES.
3. POINT R IS ON CENTERLINE OF MOUNTING HOLE,
AND USED FOR CHECK OF RADIAL POSITION.
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-932-A01
Repair No. 14 Radial Position of Tip (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 14
73-11-42 Page 6003

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
Repair No. 14
73-11-42 Page 6004

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 15
REPAIR DEFECTIVE WELD (BENCH REPAIRS, GRIND, ETCH FOR ZYGLO, ETC.)
TASK 73-11-42-94A-918-A01
1. Repair Materials
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-926-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Argon gas, inert Commercially Available
Carbide abrasive tool Commercially Available
Electrode, 0.0625 in. (1,5875 mm) dia, 2% thoriated tungsten Commercially Available
Rotary abrasive tool, spherical or round-nose Commercially Available
Weld filler material Commercially Available
Welder, standard TIG, with an inert gas shield, water cooled, angle Commercially Available
head torch assembly
TASK 73-11-42-380-926-A01
2. Repair Procedure
CAUTION: DURING REPAIR PROCEDURE, TAKE THE NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT

CUTTING CHIPS AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS FROM FALLING INTO ASSEMBLED
SUBASSEMBLIES. ANY CONTAMINANT WILL CAUSE FAULTY SPRAY PATTERNS OR
DISTURB FUEL FLOW.
A. Using a carbide abrasive tool, hand grind out defects or indications. Do not go below parent metal.
Visually inspect weld during grinding operation. Refer to CHECK section for individual component
requirements.
B. Etch defects per CFMI-TP.SP.2, Chapter 70-53-11.

NOTE: All surfaces to be etched must be free from oil, grease, scale, or other extraneous material.
C. Fluorescent penetrant inspect per CHECK section, except apply penetrant with a brush; do not dip or
permit penetrant to enter nozzle. Inspect for defects; none are permitted. All defects must be
completely removed with carbide deburr tool. Linear indications not interpreted as cracks are
permitted.
Repair No. 15
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
WARNING: CLEAN IN AN APPROVED CLEANING CABINET OR IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. A
NON-ACIDIC DEGREASER CLEANER WILL REMOVE NATURAL OILS FROM THE
SKIN. WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING TO PREVENT CONTACT WITH SKIN.
D. Weld using an amperage controlled, standard TIG welder, with an inert gas shield, water cooled, angle
head torch assembly. Use a 0.0625 in. (1,5875 mm) dia, 2% thoriated tungsten electrode sharpened to
a 40 deg (0,698 rad) included angle point with a 0.375 in. (9,525 mm) ceramic cup.
E. Repair using weld filler material as specified in CHECK Table 5002.
F. Inert argon gas to torch shall be at 15 to 20 cfh (0,42 to 0,57 m3/h).
G. Wire brush weld area and reinspect. No defects are allowed.
NOTE: If weld is defective, repeat procedure. If weld is still defective, check weld procedures.
H. Upon completion of repair, clean components in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner using a lint free
applicator as directed in CLEANING, to eliminate all traces of contaminants from repair operations.
Blow dry with shop air filtered to 10 microns nominal.
I. The limits given in CHECK must be met after repairs are completed.
J. If reworked components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
preserve components by wetting with preservation oil, MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010.
Repair No. 15
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 16
LAPPING AND POLISHING REPAIRS
TASK 73-11-42-94A-919-A01
1. Repair Materials
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-927-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Collet Commercially Available
Dowel, wood Commercially Available
Lapping compound, 1200 grit Commercially Available
Lathe, speed Commercially Available
Stick, flat, wood Commercially Available
Toothpick, round, wood Commercially Available
TASK 73-11-42-380-927-A01
2. Repair Procedure
A. Polish primary and secondary flow surfaces.
NOTE: For effective results, perform polish operation with primary flow test operation, in ASSEMBLY.
Monitor polish results by cleaning and testing until the required flow and spray pattern is
obtained.
(1) Mount component part in appropriate collet and spin in a speed lathe.
(2) Use 1200 grit lapping compound and a round wooden toothpick sharpened to a fine point to
polish orifice and conical surfaces.
(3) Use a flat wooden stick for flat front faces.
(4) Polish surfaces to remove carbon or foreign material only.
(5) Polish with a light touch; excess polishing of orifice will increase flow.
Repair No. 16
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(6) To improve spray quality, polish edges to remove nicks.Polish, clean, and test to check polishing
results. Overlapped parts are un-salvageable and must be replaced.
(7) Polish, clean, and test to check polishing results. Overlapped parts are un-salvageable and must
be replaced.
NOTE: Use discarded parts for weld samples.
B. Remove carbon and foreign deposits from conical front face and orifice of primary or secondary body,
and inside diameter of secondary body.
(1) Polish primary orifice or secondary body, Area W, with 1200 grit lapping compound and round
wooden toothpick ground to a fine point.
(2) Use flat wood stick for flat surfaces.
(3) Spin secondary body in a high speed lathe. Do not remove any base metal.
(4) Polish Diameter “D” with 600 grit crocus cloth and wooden dowel to restore finish.
C. To repair discrepancies on cartridge valve sealing surface in support (165) or sealing surface of
support flange, polish with 400 grit crocus cloth. Polish with a light touch. Polish surfaces to remove
carbon or foreign material only. Do not remove base metal.
D. The limits given in CHECK and Figure 6001 must be met after repairs are completed.
E. Upon completion of repair, clean components in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in

CLEANING, to eliminate all traces of contaminants from repair operations.
F. If reworked components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
Repair No. 16
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6001
PRIMARY 63 in.
BODY (155) (1,6 mm)
AREA W
MUST MEET TESTING REQUIREMENTS
PRIMARY DIA D
PLUG (160)
SECONDARY
BODY (150)
WEAR
SLEEVE (175)
PARENTHESES REFER TO
IPL, FIGURE 1.
PRIMARY BODY
FRONT FACE
SECONDARY BODY
CONICAL FRONT FACE
630CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-933-A01
Repair No. 16 Repair Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 16
73-11-42 Page 6003

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
Repair No. 16
73-11-42 Page 6004

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 17
REMOVE RAISED METAL
TASK 73-11-42-94A-920-A01
1. Repair Materials
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-928-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Collet Commercially Available
India oil stone, fine Commercially Available
Lathe, speed Commercially Available
TASK 73-11-42-380-928-A01
2. Repair Procedure
CAUTION: REMOVE ALL BURRS TO PREVENT THEM FROM CAUSING TROUBLE DURING
LATER ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES. BURRS CAN WORK LOOSE AND BECOME
LODGED IN SPRAY ORIFICES, CAUSING FAULTY SPRAY PATTERNS AND
INSUFFICIENT FUEL FLOW.
A. Repair Diameter “B” of primary body (155, IPL Fig. 1). (All models except 6810184M10 and
6840023M3)
CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE BASE MATERIAL FROM DIAMETER “B” (PRIMARY BODY
OUTSIDE DIAMETER). THIS IS A MATCHED CLEARANCE WITH THE SECONDARY
BODY (150). THIS CLEARANCE AFFECTS SECONDARY FUEL FLOW.
(1) Mount collet in speed lathe. Install primary body in collet.
(2) Use fine India oil stone to remove raised metal and restore surface finish.
Repair No. 17
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
B. Repair Diameter “D” of Secondary Body. (All models except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3).
(1) Mount secondary body in speed lathe collet.
CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE BASE MATERIAL FROM DIAMETER “D” [SECONDARY BODY
(150, IPL FIGURE 1) INSIDE DIAMETER]. THIS IS A MATCHED CLEARANCE WITH
THE PRIMARY BODY (155) OUTSIDE DIAMETER. THIS CLEARANCE AFFECTS
SECONDARY FUEL FLOW.
(2) Use fine India oil stone to remove raised metal and restore surface finish. Do not remove base
metal.
C. Fuel Nozzle Component Parts.

(1) Use fine India oil stone, as required, to remove raised metal and restore surface finish.
(2) Refer to CHECK for individual component limits.
D. The limits given in CHECK and Figure 6001 must be met after repairs are completed.
E. Upon completion of repair, clean components in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in

F. If reworked components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
Repair No. 17
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6001
63 in.
(1,6 mm)
AREA W
MUST MEET TESTING REQUIREMENTS
DIA D
NO RAISED METAL ALLOWED
DIA B
PRIMARY
PLUG (160)
PRIMARY
BODY (155)
WEAR
SECONDARY SLEEVE (175)
BODY (150)
PARENTHESES REFER TO IPL,
FIGURE 1.
631CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-934-A01
Repair No. 17 Repair Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 17
73-11-42 Page 6003

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
Repair No. 17
73-11-42 Page 6004

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 18
REMACHINE PRIMARY BODY (ALL MODELS EXCEPT 6810184M10 AND 6840023M3)
TASK 73-11-42-94A-921-A01
1. Repair Materials
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-929-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Carbide tool bit Commercially Available
Collet, dead length Commercially Available
Reamer, 0.182 in. (4,62 mm) with floating holder Commercially Available
TASK 73-11-42-380-929-A01
2. Repair Procedure
CAUTION: COMPONENT PARTS [SECONDARY BODY (150, IPL FIGURE 1), PRIMARY BODY
(155), AND PRIMARY PLUG (160)] OF METERING SET (115) ARE A MATCHED
ASSEMBLY. DURING REPAIR, IT IS RECOMMENDED TO KEEP PARTS TOGETHER AS
A MATCHED SET. IF IT IS NECESSARY TO REPLACE A COMPONENT, REFER TO
REPAIR NO. 20, FOR PRIMARY BODY TO SECONDARY BODY MATCH.
A. Secure primary body, into dead length collet mounted in a standard lathe.
Repair No. 18
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
B. Make sure primary body, Diameter “A”, is within 0.002 in. (0,05 mm) TIR.
C. Machine O.D. and face to Length “L” as shown in Figure 6001.

D. Ream I.D. and break edges.
NOTE: If I.D. is oversize, discard primary body (155, IPL Fig. 1).
E. Remove machining burrs using 500 grit crocus cloth.

F. Remove primary body from collet.
G. Inspect machined dimensions against the limits given in Figure 6001. The limits given in Figure 6001
and CHECK section must be met after repairs are completed.
H. Upon completion of repair, clean components in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in

I. If reworked components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
Repair No. 18
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6001
WITH MILLIMETERS IN LENGTH "L"
PARENTHESES. OTHER 0.254 - 0.256
METRIC CONVERSIONS IN (6,45 - 6,50)
PARENTHESES ARE
IDENTIFIED.
0.002 (0,05) -B-

0.182 - 0.184
(4,62 - 4,67)
DIA A
0.245 - 0.250
-B- (6,22 - 6,35)
DIA C
0.000 - 0.020 (0,00 - 0,51)

X 25 - 35 DEG (0,44 - 0,61 RAD)
CHAMFER.
NO BURRS ALLOWED.
BREAK EDGE 0.005 (0,13) R

COLLET MAX.
628CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-935-A01
Repair No. 18 Primary Body Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 18
73-11-42 Page 6003

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
Repair No. 18
73-11-42 Page 6004

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 19
REMACHINE SECONDARY BODY (ALL MODELS EXCEPT 6810184M10 AND 6840023M3)
TASK 73-11-42-94A-922-A01
1. Repair Materials
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-930-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Carbide tool bit Commercially Available
Collet, 5C Commercially Available
Reamer, 0.182 in. (4,62 mm) with floating holder Commercially Available
TASK 73-11-42-380-930-A01
2. Repair Procedure
CAUTION: COMPONENT PARTS [SECONDARY BODY (150, IPL FIGURE 1), PRIMARY BODY
(155), AND PRIMARY PLUG (160)] OF METERING SET (115) ARE A MATCHED
ASSEMBLY. DURING REPAIR, IT IS RECOMMENDED TO KEEP PARTS TOGETHER AS
A MATCHED SET. IF IT IS NECESSARY TO REPLACE A COMPONENT, REFER TO
REPAIR NO. 18, FOR PRIMARY BODY TO SECONDARY BODY MATCH.
A. Secure secondary body into a 5C collet mounted in a metal cutting lathe.
Repair No. 19
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
B. Indicate secondary body I.D. to within 0.001 in. (0,03 mm) TIR.
C. Machine I.D., O.D. and skin cut face as shown per Figure 6001.
NOTE: Old style secondary bodies may require reaming if the primary body does not slip fit into the
secondary bore. Using cutting oil, ream the I.D. and to length shown per Figure 6001.
D. Chamfer O.D. per Figure 6001.

E. Remove machining burrs using 500 grit crocus cloth.
F. Remove secondary body from collet.
G. Remove secondary body from collet.Inspect machined dimensions against the limits given in Figure
6001. The limits given in Figure 6001 and CHECK must be met after repairs are completed.
H. Upon completion of repair, clean components in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in

I. If reworked components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
Repair No. 19
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6001
OLD STYLE
SECONDARY MAY
0.334 (8,48)
MAX
DIA D
INDICATE ON I.D. 0.300 (7,62) MAX

LENGTH L
NEW STYLE DO NOT MACHINE INTO
SECONDARY
HAS A LARGER BORE 0.035 (0,89)
MIN
0.390 - 0.397
(9,91 - 10,08)
DIA E 0.467 - 0.475
(11,86 - 12,17)
DIA F
0.005 (0,13) R
MAX
NOTE:DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES WITH

MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES. 0.010 - 0.015 (0,25 -
OTHER METRIC CONVERSIONS IN 0,38) R
PARENTHESES ARE IDENTIFIED. OR EQUIVALENT 45
629CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-936-A01
Repair No. 19 Secondary Body Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 19
73-11-42 Page 6003

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
Repair No. 19
73-11-42 Page 6004

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 20
PRIMARY BODY TO SECONDARY BODY MATCH
TASK 73-11-42-94B-913-A01
1. Materials
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-931-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
TASK 73-11-42-380-931-A01
2. Repair Procedure
CAUTION: BEFORE MATCHING, THE PRIMARY BODY AND SECONDARY BODY MUST HAVE
BEEN REPAIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH REPAIR NOS. 18 AND 19 OF THIS MANUAL.
A. Select primary body (155, IPL Figure 1) and primary plug (160) for model number of metering set
being assembled. Refer to IPL and Table 6002.
NOTE: Primary body flow requirements must be met prior to installation in secondary body. Refer to
ASSEMBLY section.
B. Install primary plug, if required, into primary body.
6002
Repair No. 20
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-906-A01
Repair No. 20 Metering Set Part Numbers—Table 6002
MODEL PRIMARY BODY ORIFICE METERING SET

NUMBER in. (mm) PART NUMBER
6810184M30 0.0215 (0,55) max 6871670
6810184M33 0.025 (0,64) max 6871687
6810184M36 0.025 (0,64) max 6871687
6810184M37 0.026 (0,66) ref 6881378
6840023M1 0.0215 (0,55) max 6881381
6840023M2 0.025 (0,64) max 6881384
6840023M7 0.0215 (0,55) max 6881381
6840023M8 0.025 (0,64) max 6881384
6840023M9 0.0215 (0,55) max 6881390
6840023M10 0.0215 (0,55) max 6881390
6840023E14 0.036 - 0.040 (0,91 - 1,02) 6891917
6942253 *
6840023E15 0.058 - 0.062 (1,47 - 1,57) 6891919
6840023E16 0.036 - 0.040 (0,91 - 1,02) 6891917
6942253 *
6840023E17 0.058 - 0.062 (1,47 - 1,57) 6891919
6840023E18 0.0215 (0,55) max 6881381
NOTE: 6942253 metering set includes wear sleeve (175, IPL Fig. 1). Acceptable to use 6891917
metering set (-115F) with 6881382 wear sleeve (175) to deplete stock on hand.
C. Select secondary body.
D. Test fit primary body into secondary body. Primary body must drop freely into the secondary body.
Select components until this requirement can be met. Refer to REPAIR No. 17. See Figure 6001 for
raised material.
E. Test metering set assembly in accordance with ASSEMBLY section. Metering set must meet flow and
primary spray angle requirements only.
F. When the secondary body tests are satisfactory, continue with assembly. Refer to TESTING AND
FAULT ISOLATION, Table 1006, Fault Isolation, if metering set fails tests. Replace complete metering
set if a match can not be found.
NOTE: Once a match is found, it is recommended to keep component parts together as a matched
set.
G. Upon completion of repair, clean metering set components in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as
directed in CLEANING, to eliminate all traces of contaminants from repair operations.
Repair No. 20
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
H. If reworked components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
6001
SECONDARY WEAR
PRIMARY BODY (150) SLEEVE (175)
PRIMARY BODY (155)
PLUG (160)
DIA B
NO RAISED
METAL ALLOWED
NOTE: ITEM NUMBERS IN

PARENTHESES REFER
TO IPL, FIG. 1.
632CFM
DIA D
NO RAISED METAL ALLOWED
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-937-A01
Repair No. 20 Metering Set Assembly Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 20
73-11-42 Page 6003

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
Repair No. 20
73-11-42 Page 6004

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 21
REPLACE WEAR SLEEVE
(ALL 6840023 MODELS)
TASK 73-11-42-94B-914-A01
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-932-A01

6877028 Stem holding fixture Same as above
6897010 Automatic welding lathe Same as above
6897101 Test fixture, inlet plug Same as above
6897105 Check valve seal plug Same as above
TASK 73-11-42-94A-923-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
Repair No. 21
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-933-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Abrasive cloth, fine grit (320), silicon carbide Commercially Available
Abrasive cloth, 400 grit, silicon carbide Commercially Available
Brush, wire, stainless steel, 0.008 in. (0,20 mm) max wire dia Commercially Available
Cutoff tool, 0.020 in. (0,51 mm) wide, carbide Commercially Available
Fine India oil stone Commercially Available
Pliers, wraparound soft jaw Commercially Available
Tool holder, extension type Commercially Available
Turning tool, carbide, 0.016 in. (0,41 mm) max cutting radius Commercially Available
Welder, automatic, inert-gas shielded TIG, with angle head torch Commercially Available
TASK 73-11-42-380-932-A01
3. Remove wear sleeve. See Figure 6001.

NOTE: If metering set (115, IPL Figure 1) is to be removed from nozzle, it is not necessary to remove the
wear sleeve (175) first. Proceed to REPAIR No. 9.
NOTE: Wear sleeve that has been welded with 4 interrupted welds must be removed and circumferential
welded per this repair. Refer to CHECK section for inspection requirements.
A. Mount face plate adapter, 6897008, and tip end holding fixture, 6877010, on standard lathe.
B. Install support and metering set (105, IPL Fig. 1) over locating pins on tip end holding fixture, 6877010.
On 6810184M36 models, slide the support forward toward face plate to bottom slots against pins.
Ensure that swing clamp is open and will clear support tube during installation and that mounting holes
on support flange are registered. Support flange must be in full contact with the support plate. Do not
over tighten and raise support flange off full contact with support plate when swing clamp is secured on
support tube.
C. Adjust runout of the wear sleeve (175) to within 0.001 in. (0,025 mm) TIR of the centerline of the
machine axis.
D. Mount a 0.020 in. (0,51 mm) wide carbide cutoff tool in turret, extension type, tool holder. Touch off
from tip of wear sleeve (175) and move cutoff tool back 0.360 in. (9,14 mm).
NOTE: It is recommended to mount plastic cap on tip end to prevent foreign material from entering
secondary body (150) exit orifice.
Repair No. 21
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6001
HOLDING FIXTURE,
6877010 SUPPORT AND
METERING SET
UNIVERSAL FACE (105)
PLATE ADAPTOR,
LATHE 6897008
SWING SET BUTTON

CLAMP
SECONDARY
BODY (150)
INDICATE IN
THIS AREA
WEAR SLEEVE
(175)
STEP 1
0.420 (10,67 MM)
DIA REF
0.002 (0,05) MAX UNDERCUT MISMATCH.

DEBURR IF NECESSARY, BLEND STEP.
DO NOT MACHINE INTO SECONDARY WELD.
0.360 (9,14) TOUCH OFF FRONT
REF EDGE OF WEAR
SLEEVE, AND MOVE
0.470 - 0.475 DIA 0.020 (0,51) BACK FOR CUT OFF
(11,94 - 12,07) THINBIT
STEP 2
BLEND ANY STEPS WITH
SECONDARY BODY O.D.

MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES
REFER TO IPL FIG. 1
MACHINE OFF THE REMAINING IPL, FIG. 1) FOR NOZZLE MODELS
PORTION OF THE WEAR SLEEVE 6840023M3, M7, M8, M10, E14 AND E15.
633CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-938-A01
Repair No. 21 Remove Wear Sleeve Using Machine Lathe (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 21
73-11-42 Page 6003

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
CAUTION: DO NOT CUT INTO SECONDARY BODY.
E. Operate lathe at slow speed, approximately 400 rpm. Part through wear sleeve (175). Use wraparound
soft jaw pliers to break loose and remove front portion of the wear sleeve. Do not cut into secondary
body. Do not damage secondary body (150) with undo force.
F. Replace cutoff tool with carbide turning tool, 0.016 in. (0,41 mm) max cutting radius.
G. Position dial indicator point on secondary body (150) next to the remaining section of the wear sleeve
(175). Adjust secondary body to run within 0.001 in. (0,025 mm) TIR of the machine axis.
NOTE: It is recommended to mount a plastic cap on tip end to prevent foreign material from entering
secondary body exit orifice.
H. Run machine at approximately 500 rpm and turn off the remaining portion of the wear sleeve (175).
Use light rough and finish cuts, final cut to blend with original secondary body diameter.
I. A 0.002 in. (0,051 mm) max undercut of secondary body OD is permissible due to machining
concentricity mismatch or manual deburring. Undercuts over 0.002 in. (0,051 mm) will require
replacement of secondary body. See Figure 6001.
J. Hand deburr secondary body (150) using a fine grit 320 silicon carbide abrasive cloth to deburr or
blend step.
K. Remove nozzle from tip end holding fixture, 6877010.
L. Inspect machined dimensions against the limits given in Figure 6001. The limits given in Figure 6001
and CHECK section must be met after repairs are completed.
M. Using dry compressed air at approximately 150 psig (1,034 kPa gage), blow out fuel nozzle to remove
any residual fuel.
N. Upon completion of repair, clean support and metering set (105) in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as
directed in CLEANING, to eliminate all traces of contaminants from repair operations.
O. Oven dry at 275o to 325o F (135o to 163o C) for 20 minutes, or equivalent method.
Repair No. 21
73-11-42 Page 6004

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-380-933-A01
4. Weld Wear Sleeve To Secondary Body.
A. Tack weld wear sleeve (175, IPL Fig. 1 and 125, IPL Fig. 2) to secondary body (150, IPL Fig. 1).
WARNING: CLEAN IN AN APPROVED CLEANING CABINET OR IN A WELL VENTILATED
AREA. A NON-ACIDIC DEGREASER CLEANER WILL REMOVE NATURAL OILS
FROM THE SKIN. WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING TO PREVENT CONTACT WITH
SKIN.
(1) Clean wear sleeve (175, IPL Fig. 1 and 125, IPL Fig. 2) in an ultrasonic cleaning tank using a
non-acidic degreaser cleaner. Refer to CLEANING.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE ALUMINUM OXIDE ABRASIVE CLOTH WHEN CLEANING NOZZLE
PRIOR TO WELD. ALUMINUM OXIDE ABRASIVE CLOTH WILL CAUSE WELD
CONTAMINATION.
(2) Use 400 grit silicon carbide abrasive cloth to clean nozzle secondary body area of oxidation and
dirt that may contaminate the weld. After sanding, wipe area with a non-acidic degreaser cleaner
using a lint free cloth.
(3) Install support with secondary body installed onto stem holding fixture, 6877028. See Figure
6002. Place the wear sleeve over secondary body.
(4) Using holding bar, Detail 18, from stem holding fixture, 6877028, position wear sleeve to set
dimension 0.009 to 0.011 in. (0,229 to 0,279 mm). Secure holding bar in position with backup nut,
Detail 19, lightly snugged against block, Detail 13. Wear sleeve must bottom against end of
holding bar. See Figure 6002.
(5) It is recommended to tack weld two places, approximately 180 deg (3,14 rad) apart. Use weld
filler material AMS 5786 if needed. Remove tack welded support and wear sleeve from stem
holding fixture, 6877028. Check for required wear sleeve position per Figure 6002.
Repair No. 21
73-11-42 Page 6005

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6002

REFER TO IPL, FIGURE 1.
6840023M7, M8, M10, E14 AND E15.
WEAR SLEEVE HOLDING

FIXTURE, 6877028
TACK WELD 2 PLACES 0.009 - 0.011

APPROXIMATELY 180 DEG (0,23 - 0,28)
(3,14 RAD) APART OVERHANG BEFORE WELD
(WELD SHRINKAGE
ALLOWANCE)
0.419 (10,64)
DIA REF
SECONDARY WEAR SLEEVE

BODY (150) (175) 723CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-939-A01
Repair No. 21 Wear Sleeve Installation (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6002
Repair No. 21
73-11-42 Page 6006

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6003
HOLDING FIXTURE,
6877010
UNIVERSAL FACE SUPPORT AND

PLATE ADAPTOR, METERING SET
6897008 (105)
AUTOMATIC WELDING
LATHE, 6897010
WEAR SLEEVE
(175)
NOTES: 1. DRILL LOCATOR HOLE INTO EARLY

6840023M7, M8, M10, E14 AND E15.
REFER TO IPL, FIGURE 1. 724CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-940-A01
Repair No. 21 Weld Wear Sleeve (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6003
B. Circumferential weld wear sleeve to secondary body. See Figure 6003.
NOTE: To ensure satisfactory welds, set rotational speeds and welder control parameters by using
scrap or simulated nozzle parts. Section the trial parts to qualify weld integrity. See Figure
6004.
(1) If using an automatic welding lathe, 6897010, or equivalent. Mount, 6877010, on face plate
adapter and mount tack welded support and wear sleeve on tip end holding fixture.
(2) Indicate on machined area on support side of tack welds; adjust face plate adapter, 6897008,
until support and secondary body run 0.003 in. (0.076 mm) TIR. Refer to Figure 6003.
Repair No. 21
73-11-42 Page 6007

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(3) Gas-shielded tungsten arc weld wear sleeve to secondary body. Start weld between tack welds.
Overlap approximately 0.25 in. (6,35 mm). Use weld filler material AMS 5786 (Hastelloy W) as
necessary.
NOTE: Start weld between tack weld.

(4) Wire brush weld area only using a stainless steel wire brush, 0.008 in. (0,2 mm) max wire dia.
Use care; do not touch front face of wear sleeve or secondary body.
C. Visual and dimensionally inspect weld.
NOTE: The limits given in this repair section and the CHECK section must be met after repairs are
completed.
(1) Check for cracks, voids, or pitting. See Figure 6004 and CHECK section.
(2) Dimensionally inspect wear sleeve to secondary body match. Mismatch shall not exceed ± 0.005
in. (± 0.127 mm). See Figure 6004 and CHECK section.
(3) Inspect radial position of metering end tip location, See Figure 6005, and CHECK section.
D. Fluorescent Penetrant Inspect weld area per CHECK section, except apply penetrant with brush; do
not dip or permit penetrant to enter nozzle. Refer to CHECK section for inspection criteria.
E. Flow test secondary body as follows:
NOTE: Refer to TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION section to test nozzle assembly. Use this
procedure to test support and metering set subassembly.
NOTE: Flow requirements may be used as reference for manufacturing purposes and need not be
verified, provided the nozzle meets all final assembly requirements.
NOTE: Refer to TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION, Table 1006, Fault Isolation, if tests fail.
(1) Install support and secondary body assembly without restrictor orifice (110, IPL Fig. 1) installed.
Install inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, into cartridge valve end of support and mount onto final test
holding fixture, 6877011. Install check valve seal plug, 6897105, and secure with hold-down
thumb screw.
(2) Attach secondary inlet of inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, to the test fluid connection of the fuel
nozzle test stand.
(3) The test fluid flow through the secondary flow system [support (165), and secondary body (150)]
must fall within the limits specified. At an inlet pressure of 100 psig (690 kPa gage) the flow shall
be 415 to 500 pph (188,2 to 226,8 kg/hr); at an inlet pressure of 300 psig (2068 kPa gage), the
flow shall be 735 to 900 pph (333,4 to 408,2 kg/hr).
F. Refer to TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION, Table 1006, Fault Isolation, if tests fail.
G. If reworked components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
Repair No. 21
73-11-42 Page 6008

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6004
HEAT AFFECTED
ZONE
0.419 (10,64)
DIA REF
0.575 - 0.585
(14,61 - 14,86)
DIA
± 0.005 (0,13)
MISMATCH ALLOWED

2. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES REFER TO IPL, FIGURE 1.
725CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-941-A01
Repair No. 21 Wear Sleeve Weld requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6004
Repair No. 21
73-11-42 Page 6009

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6005
POSITION
ACCEPTANCE
POINT R

-A- 0.080 (2,032) REPAIR NO.14.
-C-
0.080 (2,032)
2.957 OR LESS
0.080 (2.032)
(75,12)
BSC
LENGTH Q
0.330 - 0.370
(8,38 - 9,40)
-D-
0.529 - 0.531 (13,44 - 13,49)
0.418 - 0.420 (10,62 - 10,67) (35,81 - 36,83)
WITHOUT WEAR SLEEVE
0.292 (7,42)
0.020 (0.508) DIA M A B M C M BSC
APPLIES TO DIAMETER - D - ONLY
FOR LENGTH Q
0 36' 48'' BSC

(0,01 RAD)
POINT R 0.271 - 0.278 DIA

-B- (6,88 - 7,06)
3 HOLES

GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-942-A01
Repair No. 21 Radial Position of Nozzle Tip (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6005
Repair No. 21
73-11-42 Page 6010

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
REPAIR NO. 22
REPAIR PRIMARY STRAINER
TASK 73-11-42-94A-924-A01
1. Tools and Equipment
6001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-934-A01

6027600 Inlet strainer tool Parker Hannifin Corporation
6027601 Primary strainer tool Same as above
TASK 73-11-42-380-934-A01
2. Repair Procedure
CAUTION: USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN STRAIGHTENING SCREEN. DAMAGE TO SCREEN

MAY OCCUR.
A. Repair inlet strainer screen (30, IPL Figures 1 and 2). See Figure 6001.
(1) Place inlet strainer into nesting body.
(2) Gently insert mandrel into ID of inlet strainer.
WARNING: TOO MUCH PRESSURE TO THE ID OF THE INLET STRAINER SCREEN COULD
CAUSE DAMAGE AND RESULT IN REPLACEMENT.
(3) Using light pressure, smooth any dents or bent screen from ID of inlet strainer.
B. Repair primary strainer (40, IPL Figures 1 and 2).

(1) Place mandrel inside of primary strainer and place on strainer tool.
WARNING: TOO MUCH PRESSURE TO THE ID OF THE PRIMARY STRAINER SCREEN COULD
CAUSE DAMAGE AND RESULT IN REPLACEMENT.
(2) Roll the primary strainer using light pressure on top of the strainer tool until all dents or bent
material have been smoothed.
Repair No. 22
73-11-42 Page 6001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6001
MANDREL
FERRULE
SCREEN
INLET STRAINER INLET
STRAINER TOOL (6027600)
(30)
NESTING
BODY
NOTE: ITEM IN PARENTHESES REFERS

TO IPL FIGURES 1 AND 2.
634CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-943-A01
Repair No. 22 Repair Inlet Strainer Screen (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 22
73-11-42 Page 6002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6002
SCREEN
PRIMARY
STRAINER STRAINER
(40) TOOL
(6027601)
0.375 (9.525)
MANDREL
L L
RO
NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONS IN INCHES AND

2. ITEMS IN PARENTHESES REFERS

TO IPL FIGURES 1 AND 2.
635CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-944-A01
Repair No. 22 Primary Strainer Tool (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6002
Repair No. 22
73-11-42 Page 6003

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
Repair No. 22
73-11-42 Page 6004

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
ASSEMBLY
TASK 73-11-42-99C-915-A01
A. Special tools, equipment, and materials recommended for assembly procedures used in this section
are listed in Table 7001. Special tools and equipment listed are those items not considered standard
repair station tools.
B. This section contains recommended assembly and test procedures for the fuel nozzle. Assembly, test
procedures provided herein start with a nozzle disassembled to the maximum recommended state.
Disassembled nozzles should be assembled and tested starting at the appropriate assembly point.
Reassembly of parts that make up the fuel nozzle assembly are described herein. To ensure that all
parts and subassembly parts work properly with their related parts it is recommended that prior to weld
temporary assembly and pretesting occurs.
C. Prior to starting assembly, the following conditions must be met.
(1) The support (165, IPL Figure 1 and 115, Figure 2) must be re machined. Refer to REPAIR
section.
(2) The inlet c over (25, IPL Figure 1 and 2) must be re machined. Refer to the REPAIR section.
(3) All components must be burr and chip free, cleaned, and inspected per applicable sections of this
manual.
D. Unless otherwise indicated, qualification testing of subassemblies prior to fuel nozzle assembly does
not need to be performed provided the fuel nozzle assembly meets all final assembly test
requirements.
E. Unless otherwise indicated, fluorescent penetrant inspection and radiographic inspection do not need
to be performed at a subassembly level provided these inspections are performed prior to final
assembly testing.
F. Flow requirements for fixturing may be used as reference for manufacturing purposes and need not be
verified, provided the nozzle meets all final assembly test requirements.
G. Weld parameters are for reference only. Weld parameters will vary with equipment, operator
technique, line voltages, etc. All welds must meet inspection requirements per CHECK section.
H. All flow and hydrostatic testing will be performed using calibration fluid, MIL-PRF-7024, Type II.
I. After successfully completing assembly and testing, the fuel nozzle should be prepared for storage.
Refer to STORAGE section.
TASK 73-11-42-94B-916-A01
2. Assembly Tools, Fixture, and Materials
The tools, equipment and materials shown in Table 7001 are necessary to do the assembly procedures in
this section.
7001
73-11-42 Page 7001

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-860-A01
Assembly Tools Equipment and Materials—Table 7001

6037500 Dribble flow test fixture Parker Hannifin Corporation
(Large tip nozzles) 7777 N. Glen Harbor Blvd.
6037501 Dribble flow test fixture Same As Above
(Small tip nozzle)
6833108 Purge fixture, argon, inlet cover Same As Above
6875500-4 Inlet adapter to quick disconnect Same As Above
6877001 Tack weld fixture, cover Same As Above
6877004 Stem straightening fixture Same As Above
6877005 Holding fixture, valve end Same As Above
6877010 Holding fixture, tip end Same As Above
6877011 Holding fixture, final test Same As Above
6877012 Holding fixture, pressure test Same As Above
6877015 Purge fixture, argon, primary body Same As Above
6877016 Purging and heat sink fixture (for nozzles with Same As Above
wear sleeves)
6877017 Purging and heat sink fixture (for nozzles without Same As Above
wear sleeves)
6877020M2 Final inspection fixture Same As Above
6877021 Seal fixture, secondary orifice Same As Above
6877023 Secondary support ring adapter Same As Above
6877024 Tack weld fixture, primary and secondary body Same As Above
6877025 Seal ring adapter fixture, valve end Same As Above
6877026 “C” washer assembly/disassembly tool Same As Above
6877029 Leak test fixture Same As Above
6877108 Assembly fixture Same As Above
6885016 Electronic angle device radial patternator Same As Above
6887000 Pressure decay test fixture Same As Above
6897008 Face plate adapter Same As Above
6897010 Automatic welding lathe Same As Above
6897098 Extraction tool, check valve Same As Above
Assembly Tools Equipment and Materials (Sheet 1 of 3)—Table 7001
73-11-42 Page 7002

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6897101 Test fixture, inlet plug Same As Above
6897102 Primary support ring fixture Same As Above
6897103 Holding fixture, tip seal Same As Above
6897105 Seal plug, check valve Same As Above
6897106 Pre qualifying fixture, cartridge valve Same As Above
6897107 Pre qualifying fixture, check valve Same As Above
6897142 Depth gage Same As Above
6897143 Depth gage Same As Above
6977602 Flow divider valve pre-qual fixture Same As Above
6897106 May be used as an alternate
C106-00-0020 Holding fixture, pressure test Same As Above
Arbor press and 2 pins Commercially Available
Argon gas, inert Commercially Available
Brush, stainless steel wire, 0.008 in. (0.203 mm) Commercially Available
max wire dia
Collet, 27/64 in. (10.72 mm) dia Commercially Available
Gas, nitrogen, dry Commercially Available
Lubricant, water soluble Commercially Available
Oven, drying Commercially Available
Preservation stand, capable of supplying Commercially Available
preservation oil at 0 to 400 psig (2758 kPa gage),
providing 10 micron filtration
Rubber Piece (blocks primary tip end) Commercially Available
Snap ring pliers Commercially Available
Spray chamber, with illumination, 75 watt colli- Commercially Available
mated underlighting and/or 300 watt external indi-
rect lighting
Tweezers, sharp pointed Commercially Available
73-11-42 Page 7003

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

Ultrasonic cleaning tank Commercially Available
Weld filler material, AMS 4190 or AMS 4180 Commercially Available
Weld filler material, 0.035 to 0.045 in. (0,889 to Commercially Available
1,143 mm) dia, AMS-5786, (Hastelloy W)
Weld filler material, 0.035 to 0.045 in. (0,889 to Commercially Available
1,143 mm) dia, MIL-R-5031, Class 5A (Ref 347)
Welder, automatic, inert-gas shielded tungsten Commercially Available
arc, with angle head torch
Welding electrode, 0.0625 in. (1,5875 mm) dia 2% Commercially Available
thoriated tungsten
Welder, ultrasonic Commercially Available
TASK 73-11-42-94A-928-A01
3. Pre-assembly Procedures
A. Pre-assembly cleaning.
(1) Ultrasonically degrease all metal parts prior to final welding per instructions given in this section.
(2) All parts are recommended to be covered and protected from airborne contamination.
B. Assemble and test cartridge valve (60, IPL Figure 1 and 2).
NOTE: To assemble cartridge valve, select from old style, new style or latest style cartridge valve
assembly below.
NOTE: Due to the complexity of the cartridge valve, it is recommended to keep all components for
each valve together after disassembly and during re-assembly. In the event that the sleeve
and spool become separated or mismatched, a diametrical clearance of 0.0002 to 0.0004 in.
(0.005 to 0.010mm) must be maintained during re-matching process.
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY FORCE TO INSTALL SLEEVE OVER SPOOL. USING FORCE MAY
CAUSE GALLING AND PREVENT CORRECT OPERATION OF ASSEMBLED
CARTRIDGE VALVE.
(1) Old style cartridge valve assemble as follows: See Figure 7001.
(a) Insert sleeve and spool into “C” washer assembly/disassembly tool, 6877026. Install spring
(120, IPL Figure 3) and retainer (115, Figure 3) onto sleeve and spool.
(b) Compress spring (120, IPL Figure 3) and install slotted washer (65, IPL Figure 3). Release
spring tension and remove cartridge valve assembly from “C” washer assembly/
disassembly tool, 6877026.
73-11-42 Page 7004

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(2) Assemble Cartridge valve (-60 F, -60G, -60H, IPL Figure 3) as follows:
See Figure 7001. (See Figure 7001 "GRAPHIC-73-11-42-99B-920-A01" on page 7007.)
(a) Apply a thin coat of lubricant to preformed packing (55, IPL Figure 1) before installing into
holddown sleeve (140, IPL Figure 3). Insert preformed packing (55 into holddown sleeve
(140, IPL, Figure 3).
(b) Insert sleeve & spool (130, IPL Figure 3) into holddown sleeve (140, IPL Figure 3).
(c) Insert assembled components into “C” washer assembly/disassembly tool, 6877026. Install
spring (120, IPL Figure 3) and retainer (115, IPL Figure 3) onto sleeve and spool.
(d) Compress spring (120, IPL Figure 3) and install slotted washer (65, IPL Figure 3). Release
(3) Assemble cartridge valve (-60J, IPL 3) as follows: See Figure 7002.
(a) Insert sleeve & spool (130C, IPL Figure 3) into holddown sleeve (150, IPL Figure 3).
(b) Insert assembled components into “C” washer assembly/disassembly tool, 6877026. Install
spring (120, IPL Figure 3) and retainer (115, IPL Figure 3) onto sleeve and spool.
(c) Compress spring (120, IPL Figure 3) and install slotted washer (65, IPL Figure 3). Release
(4) Flow test.
NOTE: It is recommended that the cartridge valve pre qualifying fixture, 6897106, or 6977602,
used in the following tests, be flow tested per Table 7002.
NOTE: Flow divider valve pre-qual fixture, 6977602, is an acceptable equivalent for cartridge
valve pre qualifying fixture, 6897106.
NOTE: If flow is high, disassemble cartridge valve (60, IPL Figure 1) and replace slotted washer
(65, IPL Figure 3) with a thicker washer. If flow is low, disassemble cartridge valve and
replace with a thinner washer. Retest cartridge valve.
7002
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-861-A01
Pre qualifying Fixture Flow Limits—Table 7002
Fluid Inlet Pressure Fuel Flow

psig (kPa gage) pph (kg/hr)
100 (690) 419 to 432 (190 to 196)
300 (2069) 735 to 750 (333 to 340)
Pre qualifying Fixture Flow Limits —Table 7002
(a) Apply a light coat of lubricant to preformed packing (55, IPL Figure 1 and 2). Install packing
on cartridge valve assembly (60).
73-11-42 Page 7005

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(b) Mount the cartridge valve assembly (60), in cartridge valve pre qualifying fixture, 6897106
or 6977602. Place the fixture and valve in a spray chamber and attach to test fluid
connection of fuel nozzle test stand. See Figure 7003.
(c) Using the fuel nozzle test stand, cycle the cartridge valve (60, IPL Figure 1 and 2) three
times from a low of 0 to 50 psig (0 to 345 kPa gage) to a high of 225 to 325 psig (1551 to
2241 kPa gage) to assure purging of all air from within the valve.
(d) Flow pressure test in ascending order per Table 7003, Cartridge Valve Flow and Pressures.
Flows given are for reference only. Start at 0 pressure and continue through the entire
required test points. Upon completion of this test do not depressurize valve; continue
immediately with the hysteresis test.
(e) Record actual flows at pressure points 178 and 318 psig (1227 and 2193 kPa gage). The
recorded values will be used to calculate the hysteresis limits.
NOTE: Use care; do not overshoot pressure points. If any overshoot occurs, return to
previous point and begin from there.
73-11-42 Page 7006

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7001
SPOOL AND SLEEVE

(MATCHED SET)
(125)
PREFORMED PACKING
(55)
OLD STYLE
CARTRIDGE VALVE SPRING
(120)
RETAINER
(115)
SLOTTED WASHER
(65)
CARTRIDGE VALVE
(-60F, -60G, -60H, IPL FIGURE 3)
PREFORMED PACKING
(55)
SLEEVE AND SPOOL

(MATCHED SET)
(130)
HOLDDOWN SLEEVE
(140)
SPRING
(120)
RETAINER
(115)
NOTE: ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES REFERS SLOTTED WASHER
TO IPL FIGURE 3. (65)
CARTVALVE
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-920-A01
Cartridge Valve Assembly (Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 7001
73-11-42 Page 7007

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7002
CARTRIDGE VALVE
(-60J, IPL 3)
SLEEVE AND SPOOL

(MATCHED SET)
(130C)
PREFORMED PACKING
(55B)
PREFORMED PACKING
(55C)
SPRING
(120)
HOLDDOWN SLEEVE
(150)
RETAINER
(115)
SLOTTED WASHER
(65)
NOTE: ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES

REFERS TO IPL FIGURE 3
CARTVALVE2
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-921-A01
Cartridge Valve Assembly (Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 7002
73-11-42 Page 7008

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7003
NOTE:ACCEPTABLE TO USE FLOW

DIVIDER PRE-QUAL VALVE FIXTURE,
FLOW DIVIDER VALVE 6897106 IF ALREADY PURCHASED.
PRE-QUAL FIXTURE,
6977602
INLET ADAPTER TO
QUICK DISCONNECT,
6875500-4
CARTRIDGE VALVE (60)
SPRAY CHAMBER
701BCFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-922-A01
Cartridge Valve Test (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7003
73-11-42 Page 7009

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(1) Hysteresis test.
NOTE: This test can be run in conjunction with, and immediately after conclusion of, Flow test.
Test the amount of hysteresis detected in each valve is an inherent quality and will
remain throughout the life of the valve assembly.
(a) With inlet pressure applied to the cartridge valve (60) from the Flow test run the pressures
down in descending order per Table 7003, Cartridge Valve Flow and Pressures. Record the
flow at 178 psig (1227 kPa gage) test points.
NOTE: Reduce the fluid pressure carefully; do not undershoot. If undershoot occurs,
return to the previous pressure point and begin from there.
(b) Calculate the percentage of hysteresis flow recorded by the equation below. The results
must be in accordance with Table 7003. (Refer
to Table 7003 "TABLE-73-11-42-99A-862-A01" on page 7011.)
73-11-42 Page 7010

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7003
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-862-A01
Cartridge Valve Flow and Pressures—Table 7003
TEST 6871675 6871688 6881379

PRES- HYSTER-
SURE 6810184M10, M30 6810184M33, M36 6810184M37 ESIS
6840023M1, M3, 6840023M2, M8 6840023M9, M10,
psig M7, E14, E16, E18 E15, E17 % of
(kPa Up - Flow
gage) pph (kg/hr) pph (kg/hr) pph (kg/hr) ml/min Max
MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX
60 2.0 --- 2.0 --- 2.0 --- 19.8 ---
(414) (1.0) (1.0) (1.0)
70 4.0 8.0 4.0 8.0 4.0 8.0 39.5 to ---
(483) (2,0) (4,0) (2,0) (4,0) (2,0) (4,0) 79.0
178 154 165 135 144 123 131 --- ---
(1227) (70) (75) (61) (65) (56) (59)
318 431 466 407 423 393 426 --- ---
(2193) (196) (211) (185) (192) (178) (193)
400 --- --- 532 556 501 543 --- ---
(2758) (241) (252) (233) (242)
566 740 783 --- --- --- --- --- ---
(3903) (336) (355)
178 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 3.0
(1227)
Cartridge Valve Flow and Pressures—Table 7003
(2) Fluid leakage test.
(a) Lubricate cartridge valve preformed packing (55, IPL Figure 1 and 2) and install cartridge
valve (60) into cartridge valve leak test fixture, 6877029.
NOTE: A rejected support with the primary flow passage sealed off may be used in place
of the cartridge valve leak test fixture, 6877029.
(b) Install cartridge valve leak test fixture, 6877029, with cartridge valve (60) onto pressure test
holding fixture, 6877012. Mount the valve end seal ring adapter fixture, 6877025, and inlet
cover (25); secure in place with thumbscrew.
(c) Attach inlet adapter to quick disconnect, 6875500-4, to fitting threads of inlet cover (25) and
connect to test fluid connection of fuel nozzle test stand.
NOTE: The leak test can be preformed within the same fixture after all flow tests are
performed.
73-11-42 Page 7011

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(d) Carefully pressurize the test fixture assembly inlet to crack valve. Reduce pressure to below
40 psig (276 kPa gage), then increase pressure to 50 psig (345 kPa gage). Leakage shall
not exceed 80 drops per minute (6.0 ml).
C. Assemble and test check valve (95, IPL Figure 1 and 2).
NOTE: Test fixture, 6897107, should flow with a fixed orifice flow of 43.0 ± 1.5 pph at 105 psig (19,5 ±
0,68 kg/hr at 724 kPa gage).
(1) Assemble check valve.

(a) Insert poppet (105, IPL Figure 4) into check valve sleeve (100, IPL Figure 4). Poppet should
slide into sleeve without binding. If binding occurs, replace check valve, or polish check
valve sleeve bore to remove any scale or raised material.
(b) Insert shim (110, IPL Figure 4) into sleeve (100, IPL Figure 4) and ensure it bottoms into
poppet bore.
(c) Place spring (125, IPL Figure 4) into poppet (105, IPL Figure 4).
(d) Place spring retainer (130, IPL Figure 4) on top of spring (125, IPL Figure 4).
(e) Using a pair of snap ring pliers, or sharp pointed tweezers, install the retaining ring (135,
IPL Figure 4) into sleeve bore over spring retainer (130, IPL Figure 4).
(2) Fluid flow test.

(a) Apply a light coating of lubricant to a new preformed packing (100, IPL Figure 1 and 2) and
install on check valve (95).
(b) Lubricate preformed packing on check valve pre qualifying fixture, 6897107. Install check
valve (95) preformed packing end first, exit end out, into pre qualifying fixture. See Figure
7004. Install fixture retaining ring and cap.
(c) Connect check valve pre qualifying fixture, 6897107, to fuel nozzle test stand test fluid
connection using inlet adapter to quick disconnect, 6875500-4, and place in spray
chamber.
(d) Cycle the test fluid pressure three times from a low of 0 to 10 psig (0 to 69 kPa gage) to a
high of 25 to 30 psig (172 to 207 kPa gage). Return pressure to zero.
(e) For check valve fluid flow test refer to Table 7004.
(f) If flow is high, disassemble check valve (95, IPL Figure 4) and replace shim (110, IPL
Figure 4) with a thicker shim. If flow is low, disassemble check valve and replace shim with
a thinner shim. Retest check valve.
7004
73-11-42 Page 7012

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-863-A01
Check Valve Flow Test—Table 7004
Pressure Flow
psig (kPa gage) pph (kg/hr)
35 (241) 12 - 18 (5.44 - 8.16)
70 (482) 26 - 31 (11.8 - 14.1)
Check Valve Flow Test—Table 7004
(3) Fluid decay leak test - check valve.
(a) Mount check valve (95) in check valve pre qualifying fixture, 6897107. Attach pressure
decay test fixture, 6887000, to inlet of check valve pre qualifying fixture. Connect test fluid
supply line from fuel nozzle test stand, to pressure decay test fixture inlet. Turn pressure
decay test fixture shutoff valve to the open position.
(b) Cycle check valve (95) two times with test fluid. Start each cycle from a low pressure of 10
psig (69 kPa gage), and increase fluid pressure to a high of 30 psig (207 kPa gage) min, to
purge fixture of all trapped air.
(c) Set inlet fluid pressure to 30 psig (207 kPa gage) at pressure decay test fixture pressure
gage. Close pressure decay test fixture shutoff valve and record start time of test. Turn test
fluid supply off at the fuel nozzle test stand.
(d) After a fluid decay test period of 30 seconds, observe and record pressure reading on
pressure decay test fixture pressure gage. Fuel pressure must not fall below 19.0 psig
(131,0 kPa gage) min.
(e) Remove check valve pre qualifying fixture, 6897107, from pressure decay test fixture,
6887000.
73-11-42 Page 7013

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7004
PRE-QUAL FIXTURE ORIFICE

(CHECK VALVE), 6897107
CHECK VALVE HOLDER

INLET ADAPTER TO
QUICK DISCONNECT, 6875500-4
702CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-923-A01
Check Valve Leak Test (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7004
D. Support (165, IPL Figure 1) pre assembly flow test.
NOTE: Flow test of the disassembled support (165) is recommended to qualify the fuel passages as
open and clear of carbon buildup, metal chips (machining), etc., prior to assembly.
(1) Mount the support (165) in pressure test holding fixture, 6877012. See Figure 7005.
(2) Mount inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, in valve end of support (165, IPL Figure 1) and tighten with
set screw.
(3) Attach secondary inlet fitting of inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, to the test fluid connection of the
(4) Flow test fluid through the secondary fuel passage at 100 psig (689 kPa gage). Fuel flow should
be 560 pph (254 kg/hr) min.
NOTE: Support (165) flows below 560 pph (254 kg/hr) are not desirable. Thermal clean or
remove blockage as required and re-flow through the secondary fuel passage at 100
psig (689 kPa gage). A flow of 560 pph (254 kg/hr) min is acceptable provided the
nozzle meets all final test points. If un-repairable, reject or replace support. (If support
has been replaced with a new support, this test is not necessary.)
73-11-42 Page 7014

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7005
TEST FLUID
NOTE:DRILL CLEARANCE HOLE INTO CONNECTION
EARLY MODEL HOLDING FIXTURE
FOR INSERTION OF FLANGE PIN
(101, IPL FIGS. 1 AND 2) FOR
NOZZLES 6840023M3, M7, M8,
M10, E14, AND E15.
TEST FIXTURE
INLET PLUG,
6897101
HOLDING FIXTURE,
6877012
703CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-924-A01
Support Pre-assembly Flow Test (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7005
TASK 73-11-42-400-920-A01
4. Assemble Support and Metering Set (All models except 6810184M10 and 6840023M3)
NOTE: All tests conducted in this section are performed without restrictor orifice (110, IPL Figure 1)
installed.
A. Pre-weld testing - primary body and support. See FIgure 7006.

(See Figure 7006 "GRAPHIC-73-11-42-874-925-A01" on page 7019.)
NOTE: Metering set (115) is a pre qualified matched set. Use recommended substitutes with other
matched sets or individual items.
(1) The metering set consists of a primary plug (160), primary body (155), and secondary body
(150). Only the primary plug and primary body will be used at this time; identify and set the
secondary body aside for use later.
73-11-42 Page 7015

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(2) See Figure 7006. Lubricate preformed packing of primary support ring fixture, 6897102, and slide
fixture sleeve, Detail 3, over support (165, IPL Figure 1) tip end. Seat tapered end of primary plug
(160) in primary body (155), and install primary body into sleeve; sleeve will hold primary body in
place temporarily.(See Figure 7006 "GRAPHIC-73-11-42-874-925-A01" on page 7019.)
(3) Slide slotted retaining flange, Detail 1, of primary support ring fixture, 6897102, over support tip
end, behind support stem weld flange. Install primary body retaining cup, Detail 4, over support
tip end and thread onto retaining flange, Detail 1. Lightly hand tighten fixture to hold primary body
secure on support tip
(4) Remove center bushings, Detail 12 and 13, from final test holding fixture, 6877011. See Figure
7007. Place inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, in valve end of support (165, IPL Figure 1). Position
support with fixtures, 6897101 and 6897102, in final test holding fixture, and secure with
thumbscrew.
(5) Lubricate exposed preformed packing surface of check valve seal plug, 6897105. Install seal
plug in open check valve port of support (165), and secure with thumbscrew; do not overtighten.
(6) Install electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016, on spray chamber. Install final test
holding fixture, 6877011, with support (165) on electronic angle device radial patternator. Attach
test fluid line from fuel nozzle test stand to the primary inlet fitting of inlet plug test fixture,
6897101.
(7) Primary flow test the nozzle using the test fluid pressures indicated in Table 7005. Flows should
be within the limits specified for the particular series of nozzle, as listed.
7005
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-864-A01
Primary Body Flow Test—Table 7005
NOZZLE PRESSURE FLOW
6840023 6810184 psig (kPa gage) pph (kg/hr)

M2, M8 M33, M36 13 (90) 19.0 to 22.2 (8,69,2 to 10,1)
M2, M8 M33, M36 49 (338) 35.3 to 38.9 (16,0 to 17,6)
M9, M10 M37 14 (97) 24.0 to 26.0 (10,9 to 11,8)

M9, M10 M37 42 (290) 41.5 to 45.0 (18,8 to 20,4)
M1, M7, E18 M30 14 (97) 14.0 to 17.5 (6,3 to 7,9)

M1, M7, E18 M30 47 (324) 25.0 to 30.0 (11,3 to 13,6)
E14, E16 14 (97) 14.0 to 17.5 (6,3 to 7,9)

E14, E16 234 (1613) 50.0 to 63.0 (22,7 to 28,6)
73-11-42 Page 7016

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
NOZZLE PRESSURE FLOW
6840023 6810184 psig (kPa gage) pph (kg/hr)
E15, E17 14 (97) 24.0 to 26.0 (10,9 to 11,8)

E15, E17 234 (1613) 93.0 to 108.0 (42,2 to 49,0)
(8) Primary nozzle performance. Verify spray quality pressures per Table 7005. The primary orifice
shall provide a fully developed, non-intersecting conical spray. See TESTING AND FAULT
ISOLATION, Figure 1004 for spray quality definitions and requirements.
(9) Primary nozzle radial spray distribution test for all fuel nozzles except 6840023E14, E15, E16,
and E17.
(a) Install electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016, onto spray chamber, and mount
final test holding fixture, 6877011, with installed nozzle onto electronic angle device radial
patternator.
(b) Ensure collection slots in radial patternator are empty. Move swing plate to cover slots.
(c) Verify spray quality pressures per Table 7005.(Refer to Table 7005 "TABLE-73-11-42-99A-
864-A01" on page 7016.)
(d) Move swing plate to expose slots and allow spray to fill slots for approximately 25 seconds.
Cover slots with swing plate.
(e) Determine included angle of spray. Tubes with less than 0.125 in. (3,175 mm) depth of fuel
should be interpreted as having no measurable captured fuel. See TESTING AND FAULT
ISOLATION, Figure 1006.
(f) The spray angle limit is 54 to 72 deg (0,94 to 1,26 rad). Acceptable patternator readings
are: F-F, F-G, G-G, G-H, H-H. These patternator readings also account for the primary spray
cone off-center (skew) test.
(10) Primary spray profile test for 6840023E14, E15, E16, and E17 nozzles. See TESTING AND
FAULT ISOLATION, Figure 1009. Procedure to use depends upon spray angle check testing
equipment being used.
NOTE: Flow requirements may be used as reference for manufacturing purposes and need not
be verified, provided the nozzle meets all final assembly requirements.
(a) Measure spray profile and profile symmetry if using electronic angle device radial
patternator, 6885016.
73-11-42 Page 7017

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
1 The spray profile is defined as the horizontal separation between the tips of the angle
checking probes when they are in contact with the spray at a vertical distance of 1.005
- 1.055 in. (25,527 - 26,797 mm) from plane -TS- as defined in TESTING AND FAULT
ISOLATION, Figure 1009. The spray profile symmetry (|X - Y|/2) is defined as the
horizontal distance the center of the actual spray profile is located relative to the tip
centerline. The spray profile and profile symmetry is measured in one radial plane of
the nozzle spray. Radial location is optional, however the nozzle cannot be rotated to
meet these requirements.
2 Verify spray quality pressures per Table 7005. The nozzle must provide a continuous
fully developed conical spray pattern.
3 Move each probe slowly toward conical spray by using the adjusting knobs located on
the base plate. Stop each probe when fluid droplets are observed starting to drip off
the tip of the probe. Read digital readout mounted on test stand. The spray profile and
profile symmetry must fall within parameters shown in TESTING AND FAULT
ISOLATION, Figure 1011 or Figure 1012.
(b) Measure spray angle and spray cone off-center using equivalent spray angle check testing
equipment.
NOTE: Due to differences in spray angle check testing equipment, contact Parker
Hannifin for correct test set up if using anything other than electronic angle device
radial patternator, 6885016. Refer to General testing procedures in TESTING AND
FAULT ISOLATION.
1 Mount final test holding fixture, 6877011, with installed nozzle onto spray angle check
testing fixture. Calibrate the spray angle checking probes. Ensure that tips of the spray
angle checking probes are 0.35 to 0.45 in. (8,89 to 11,43 mm) from the face of the
nozzle tip.
fully developed conical spray pattern. (See "TABLE-73-11-42-99A-864-A01" on
page 7016.)
the top of the probe. Read digital readout mounted on test stand. Spray angle must fall
within 80 to 98 deg (1,40 to 1.71 rad). The total skew must fall within 2.5 deg (0,04
rad) max. The nozzle assembly cannot be rotated to meet these requirements.
73-11-42 Page 7018

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7006
PRIMARY SUPPORT
RING FIXTURE,
6897102
ADAPTOR
(RETAINING FLANGE),
DETAIL #1
PILOT
SEAL RING (RETAINING CUP)
(SLEEVE) DETAIL #4
DETAIL #3
SUPPORT TIP
PRIMARY BODY (155, IPL FIG. 1)

PREFORMED PAKCING
WITH PRIMARY PLUG (160)
#5-180
INSTALLED
704CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-925-A01
Support Ring Fixture Installation (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7006
73-11-42 Page 7019

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7007
PRIMARY SUPPORT HOLDING FIXTURE,

RING FIXTURE, 6877011
6897102 CHECK VALVE
ELECTRONIC ANGLE SEAL PLUG,
DEVICE RADIAL 6897105
PATTERNATOR,
6885016
TEST FLUID
CONNECTION
PRIMARY PORT
SPRAY
CHAMBER
TEST FIXTURE
INLET PLUG,
6897101
REMOVE PILOT
BUSHINGS,
DETAIL # 12
OR # 13 FOR
THIS TEST
NOTE:DRILL CLEARANCE HOLE INTO EARLY
MODEL WELDING FIXTURE FOR
INSERTION OF FLANGE PIN (101, IPL
FIGURE 1) FOR NOZZLES 6840023M7,
LIGHT M8, M10, E14, AND E15.
SOURCE
705CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-926-A01
Primary Body and Plug Flow Test to Tack Weld (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7007
B. Weld primary body (155, IPL Figure 1) to support (165).
(1) Retain primary plug (160) and primary body (155) to support (165) with tip seal holding fixture,
6897103, or equivalent method. Be sure no gap exists between the primary plug and
adapter.See Figure 7008
(2) Using a feeler gage, measure dimension A on Figure 7008, at several points. Select weld ring
(130, IPL Figure 1) having a dimension 0.001 to 0.003 in. (0.03 to 0.08 mm) less than this
dimension. Remove assembled primary plug and body from adapter.
(3) With bevel edge of selected weld ring (130) towards adapter shoulder, install ring. Install
assembled primary plug (160) and body (155) over the end of support (165) adapter. Be sure the
primary plug is bottomed against adapter. Install tooling to retain components as described
above.
73-11-42 Page 7020

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(4) With weld ring (130) against primary body (155), measure gap between weld ring and adapter
shoulder at several places. If gap is not within the 0.001 to 0.003 in. (0.025 to 0.076 mm) range,
select the next size weld ring, as required. Install ring and verify clearance. Continue until gap is
verified to be between 0.001 to 0.003 in. (0.025 to 0.076 mm) clearance.
WARNING: CLEAN IN AN APPROVED CLEANING CABINET OR IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA.

A NON-ACIDIC DEGREASER CLEANER WILL REMOVE NATURAL OILS FROM THE
(5) Disassemble primary body (155), primary plug (160), and weld ring (130), from support (165).
Clean all parts with a non-acidic degreaser cleaner or equivalent. Refer to CLEANING.
(6) Assemble parts as shown in Figure 7009. Mount assembled components in primary and
secondary body tack weld fixture, 6877024. Check that gap is correct and beveled end of weld
ring (130, IPL Figure 1) is positioned correctly. Weld ring should turn freely and not bind.
NOTE: Tack weld operation is not required prior to circumferential weld procedure, provided
that the 0.001 to 0.003 in. (0.025 to 0.076 mm) gap measurement and all circumferential
welding requirements are met.
(7) Using swirler clamp (detail of 6877024), primary plug (160) should be held tight against support
adapter. Tack weld as follows:
NOTE: Make tack welds as small as possible with no penetration.
(a) With standard TIG welder set on 20 to 30 amperes, tack weld the primary body (155) to the
weld ring (130) in one place on circumference.
(b) Move electrode across weld ring (130) and tack weld the weld ring to adapter in same
relative location as previous weld.
(c) Repeat tack weld at a location 180 deg (3,14 rad) from the first tack weld. Allow tack welded
assembly to cool.
(8) Circumferential weld primary body.

(a) Mount face plate adapter, 6897008, on automatic welding lathe, 6897010. Mount tip end
holding fixture, 6877010, on face plate adapter and mount tack welded support and primary
body on holding fixture. Indicate on machined area on support side of tack weld; adjust face
plate adapter until support and primary body run within 0.002 in. (0,051 mm) TIR. See
Figure 7010.
(b) Refer to Table 7006 for equipment settings and conditions. These settings are
recommended, and conditions may vary for equipment variance, line voltages, etc.
(c) Allow equipment to warm up; set controls, position electrode as indicated, and refer to Table
7006.
(d) Back flow (purge) argon gas through primary body argon purge fixture, 6877015, mounted
on the tip end of support (165, IPL Figure 1).
7006
73-11-42 Page 7021

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-865-A01
Primary Body Weld Settings and Conditions—Table 7006
Power Control Rear Panel

Arc-start 2 amps
Initial Current 9 amps
Arc-start Width 5 milliseconds
Power Control Front Panel
Up Slope 1 second
Weld Current 25 amps
Background Current 9 amps
ON Time (Time Current is ON) 30% time current
Pulse Frequency 8.00 pulses per second
Down Slope 6 seconds
Sequence Timer Control
Pre-purge 1 to 2 seconds
Weld Duration Time 15 seconds
Post Purge 4 seconds
Weld Head Shield Flow Rate 18 cubic feet/hour
Travel Rate Servo Control
Arc Start Delay 1 second manual
Time per Revolution 11 seconds
Electrode Position
Gap 0.03 in. (0,76 mm)
Centerline of Weld Joint Center of weld ring
Back Purge
Argon Flow through Part (Tip End) As required
Primary Body Weld Settings and Conditions—Table 7006
(e) Pulse TIG weld primary body (155) to support adapter. Start weld 90 deg (1.57 rad) away
from tack weld, if primary has been tack welded. Overlap approximately 0.25 in. (6,35 mm).
Weld shall meet all dimensional weld requirements. To assure weld penetration within
specified limits, it is recommended that weld samples be prepared and sectioned after
welding for each lot. Weld samples may be prepared from defective parts, locally
manufactured, or purchased, from Parker Hannifin Corporation, Customer Support
Operations, 7777 N. Glen Harbor Blvd., Glendale, AZ 85307 USA.
(f) Purge weld with argon for 10 seconds; allow weld to cool down.
CAUTION: ORIFICE AND FRONT FLOW SLOTS ON PRIMARY BODY (155) ARE
EXTREMELY CRITICAL. DO NOT TOUCH THIS AREA WITH ANY TOOL OR
INSTRUMENT. SLIGHT SCRATCHES OR MARS WILL AFFECT FLUID FLOWS
AND SPRAY QUALITY.
(g) Wire brush weld area only using a stainless steel wire brush 0.008 in. (0,2 mm) max wire
dia. Use care; do not touch front face (orifice end) of primary body.
73-11-42 Page 7022

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(h) Visually and dimensionally check weld for cracks, voids, or pitting. See Figure 7011, or refer
to CHECK section.
NOTE: Process verification of weld is a radiographic (x-ray) first-article-only requirement.

7008
TIP SEAL HOLDING

FIXTURE, 6897103

PRIMARY ORIFICE SEAL
2. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES FIXTURE, 6897104
PRIMARY BODY
(155)
SUPPORT 0.001 - 0.003
(165) (0,03 - 0,08)
ADAPTER BEVEL NO
GAP
WELD
RING
0.125 IN. (3,175 MM)
(130)
A RUBBER BALL
PRIMARY (DETAIL OF 6897104)
PLUG
(160) 706CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-927-A01
Selection of Primary Body Weld Ring (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7008
73-11-42 Page 7023

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7009
TACK WELD
FIXTURE, 6877024
LOCATING
BODY CLAMP
A "O"-RING
SWIRLER
CLAMP
A
SUPPORT
PRIMARY
(165)
PLUG (160)
0.001 - 0.003
PRIMARY
(0,03 - 0,08)
BODY (155)
WELD RING
(130)
ADAPTER
6840023M7, M8, M10, E14 AND E15.
3. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES SECTION A - A
707CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-928-A01
Tack Weld Primary to Support Adapter (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7009
73-11-42 Page 7024

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7010
HOLDING FIXTURE,
6877010
UNIVERSAL FACE SUPPORT

PLATE ADAPTOR, (165)
6897008
AUTOMATIC WELDING
LATHE, 6897010
FILLER RING
(130)
PRIMARY PLUG (160) AND

PRIMARY BODY (155)

PARENTHESES.
2. DRILL LOCATOR HOLE INTO EARLY MODEL
HOLDING FIXTURE FOR INSERTION OF FLANGE
PIN (101, IPL FIG. 1) FOR NOZZLE MODELS
6840023M7, M8, M10, E14, AND E15.
3. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES REFER TO
IPL, FIGURE 1.
708CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-929-A01
Primary Body Weld (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7010
73-11-42 Page 7025

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7011
SECONDARY BODY
(150) PRIMARY BODY
(155) PRIMARY PLUG
(160)
0.040 (1.02) MAX
DROP-THROUGH
0.030 (0.76) MAX

REINFORCEMENT
MAXIMUM PENETRATION RECOMMENDED 0.020 (0.51) MIN
(SEE NOTE 2)
NOT TO EXTEND BELOW THIS SURFACE TO WELD PENETRATION
AID OVERHAULABILITY.
0.270 (6.86) DIA 0.001 - 0.003 (0.025 - 0.076)
MAX OVER WELD PRIOR TO WELD

2. 100% WELD PENETRATION REQUIRED ON WELD JOINT. NEGATIVE
REINFORCEMENT IS NOT ALLOWED.
3. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES REFER TO IPL FIGURE 1 UNLESS
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
4. SMALL TIP, 6810184 SERIES MODEL SHOWN. 709CFMA
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-930-A01
Metering Set Weld Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7011
C. Post-weld testing - primary body. See Figure 7012.
(1) Internal leak test.
(a) Mount support in pressure test holding fixture, 6877012. Mount inlet plug test fixture,
6897101, in support (165, IPL Figure 1) valve cavity. Use primary inlet fitting on inlet plug
test fixture and attach to nitrogen source of pressure test stand.
(b) Install check valve seal plug, 6897105, into check valve cavity in rear of support (165) and
secure in place with thumbscrew on pressure test holding fixture, 6877012.
(c) Hold in place, a piece of rubber or equivalent against the primary tip end of support to block
the flow while performing internal leak test.
73-11-42 Page 7026

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(d) Submerge nozzle and attached tooling in test fluid. Apply 200 psig (1379 kPa gage)
nitrogen pressure to inlet fitting for 20 seconds min. There should be no leakage indicated
by escaping gas bubbles.
(2) Primary flow test. See Figure 7013.

NOTE: For all primary flow performance and angle tests, do not install the check valve.
NOTE: Primary flow test does not need to be performed at this level providing nozzle meets all
final assembly test requirements.
NOTE: It is recommended to obtain flow test requirements first before measuring spray angle.
(a) Install primary body and support assembly into final test holding fixture, 6877011. Install
inlet plug test fixture 6897101, in valve cavity of support (165, IPL Figure 1).
(b) Install check valve seal plug, 6897105. Lock in with screw on final test holding fixture,
6877011, and mount on spray chamber. Attach primary inlet fitting of inlet plug test fixture,
6897101, to test fluid connection of fuel nozzle test stand.
(c) Pressurize the inlet adapter with the applicable flows per Table 7005. Flows should be
within the limits specified for the pressure and nozzle listed.
(3) Primary nozzle performance.
NOTE: Primary nozzle performance does not need to be performed at this level providing
nozzle meets all final assembly test requirements.
(a) Use the same test fixture setup as described in Primary flow test. Attach primary inlet fitting
of inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, to the test fluid connection of the fuel nozzle test stand.
(b) Verify spray quality pressures per Table 7005. Visually check the spray quality in several
positions around the entire 360 deg (6,28 rad) conical form. The primary orifice should
provide a fully developed, non-intersecting conical spray. See TESTING AND FAULT
ISOLATION, Figure 1004 for spray quality definitions and requirements.(Refer to Table
7005 "TABLE-73-11-42-99A-864-A01" on page 7016.)
(4) Primary nozzle radial spray distribution test for all fuel nozzles except 6840023E14, E15, E16,
and E17.
NOTE: Nozzle radial spray distribution test does not need to be performed at this level
providing nozzle meets all final assembly test requirements.
(a) Install electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016, onto spray chamber, and mount
final test holding fixture, 6877011, with installed nozzle onto electronic angle device radial
patternator.
(c) Verify spray quality pressures per Table 7005. (Refer to Table 7005 "TABLE-73-11-42-99A-
864-A01" on page 7016.)
(d) Move swing plate to expose slots and allow spray to fill slots for approximately 25 seconds.
73-11-42 Page 7027

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(e) Determine included angle of spray. Tubes with less than 0.125 in. (3,175 mm) depth of fuel
shall be interpreted as having no measurable captured fuel. See TESTING AND FAULT
(f) The spray angle limit is 54 to 72 deg (0,94 to 1,26 rad). Acceptable patternator readings
(5) Primary spray profile test for 6840023E14, E15, E16, and E17 nozzles. See TESTING AND
NOTE: Primary spray profile test does not need to be performed at this level providing nozzle
meets all final assembly test requirements.
NOTE: The spray profile is defined as the horizontal separation between the tips of the
angle checking probes when they are in contact with the spray at a vertical
distance of 1.005 - 1.055 in. (25,527 - 26,797 mm) from plane -TS- as defined in
TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION, Figure 1009. The spray profile symmetry
(|X - Y|/2) is defined as the horizontal distance the center of the actual spray profile
is located relative to the tip centerline. The spray profile and profile symmetry must
be measured in one radial plane of the nozzle spray. Radial location is optional,
however the nozzle cannot be rotated to meet these requirements.
1 Install electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016, onto spray chamber. Mount
final test holding fixture, 6877011, with installed nozzle onto electronic angle device
radial patternator. Calibrate the spray angle checking probes. Ensure that the distance
between the centerline of the probes and plane -TS- are within the limits specified in
TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION, Figure 1009.
fully developed conical spray pattern. (Refer to Table 7005 "TABLE-73-11-42-99A-
864-A01" on page 7016.)
equipment.
FAULT ISOLATION.
1 Mount final test holding fixture, 6877011, with installed nozzle onto electronic angle
device radial patternator. Calibrate the spray angle checking probes. Ensure that tips
of the spray angle checking probes are 0.35 to 0.45 in. (8.89 to 11.43 mm) from the
face of the nozzle tip.
73-11-42 Page 7028

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
fully developed conical spray pattern.
within 80 to 98 deg (1.40 to 1.71 rad). The nozzle assembly cannot be rotated to meet
these requirements.
7012
NOTE :DRILL CLEARANCE HOLE INTO

EARLY MODEL HOLDING
FIXTURE FOR INSERTION OF
FLANGE PIN (101, IPL FIG 1)
FOR NOZZLES 6840023M7, M8,
M10, E14, AND E15.
HOLDING FIXTURE, NITROGEN

6877012 SOURCE
CHECK VALVE
SEAL PLUG,
6897105
TEST FIXTURE
INLET PLUG,
6897101
TEST FLUID
PRIMARY BODY
PIECE OF RUBBER OR
(155)
EQUIVALENT MAY BE USED.
HOLD IN PLACE OVER 711ACFM
PRIMARY TIP.
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-931-A01
Leak Test of Support and Primary Body Weld (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7012
73-11-42 Page 7029

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7013
SUPPORT HOLDING FIXTURE,

(165) 6877011
CHECK VALVE
PATTERNATOR,
6885016
TEST FLUID
CONNECTION
PRIMARY PORT
SPRAY
CHAMBER
TEST FIXTURE
INLET PLUG,
6897101
PRIMARY BODY
(155)
NOTE :DRILL CLEARANCE HOLE INTO EARLY

LIGHT M8, M10, E14, AND E15.
SOURCE
712CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-932-A01
Flow Test of Welded Support and Primary Body (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7013
D. Pre-weld testing - secondary body (150, IPL Figure 1).
NOTE: Pre-weld testing - secondary body does not need to be performed at this level providing
(1) Flow test secondary - without restrictor orifice (110).
(a) Lubricate packings of secondary support ring adapter, 6877023, and slide fixture detail over
primary body (155). Install secondary body (150) into fixture and over primary body; fixture
will hold secondary body in place temporarily.
(b) Slide slotted retaining flange, Detail 1, of support ring fixture, 6877023, over nozzle end,
behind support stem weld flange. Install secondary body retaining cup, Detail 4, over nozzle
end and thread onto retaining flange, Detail 1. Lightly hand tighten fixture to hold secondary
body (150) secure on nozzle end.
73-11-42 Page 7030

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(c) Remove center bushings, Details 12 and 13, from final test holding fixture, 6877011. See
Figure 7014. Place inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, over open valve end of support (165, IPL
Figure 1). Position support with fixtures, 6897101 and 6877023, in final test holding fixture,
and secure with thumbscrew.
(d) Lubricate exposed packing surface of check valve seal plug, 6897105. Install seal check
valve plug in open check valve port of support (165), and secure with thumbscrew; do not
over tighten.
(e) Install electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016, on spray chamber. Install final
test holding fixture, 6877011, with support on electronic angle device radial patternator.
Attach test fluid line from fuel nozzle test stand to secondary inlet fitting of inlet plug test
fixture, 6897101.
(f) The test fluid flow through the secondary flow system, support (165), and secondary body
(150) must fall within the limits specified. At an inlet pressure of 100 psig (690 kPa gage) the
flow shall be 415 to 500 pph (188,2 to 226,8 kg/hr). At an inlet pressure of 300 psig (2068
kPa gage) the flow shall be 735 to 900 pph (333,4 to 408,2 kg/hr).
(2) Restrictor orifice (110) selection.

(a) Keep the Flow test secondary-without restrictor orifice test setup in place and temporarily
remove the inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, from the valve end of support. Install restrictor
orifice (110), as shown in Figure 7015.
(b) Reinstall the inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, and attach secondary inlet fitting to test fluid
connection of fuel nozzle test stand.
(c) The test fluid flow through the secondary flow system restrictor orifice (110, IPL Figure 1),
support (165), and secondary body (150) must fall within the limits specified. At an inlet
pressure of 100 psig (690 kPa gage) the flow shall be 415 to 429 pph (188,2 to 194,6 kg/
hr); at an inlet pressure of 300 psig (2068 kPa gage) the flow shall be 735 to 753 pph (333,4
to 341,6 kg/hr).
NOTE: Flow tests with restrictor orifice (110) are pre qualifying tests only. Final restrictor
orifice selection, and alteration, will be performed at cartridge valve and support
qualify-cation. Cartridge valves testing either high or low flow may require a
restrictor orifice with a larger orifice for low flowing valves. A smaller orifice may be
required for high flowing valves.
(d) Low test fluid flow.
1 Remove restrictor orifice (110) from valve cavity and open up orifice dia to suit flow
requirement.
2 Remove stock by boring, reaming, or polishing. Remove stock in increments of 0.001

to 0.002 in. (0,.025 to 0,051 mm); deburr and retest as required. An increase in orifice
of 0.001 in. (0,025 mm) will increase flow approximately 4 pph (1,.8 kg/hr).
NOTE: Orifice in restrictor orifice must not exceed 0.25 in. (6,35 mm) max dia.
(e) High test fluid flow.
1 Replace restrictor orifice (110).
73-11-42 Page 7031

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
2 Select a restrictor with a smaller diameter orifice and repeat the tests given in this
procedure.
(3) Spray quality test.

NOTE: Spray quality test does not need to be performed at this level providing nozzle meets all
final assembly test requirements.
(a) Use the same test fixture setup described in Restrictor orifice selection. Connect both the
primary and secondary inlet fittings of inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, to test fluid
connection of fuel nozzle test stand.
(b) Simultaneously pressurize the primary inlet to 305 psig (2103 kPa gage) and adjust the
secondary inlet pressure as required, to achieve a total nozzle flow of 480 to 530 pph (218
to 240 kg/hr).
(c) Visually inspect the primary and secondary spray forms for quality. A fully developed non-
intersecting conical spray with fine streaks is acceptable. See TESTING AND FAULT
ISOLATION, Figure 1004 for acceptable spray definitions.
stated in TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION Figure 1004. This spray quality is
normal for the CFM nozzle due to the metering set configuration.
(4) Secondary flow spray angle and spray cone off-center test. Acceptable for all nozzles.
NOTE: Secondary spray angle and spray cone off-center test does not need to be performed at
this level providing nozzle meets all final assembly test requirements.
(a) Use the same test setup as described in Restrictor orifice selection. Connect both the
secondary and primary inlet fittings of the inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, to test fluid
connections of fuel nozzle test stand. Use the spray angle checking probes for this test.
Calibrate the spray angle checking probes. Secondary spray angle shall be measured 0.35
to 0.45 in. (8,9 to 11,4 mm) from the face of the nozzle tip. Procedure to use depends upon
spray angle check testing equipment being used.
(b) Measure secondary spray profile and profile symmetry if using electronic angle device
radial patternator, 6885016.
distance of 1.005 - 1.055 in. (25.527 - 26.797 mm) from plane -TS- as defined in
TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION, Figure 1009. The spray profile symmetry (|X -
Y|/2) is defined as the horizontal distance the center of the actual spray profile is
located relative to the tip centerline. The spray profile and profile symmetry must
1 Simultaneously pressurize the primary inlet to 305 psig (2103 kPa gage) and adjust
the secondary inlet pressure as required, to achieve a total nozzle flow of 480-530 pph
(218-240 kg/hr).
73-11-42 Page 7032

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
the tip of the probe. Read digital readout mounted on test stand. The secondary spray
profile and profile symmetry must fall within parameters shown in TESTING AND
FAULT ISOLATION, Figure 1010.
(c) Measure spray angle and spray cone off-center using equivalent spray angle check testing
equipment.
FAULT ISOLATION.
(218-240 kg/hr).
2 Move each probe slowly toward the conical spray by using the adjusting knobs located
on the base plate. Stop each probe when fluid drop-lets are observed starting to drip
off the tip of the probe. Read the digital readout mounted on the test stand.
3 The secondary spray angle must fall within 115 to 135 deg (2,01 to 2,36 rad). The total
spray form may be skewed off center 2.5 deg (0,04 rad) max. The nozzle assembly
cannot be rotated to meet these requirements.
73-11-42 Page 7033

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7014
SUPPORT HOLDING FIXTURE,

(165) 6877011
CHECK VALVE
PATTERNATOR,
6885016
TEST FLUID
SPRAY CONNECTION
CHAMBER SECONDARY PORT
METERING
SET (115) TEST FIXTURE
INLET PLUG,
6897101
SECONDARY
SUPPORT
RING ADAPTOR,
6877023
NOTES: 1. DRILL LOCATOR HOLE INTO EARLY
LIGHT MODEL HOLDING FIXTURE FOR
SOURCE INSERTION OF FLANGE PIN (101,
6840023M7, M8, M10, E14 AND E15.
2. REMOVE PILOT BUSHING, DETAIL 12
OR DETAIL 13, FOR THIS TEST.
713CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-933-A01
Secondary Body Flow Test Prior to Weld (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7014
73-11-42 Page 7034

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7015
ORIFICE RESTRICTOR
(110)
SUPPORT
(165, IPL, FIGURE 1)
714CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-934-A01
Restrictor Orifice Installation in Support (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7015
E. Weld secondary body to support.
(1) Machine secondary body (150, IPL Figure 1) for filler ring (121).
(a) Install secondary body (150) over primary body (155) to make space X as parallel as
possible. See Figure 7016.
(b) With secondary body (150, IPL Figure 1) bottomed, slide depth gage over secondary body.
Use depth gage 6897142 for all 6810184 series fuel nozzle models. Use depth gage
6897143 for all 6840023 series fuel nozzle models. Measure dimension B; if dimension B
falls outside specified range given in Tables 7007 or 7008, whichever is applicable, reject
metering set.
73-11-42 Page 7035

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(c) Refer to Tables 7007 or 7008, whichever is applicable, for desired Y dimension;
[dim Y = dim B + 0.016 in. (0.406 mm)].
7007
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-866-A01
Dimensions for Machining Secondary Body for Filler Ring—Table 7007
NOTE: All Models except 6840023E14, E15, E16, and E17

Actual B Dim. Desired Y Dim. Actual B Dim. Desired Y Dim.
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)
0.035 (0,89) 0.051 (1,30) 0.042 (1,07) 0.058 (1,47)
0.036 (0,91) 0.052 (1,32) 0.043 (1,09) 0.059 (1,50)
0.037 (0,94) 0.053 (1,35) 0.044 (1,12) 0.060 (1,52)
0.038 (0,97) 0.054 (1,37) 0.045 (1,14) 0.061 (1,55)
0.039 (0,99) 0.055 (1,40) 0.046 (1,17) 0.062 (1,57)
0.040 (1,02) 0.056 (1,42) 0.047 (1,19) 0.063 (1,60)
0.041 (1,04) 0.057 (1,45) 0.048 (1,22) 0.064 (1,63)
7008
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-867-A01
NOTE: Models 6840023E14, E15, E16, and E17 ONLY

Actual B Dim. Desired Y Dim. Actual B Dim. Desired Y Dim.
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)
0.050 (1,27) 0.066 (1,68) 0.070 (1,78) 0.086 (2,18)
0.051 (1,30) 0.067 (1,70) 0.071 (1,80) 0.087 (2,21)
0.052 (1,32) 0.068 (1,73) 0.072 (1,83) 0.088 (2,24)
0.053 (1,35) 0.069 (1,75) 0.073 (1,85) 0.089 (2,26)
0.054 (1,37) 0.070 (1,78) 0.074 (1,88) 0.090 (2,29)
0.055 (1,40) 0.071 (1,80) 0.075 (1,91) 0.091 (2,31)
0.056 (1,42) 0.072 (1,83) 0.076 (1,93) 0.092 (2,34)
0.057 (1,45) 0.073 (1,85) 0.077 (1,96) 0.093 (2,36)
0.058 (1,47) 0.074 (1,88) 0.078 (1,98) 0.094 (2,39)
0.059 (1,50) 0.075 (1,91) 0.079 (2,01) 0.095 (2,41)
0.060 (1,52) 0.076 (1,93) 0.080 (2,03) 0.096 (2,44)
0.061 (1,55) 0.077 (1,96) 0.081 (2,06) 0.097 (2,46)
0.062 (1,57) 0.078 (1,98) 0.082 (2,08) 0.098 (2,49)
0.063 (1,60) 0.079 (2,01) 0.083 (2,11) 0.099 (2,51)
0.064 (1,63) 0.080 (2,03) 0.084 (2,13) 0.100 (2,54)
0.065 (1,65) 0.081 (2,06) 0.085 (2,16) 0.101 (2,57)
0.066 (1,68) 0.082 (2,08) 0.086 (2,18) 0.102 (2,59)
0.067 (1,70) 0.083 (2,11) 0.087 (2,21) 0.103 (2,62)
0.068 (1,73) 0.084 (2,13) 0.088 (2,24) 0.104 (2,64)
0.069 (1,75) 0.085 (2,16) 0.089 (2,26) 0.105 (2,67)
0.090 (2,29) 0.106 (2,69)
73-11-42 Page 7036

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(d) Install 0.033 to 0.034 in. (0,84 to 0,86 mm) filler ring (121, IPL Figure 1) between the
support (165) and secondary body (150).
(e) Re-measure dimension B. Subtract the desired Y dimension from this dimension. This
amount of material must be machined from bottom of secondary body (150).
1 Load secondary body (150) in a 27/64 in. (10,72 mm) collet. See Figure 7017.
2 Remove calculated amount of unnecessary material from bottom of secondary body.
3 Break edges as called out in Figure 7017.(See Figure 7017 "GRAPHIC-73-11-42-99B-

936-A01" on page 7040.)
WARNING: CLEAN IN AN APPROVED CLEANING CABINET OR IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA.
A NON-ACIDIC DEGREASER CLEANER WILL REMOVE NATURAL OILS FROM THE
(2) Disassemble secondary body (150, IPL Figure 1) and filler ring (121). Clean parts in an ultrasonic
cleaning tank using a non-acidic degreaser cleaner per CLEANING.
(3) Assemble secondary body (150) and filler ring (121) on the support (165) tip end. Mount support
in tack weld fixture, 6877024. See Figure 7018. Secondary body must be seated firmly against
filler ring.See Figure 7018.
(4) Tack weld operation is not required prior to circumferential weld procedure, provided that the
0.013 to 0.017 in. (0.33 to 0.43 mm) gap measurement and all circumferential welding
requirements are met.
(5) Dry all parts in drying oven at 250° to 325° F (121° to 163° C) for one hour max. Remove from
oven and allow to cool to room temperature.
(6) Circumferential weld secondary body (150, IPL Figure 1).
(a) Mount face plate adapter, 6897008, on automatic welding lathe, 6897010. Mount tip end
holding fixture, 6877010, on face plate adapter and mount tack welded support and
secondary body on holding fixture. Indicate on machined area on support side of tack weld;
adjust face plate adapter until support and secondary body run within 0.002 in. (0,051 mm)
TIR. See Figure 7019.
NOTE: To ensure satisfactory welds, set lathe rotational speeds and welder control
parameters by using scrap or simulated nozzle parts.
(b) Refer to Table 7009 for equipment settings and conditions. These settings and conditions
may vary for equipment variance, line voltages, etc.
(c) Allow equipment to warm up. Set controls and position electrode as indicated. Refer to
Table 7009. Use a 0.0625 in. (1,875 mm) dia, 2% thoriated tungsten electrode,
approximately 0.531 in. (13,487 mm) long, ground to 20 deg (0.349 rad) angle with a 0.02
in. (0,51 mm) flat on tip.(Refer to Table 7009 "TABLE-73-11-42-99A-868-A01" on
page 7037.)
7009
73-11-42 Page 7037

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-868-A01
Secondary Body Recommended Weld Settings and Conditions—Table 7009
Time Current Pulse Speed Freq % ON

Interval Sec. Amps X rpm Hz Time
Pre-flow 5
1 2 29.0 2.0 0 15 25
2 5 27.5 2.0 0 18 25
3 8 27.0 1.8 0 19 25
4 6 24.0 1.6 0 21 25
Post-flow 5 6.1
Arc Start Delay 2 seconds
Times per Revolution 15 seconds
Electrode Position
Gap 0.03 in. (0.76 mm)
Back Purge
Argon Flow through Part (Tip End) 5 to 7 cfh (0,14 to 0,20 m3/h)
Secondary Body Weld Settings and Conditions—Table 7009
(d) Back-flow (purge) argon gas through purging and heat sink fixture, 6877016 (for nozzles
with a wear sleeve) or, purging and heat sink fixture, 6877017 (for nozzles without a wear
sleeve) mounted on the tip end of the secondary body (150, IPL Figure 1).
(e) Pulse TIG weld secondary body (150) to support if tack welded. Start weld approximately 60
deg (1,05 rad) away from tack weld. Overlap approximately 0.25 in. (6,35 mm). Weld shall
meet all dimensional weld requirements. To assure weld penetration within specified limits,
it is recommended that weld samples be prepared and sectioned after welding for each lot.
Weld samples may be prepared from defective parts, locally manufactured, or purchased
from Parker Hannifin Corporation, Customer Support Operations, 7777 N. Glen Harbor
Blvd. Glendale, AZ 85307 USA
(f) Purge weld with argon for 10 seconds; allow weld to cool down.
CAUTION: ORIFICE AND SECONDARY BODY FRONT FACE ARE EXTREMELY CRITICAL.
DO NOT TOUCH THIS AREA WITH ANY TOOL OR INSTRUMENT. SLIGHT
SCRATCHES OR MARKS WILL AFFECT FLUID FLOWS AND SPRAY QUALITY.
(g) Wire brush weld area only using a stainless steel wire brush, 0.008 in. (0,2 mm) max wire
dia. Use care; do not touch front face of secondary body.
(h) Visually and dimensionally inspect weld for cracks, voids, or pitting. A re-weld, if required, is
only allowed once to meet weld requirements. If the weld joint does not meet the
requirements after one re-weld, then the secondary body (150, IPL Figure 1) must be
removed to prevent cracking of internal components. See Figure 7010.
73-11-42 Page 7038

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7016
0.035 - 0.048 ALL MODELS EXCEPT

PRIMARY (0,89 - 1,22) 6840023E14, E15, E16, AND E17
BODY (155) DIM B
0.060 - 0.090 MODELS 6840023E14, E15,
(1,52 - 2,29) E16, AND E17
SECONDARY
BODY (150)
0.013 - 0.017
(0,33 - 0,43)
PRIOR TO WELD
SPACE X NO GAP WHEN
SELECTING WELD
RING THICKNESS
FILLER
RING (121A)
MACHINE THIS
SURFACE NO GAP
ALLOWED
SUPPORT
(165)

715CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-935-A01
Secondary Body Filler Ring Selection (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7016
73-11-42 Page 7039

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7017
0.010 - 0.015 R
SECONDARY (0,25 - 0,38) OR
BODY (150) EQUIVALENT 45 DEG
(0,79 RAD) BSC CHAMFER
0.005 (0,13) R
MAX
27/64 (10,72) MACHINE THIS

COLLET SURFACE

IN PARENTHESES. OTHER METRIC CONVERSIONS
2. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES REFER
TO IPL, FIGURE 1.
3. SMALL TIP, 6810184 SERIES MODEL SHOWN.
716CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-936-A01
Machining Secondary Body for Filler Ring (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7017
73-11-42 Page 7040

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7018
SUPPORT
(165)
SECONDARY
BODY (150)
TACK WELD
FIXTURE, 6877024 FILLER RING (121A)

IN PARENTHESES. OTHER METRIC CONVERSIONS
HOLDING FIXTURE FOR INSERTION OF SECTION A-A
FLANGE PIN (101, IPL FIG. 1) FOR NOZZLE
MODELS 6840023M7, M8, M10, E14 AND
E15.
717CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-937-A01
Tack Weld Secondary Body to Support (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7018
73-11-42 Page 7041

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7019
HOLDING FIXTURE,
6877010
UNIVERSAL FACE SUPPORT

PLATE ADAPTOR, (165)
6897008
AUTOMATIC WELDING
LATHE, 6897010
FILLER RING
(121A)
SECONDARY
BODY (150)
NOTES: 1. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES

HOLDING FIXTURE FOR INSERTION OF
MODELS 6840023M7, M8, M10, E14 AND
E15.
718CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-938-A01
Secondary Body Weld (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7019
73-11-42 Page 7042

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
F. Post-weld testing - secondary body.
(1) Internal leak test.See Figure 7020.

NOTE: Leak tests and fluorescent penetrant inspection may be done at next higher assembly
level.
(a) Mount support in pressure test holding fixture, 6877012. Install check valve seal plug,
6897105. Mount inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, in support cartridge valve cavity; secure in
place with thumbscrew on pressure test holding fixture.
(b) Use secondary inlet fitting on inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, and attach to nitrogen source
of pressure test stand.
(c) Mount tip seal holding fixture, 6897103, and secondary orifice seal fixture, 6877021, on
secondary body (150, IPL Figure 1).See Figure 7020.
NOTE: For secondary orifice seal fixture, use plug (Detail 1) for 6810184 series fuel
nozzles and plug (Detail 13) for 6840023 series fuel nozzles.
(d) Submerge the nozzle and attached tooling in test fluid, with nozzle tip pointed up at 2 in. (50
mm) max below fluid surface. Apply 190 to 210 psig (1310 to 1448 kPa gage) nitrogen
pressure to the secondary inlet fitting of the inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, for 30 seconds
min. There shall be no leakage indicated by escaping gas bubbles.
(2) External leak test.
(a) Use the same test setup as described in Internal leak test. Use secondary inlet fitting and
attach to test fluid connection of pressure test stand.
(b) Apply 250 to 300 psig (1724 to 2068 kPa gage) test fluid pressure to remove gas from fuel
nozzle assembly. Open valve from fixture to purge any air or gas from the nozzle, then
close the valve from the fixture.
(c) Remove fluid from outer surfaces of nozzle with shop air.

PERSONNEL AND SUPPORT ASSEMBLY WHEN PRESSURIZING SUPPORT
TO 1650 TO 1700 PSIG (11380 TO 11724 KPA GAGE). A DEFECTIVE SUPPORT
CAN EXPLODE, CAUSING PERSONAL INJURY.
(d) Apply fluid pressure at 1650 to 1700 psig (11380 to 11724 kPa gage) and hold pressure for
30 seconds min. There shall be no visible signs of leakage. If leakage is found, cut apart,
machine, and reweld per DISASSEMBLY and ASSEMBLY sections.
(e) Reduce applied pressure and remove support and secondary body from test setup.
NOTE: Clean weld area with a non-acidic degreaser cleaner per CLEANING before
Fluorescent penetrant inspect.
73-11-42 Page 7043

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(3) Fluorescent penetrant inspect weld area.
(a) Fluorescent penetrant inspect weld area per CHECK section, except apply penetrant with a
brush; do not dip or permit penetrant to enter nozzle. Refer to CHECK, section for
inspection criteria.
NOTE: All surfaces to be inspected must be free from oil, grease, scale, or other
extraneous material.

FROM THE SKIN. WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING TO PREVENT CONTACT
WITH SKIN.
(b) Clean weld area with a non-acidic degreaser cleaner using a lint free cloth.
(4) Radiographic (X-ray) inspect weld area in accordance with procedures listed in CHECK. See
Figure 7011 and CHECK, section, for inspection criteria.
(5) Secondary body flow test. See Figure 7021.

NOTE: The following secondary flow angle, skew, and profile tests may be performed after
wear sleeve is mounted and welded in position to satisfy final secondary body and flow
path requirements.
NOTE: Secondary body flow test does not need to be performed at this level providing nozzle
(a) Install restrictor orifice (110, IPL Figure 1) in support and secondary body assembly. Install
inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, into valve end of support and mount onto final test holding
fixture, 6877011. Install check valve seal plug, 6897105, and secure with holding fixture
thumb screw.
(b) Mount electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016, onto spray chamber, and mount
final test holding fixture, 6877011, with support installed to spray chamber. Move the spray
angle checking probes out of the way for this test.
(c) Attach secondary inlet fitting of inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, to test fluid connection of
(d) The test fluid flow through the secondary flow system [restrictor orifice (110), support (165),
and secondary body (150)] must fall within the limits specified. At an inlet pressure of 100
psig (690 kPa gage) the flow shall be 415 to 429 pph (188,2 to 194,6 kg/hr); at an inlet
pressure of 300 psig (2068 kPa gage) the flow shall be 735 to 753 pph (333,4 to 341,6 kg/
hr).
(6) Secondary body spray angle and spray cone off-center tests for all nozzle models.
NOTE: Secondary body spray angle spray cone off-center test does not need to be performed
at this level providing nozzle meets all final assembly test requirements.
73-11-42 Page 7044

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(a) Use the same test fixture setup as described in Secondary body flow test. Connect the
primary and secondary inlet fittings of the inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, to the test fluid
connections. Use the spray angle checking probes for this test. Calibrate the spray angle
checking probes. Spray angle shall be measured at 0.35 to 0.45 in. (8,9 to 11,4 mm) from
face of nozzle tip. Procedure to use depends upon spray angle check testing equipment
being used.
(218-240 kg/hr).
equipment.
the secondary inlet pressure as required, to achieve a total nozzle flow of 480 to 530
pph (218 to 240 kg/hr).
3 The secondary spray angle must fall within 115 to 135 deg (2,01 to 2,36 rad). The total
spray form may be skewed off center 2.5 deg (0,04 rad) max. The nozzle assembly
(7) Secondary body spray quality test.
NOTE: Secondary body spray quality test does not need to be performed at this level providing
(a) Use the same test fixture setup as described in Secondary body flow test. Connect both
primary and secondary inlet fittings of the inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, to test fluid
connection of the test stand. Move the spray angle checking probes out of the way for this
test.
73-11-42 Page 7045

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(b) Simultaneously pressurize the primary inlet to 305 psig (2103 kPa gage) and adjust the
secondary inlet pressure as required, to achieve a total nozzle flow of 480 to 530 pph (218
to 240 kg/hr).
(c) Allow flow to stabilize and visually check spray quality of both secondary and primary
nozzles. Using a strong light, check in several positions around entire 360 deg (6.28 rad)
conical form. See TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION, Figure 1004 for acceptable spray
conditions. No heavy voids or streaks are permissible.
(8) Secondary body end point check. Mount support and secondary body assembly in final
inspection fixture, 6877020M2; qualify secondary body end point position using gage pin, Detail
11 per Figure 7022.
73-11-42 Page 7046

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7020
HOLDING FIXTURE, NITROGEN

6877012 SOURCE
CHECK VALVE
SEAL PLUG,
6897105
TEST FIXTURE
INLET PLUG,
6897101
TIP SEAL
HOLDING
FIXTURE,
6897103
TEST FLUID
NOTES :1.DRILL CLEARANCE HOLE INTO EARLY

SECONDARY BODY
(150, IPL FIG.1)
FIGS. 1 AND 2) FOR NOZZLES 6840023M3,
M7, M8, M10, E14, AND E15.
SECONDARY ORIFICE 2.FOR SECONDARY ORIFICE SEAL
SEAL, 6877021 FIXTURE, USE DETAIL #1 PLUG FOR
6810184 SERIES FUEL NOZZLES AND
DETAIL #13 PLUG FOR 6840023 SERIES
FUEL NOZZLES.
720CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-939-A01
Leak Test of Support, Secondary Body and Support Weld (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7020
73-11-42 Page 7047

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7021
ELECTRONIC ANGLE SUPPORT HOLDING FIXTURE,

DEVICE RADIAL (165) 6877011
PATTERNATOR, CHECK VALVE
6885016 SEAL PLUG,
6897105
TEST FLUID
CONNECTION
SECONDARY PORT
SECONDARY TEST FIXTURE

BODY (150) INLET PLUG,
6897101
PROBE
SPRAY
CHAMBER
LIGHT NOTES: 1. DRILL CLEARANCE HOLE IN TO EARLY

SOURCE MODEL WELDING FIXTURE FOR
M8, M10, E14, E15.
2. REMOVE PILOT BUSHING, DETAIL #12
OR DETAIL #13, FOR THIS TEST.
721CFM 3. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES

GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-940-A01
Flow Test of Welded Support and Secondary Body (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7021
73-11-42 Page 7048

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7022
SUPPORT AND
METERING SET (105) FINAL INSPECTION
FIXTURE, 6877020M2
GAGE PIN
(DETAIL #10)
0.109 STEP 0.040 STEP

(2,77) (1,02 MM)
SECONDARY
BODY (150)
GAGE PIN
(DETAIL #11 OR #12)
NOTES: 1. USE GAGE PIN DETAIL #11 FOR 6810184 SERIES FUEL NOZZLES
AND GAGE PIN DETAIL #12 FOR 6840023 SERIES FUEL NOZZLES.
2. DRILL LOCATOR HOLE INTO EARLY MODEL FINAL INSPECTION
FIXTURE FOR INSERTION OF FLANGE PIN (101, IPL FIGS. 1 AND 2)
FOR NOZZLES 6840023M7, M8, M10, E14 AND E15.
3. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES REFER TO IPL, FIGURE 1.
722CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-941-A01
Secondary Body End Point Location (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7022
73-11-42 Page 7049

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-99C-921-A01
5. Restrictor Orifice (110, IPL Figure 2) Installation, 6810184M10 and 6840023M3 Fuel Nozzles.
A. Prior to installation of restrictor orifice (110), the primary flow of support and metering set assembly
(105) shall be qualified. A test shall also be run on the secondary flow path consisting of external leak
test and a hydrostatic test.
B. The tests on the primary flow path shall be performed as follows:
(1) Post-weld testing - primary body, internal leak test.
(2) Post-weld testing - primary body, fluorescent penetrant inspect weld.

(3) Post-weld testing - primary body, primary flow test.
(4) Post-weld testing - primary body, primary nozzle performance.
(5) Post-weld testing - primary body, primary nozzle radial spray distribution test.
C. The tests on the secondary flow path shall be performed as follows:
(1) Pre-weld testing - secondary body, flow test without restrictor.
(2) Post-weld testing - secondary body, internal leak test.
(3) Post-weld testing - secondary body, hydrostatic leak test.
D. Flow test with restrictor orifice (110). See Figure 7023.

(1) Install inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, into support and metering set cartridge valve cavity. Install
support and metering set assembly (105, IPL Figure 2) with restrictor orifice (110) onto final test
holding fixture, 6877011.
(2) Mount electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016, onto spray chamber and mount final
test holding fixture, 6877011, with support installed, onto spray chamber. Move the spray angle
checking probes out of the way for this test.
(3) Using the secondary inlet fitting on the inlet plug test fixture, attach to the test fluid connection of
the fuel nozzle test stand.
(4) The test fluid flow through the secondary flow system must fall within the limits specified. At an
inlet pressure of 100 psig (690 kPa gage) the flow shall be 415 to 429 pph (188,2 to 194,5 kg/hr);
at an inlet pressure of 300 psig (2068 kPa gage) the flow shall be 735 to 753 pph (333,4 to 341,6
kg/hr).
NOTE: Flow tests with restrictor orifice (110) are pre qualifying tests only. Final restrictor orifice
selection, and alteration, will be performed at cartridge valve and support and metering
set qualification. Cartridge valves testing either high or low flow may require a restrictor
orifice with a larger orifice for low flowing valves. A smaller orifice may be required for
high flowing valves.
73-11-42 Page 7050

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(5) For low fluid flow, remove restrictor orifice (110) from valve cavity and open up orifice dia to suit
flow requirements. Remove stock by boring, reaming, or polishing. An increase in orifice size of
0.001 in. (0,025 mm) will increase the flow approximately 4 pph (1,8 kg/hr). Remove stock in
increments of 0.001 to 0.002 in. (0,025 to 0,051 mm), deburr, and retest as required.
NOTE: Orifice in restrictor orifice (110) must not exceed.250 in. (6,35 mm) max dia.
(6) For high flow, replace restrictor orifice (110). Select a restrictor with a smaller diameter orifice and
retest starting at Flow test with restrictor orifice.
7023
ELECTRONIC ANGLE SUPPORT HOLDING FIXTURE,

DEVICE RADIAL (165) 6877011
6885016 SEAL PLUG,
6897105
TEST FLUID
CONNECTION
SECONDARY PORT
SECONDARY TEST FIXTURE

BODY (150) INLET PLUG,
6897101
PROBE
SPRAY
CHAMBER
LIGHT NOTES: 1. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES

SOURCE REFER TO IPL, FIGURE 1.

MODELS 6840023M7, M8, M10, E14 AND
E15.
726CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-942-A01
Support and Metering Set Flow Test (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7023
73-11-42 Page 7051

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
E. Flow tests on the secondary body shall be performed as follows:
NOTE: It is recommended to perform the following tests with the same test fixture setup as described
in Flow test with restrictor orifice.
(1) Post-weld testing - secondary body, secondary body flow test.
(2) Post-weld testing - secondary body, secondary body spray angle and skewness test, or spray
profile test, as applicable.
(3) Post-weld testing - secondary body, secondary body spray quality test.
(4) Post-weld testing - secondary body, secondary body end point check.
F. In-process operation verification.
NOTE: The following operations are recommended to be completed and verified prior to continuing to
Upper Support Assembly.
(1) All primary and secondary flow, leak, and pressure tests must be satisfactorily performed.
(2) All weld qualification tests, visual, dimensional, fluorescent penetrant, and x-ray, must be
satisfactorily performed. Refer to CHECK section.
(3) Support end point location must be verified.
NOTE: Stress relief of the support stem must be performed if stem is straightened beyond
0.080 in. (2,032 mm) to meet tip end point location. Refer to REPAIR, Repair No. 14.
After straightening tip, the fuel nozzle must be completely disassembled to the support
level for stress relief. Remove the metering set per REPAIR, Repair No. 9. Remove
check valve (95, IPL Figure 1), cartridge valve (60, IPL Figure 1 and 2) or (60J, IPL
Figure 1), and inlet cover (25) per DISASSEMBLY, and remove all inside component
pieces and preformed packings. Complete disassembly of the fuel nozzle is necessary
due to the high temperatures reached during the stress relief operation.
(4) Support and metering set must be clean and damage free. All items required to complete the
assembly must be clean and damage free.
(5) It is recommended to pre-qualify check valve and metering cartridge valve prior to mounting in
subsequent operations.
TASK 73-11-42-99C-922-A01
6. Complete Support Flow Test Refer to IPL Figure 1 and 2.
NOTE: Apply a thin coat of lubricant to preformed packing (55, IPL Figure 1 and 2) or (55A, IPL Figure 1)
or (55B and 55C, IPL Figure 1) or (55A, IPL Figure 1) or (55B and 55C, IPL Figure 1) and
preformed packing (100) prior to assembling on cartridge valve (60, IPL Figure 1 and 2) or (60J,
IPL Figure 1), and check valve (95), respectively.
A. Install preformed packing (55, IPL Figure 1 and 2) or (55A, IPL Figure 1) or (55B and 55C, IPL Figure
1) or (55A, IPL Figure 1) or (55B and 55C, IPL Figure 1) onto cartridge valve (60, IPL Figure 1 and 2)
or (60J, IPL Figure 1), and insert cartridge valve assembly into valve cavity of support and metering set
(105).
B. Install (holddown sleeve (50) if you are using an old style cartridge valve), holddown spring (45), and
primary strainer (40) into the valve cavity of support and metering set (105), or equivalent fixturing may
be used.
73-11-42 Page 7052

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7024
INLET INLET
COVER RETAINING COVER
(25) RING (26) (25)
INLET INLET
STRAINER STRAINER
(30) (30)
OLD STYLE INLET COVER NEW STYLE INLET COVER

(LIGHT PRESS FIT)
NOTE :ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES REFER TO IPL, FIGURE 1.

727CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-943-A01
Inlet Strainer Installation (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7024
C. Insert inlet strainer (30) into inlet cover (25) bore, see Figure 7024. Two strainer mounting
configurations exist: Or equivalent fixturing may be used.
(1) The latest configurations use a retaining ring (26, IPL Figure 1 and 2) that fits a groove around
the inside of the inlet covers (25A) or (25B) bore. The inlet strainer (30) will slide easily into the
bore.
NOTE: If the older configuration inlet cover (25) or (25A) requires replacement, the latest
configuration cover (25B) must be used.
(2) The older configuration requires the use of an arbor press to lightly press fit the inlet strainer (30)
in the inlet cover (25) bore. The press fitted inlet strainer remains near flush with the inlet cover
face when properly mounted.
NOTE: If strainer is loose, verify I.D. of cover (25, IPL Figure 1) bore. If greater than 0.177 in.
(4,50 mm), cover needs rework. Refer to REPAIR, Repair No. 4. If I.D. is less than 0.177
in. (4,50 mm), try another strainer (30).
D. Install Preformed packing (100) onto check valve (95) and insert check valve assembly into support
and metering set (105). Install holddown spring (90).
73-11-42 Page 7053

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
E. Pre-weld testing - upper support assembly.
(1) Assembly of nozzle and test fixture components. See Figure 7025.
(a) Mount the welded support and metering set onto final test holding fixture, 6877011. Mount
the valve end seal ring adapter fixture, 6877025, onto the valve end of support and mount
inlet cover (25, IPL Figure 1 and 2) with inlet strainer (30) installed, into the seal ring
adapter.
NOTE: Weld ring (35) is not installed at this point. The weld ring will be installed at the
completion of all pre-weld testing.
(b) Mount the holding pad of the valve end seal ring adapter fixture, 6877025, over the inlet
cover (25) and secure the entire assembly with the final test holding fixture, 6877011,
thumbscrew.
(c) Mount check valve seal plug, 6897105, in the check valve bore. The check valve (95) and
holddown spring (90) must be installed in the check valve bore.
(2) Primary nozzle performance test. See Figure 7026.

(a) Install electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016, onto spray chamber and mount
the nozzle and test fixture setup to spray chamber. Move the spray angle checking probes
out of the way for this test.
(b) Mount and attach inlet adapter to quick disconnect, 6875500-4, to the test fluid connection
of the fuel nozzle test stand.
(c) Apply test fluid to the inlet connection and flow the nozzle from 0 to 25 psig (0 to 172 kPa
gage) to 500 psig (3447 kPa gage) three times to purge all air from the nozzle. Visually
check the valve end seal ring adapter fixture, 6877025, preformed packing areas for
leakage. None is permitted.
(d) Apply test fluid at an inlet pressure of 35 psig (241 kPa gage). Visually inspect the primary
spray for form and quality. A fully developed non-intersecting conical spray pattern with
limited streaking or voids is acceptable.
(3) Primary nozzle radial distribution test for all fuel nozzles except 6840023E14, E15, E16, and E17.
NOTE: Primary nozzle radial distribution test does not need to be performed at this level
providing nozzle meets all final assembly test requirements.
(a) Use same test fixture setup described in Primary nozzle performance test.
(c) Using fuel nozzle test stand, cycle nozzle three times from a low of 0 to 50 psig (0 to 345
kPa gage) to a high pressure of 405 to 500 psig (2792 to 3447 kPa gage) to assure purging
of all air from the nozzle.
(d) Apply 35 psig (241 kPa gage) inlet pressure to the fuel nozzle assembly.
(e) Move the swing plate to expose the slots and allow spray to fill slots for 24 to 26 seconds.
73-11-42 Page 7054

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(f) Determine the included angle of spray. Tubes with less than 0.125 in. (3,175 mm) depth of
fuel shall be interpreted as having no measurable captured fuel. See TESTING AND FAULT
(g) The spray angle limit is 54 to 72 deg (0,94 to 1,26 rad). Acceptable patternator readings
(4) Primary spray profile test for 6840023E14, E15, E16, and E17 nozzles. See TTESTING AND
NOTE: Primary spray profile test does not need to be performed at this level providing nozzle
1 Install the electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016, onto spray chamber.
Mount final test holding fixture, 6877011, with installed nozzle onto electronic angle
device radial patternator. Calibrate the spray angle checking probes. Ensure that the
distance between the centerline of the probes and plane -TS- are within the limits
specified in TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION, Figure 1009.
2 Flow test fluid through the fuel nozzle at 35 psig (241 kPa gage). The nozzle must
provide a continuous fully developed conical spray pattern.
equipment.
FAULT ISOLATION.
1 Mount final test holding fixture, 6877011, with installed nozzle onto spray angle check
testing fixture. Calibrate the sprayangle checking probes. Ensure that tips of the spray
angle checking probes are 0.35 to 0.45 in. (8.89 to 11.43 mm) from the face of the
nozzle tip.
73-11-42 Page 7055

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
2 Flow test fluid through the nozzle at 35 psig (241 kPa gage). The nozzle must provide
a continuous fully developed conical spray pattern.
within 80 to 98 deg (1.40 to 1.71 rad). The total skew must fall within 2.5 deg (0.04
rad) max. The nozzle assembly cannot be rotated to meet these requirements.
(5) Primary/Secondary flow test.
(a) Use the same test setup as described in Primary nozzle performance test. Move the spray
angle checking probes out of the way for this test.
(b) Cycle nozzle three times from a low of 0 to 50 psig (345 kPa gage) to a high of 405 to 500
psig (2792 to 3447 kPa gage) to assure purging of all air.
(c) Fluid flow the primary and secondary orifices per Table 7010. Start at 0 pressure and
continue through the entire required test points. Use care; do not overshoot test points.
Flow shall fall within the limits specified in Table 7010.
NOTE: Use care; do not overshoot pressure points. If overshoot occurs during test, abort
test and rerun.
(d) Record flow at pressure point 180 psig (1241 kPa gage). Recorded value will be used later
to calculate the hysteresis limits.
(e) Upon completion of this test do not depressurize nozzle; continue immediately with
Secondary flow hysteresis test.
7010
73-11-42 Page 7056

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-869-A01
Primary/Secondary Pre-weld Flows and Pressures—Table 7010
HYSTER-
TEST 6810184M10, M30 6810184M33, M36 6810184M37 ESIS
PRESSURE 6840023M1, M3, M7, 6840023M2, M8 6840023M9, M10, % of
psig E14, E16 E15, E17 Up - Flow
(kPa gage) pph (kg/hr) pph (kg/hr) pph (kg/hr) Max
MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX
35 12 18 18.5 22.5 23 27 ---
(241) (5,4) (8,2) (8,4) (10,2) (10,4) (12,2)
70 29 41 40 47 49 59 ---
(483) (13,2) (18,6) (18,1) (21,3) (22,2) (26,8)
180 195 215 195 215 195 215 ---
(1241) (88,5) (97,5) (88,5) (97,5) (88,5) (97,5)
330 490 520 490 520 490 520 ---
(2275) (222,3) (235,9) (222,3) (235,9) (222,3) (235,9)
420 625 665 625 665 625 665 ---
(2896) (283,5) (301,6) (283,5) (301,6) (283,5) (301,6)
180 --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
(1241)
Primary/Secondary Pre-weld Flows and Pressures—Table 7010
NOTES:
1. Ref.Secondary metering valve opens at 120 psig (827 kPa gage) nominal.
2. The primary and secondary flow tests are conducted together per flow and pressure Table 710. The
primary only test starts at 35 psig (241 kPa gage) and ends at 70 psig (483 kPa gage). The secondary
flow test continues in an ascending order of test points of 180, and 420 psig (1241, 2275, and 2896 kPa
gage). The primary flow continues during the secondary flow test.—Table 7010
(6) Secondary flow hysteresis test.
NOTE: This test must be run in conjunction with, and immediately after conclusion of, Primary/
Secondary flow test.
(a) With 420 psig (2896 kPa gage) inlet pressure applied to the nozzle from the primary/
secondary flow test, run the inlet pressures down in descending order per Table 7010.
Record the flow at 180 psig (1241 kPa gage) test points.
NOTE: Reduce the fluid pressure carefully; do not undershoot. If undershoot occurs,
repeat the entire Primary/secondary flow test.
(b) Calculate the percentage of acceptable hysteresis using the limits in Table 7010 and, the
flow recorded during Primary/secondary flow test. The difference in flows at test point 180
psig (1241 kPa gage), must be within the calculated limits.
73-11-42 Page 7057

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(c) The radial position of cartridge valve assembly (60, IPL Figure 1 and 2) in the support valve
cavity affects the secondary flows slightly. By repositioning the valve, a small 1 to 3 pph (0,5
to 1,4 kg/hr) change in flow output will result. Use this method to raise and lower secondary
flows slightly to meet final flow requirements. For flows greatly over or under specified
flows, replace the restrictor orifice (110) with one having a larger or smaller orifice as
required. The orifice in the restrictor orifice may be enlarged for low flows. A 0.001 in.
(0,0254 mm) increase in size will increase flows approximately 5 pph (2,27 kg/hr). Enlarged
restrictor orifices must be deburred and cleaned with a non-acidic degreaser cleaner prior
to reinstallation.
NOTE: Orifice in restrictor orifice (110) must not exceed 0.250 in. (6,35 mm) max dia.
NOTE: It is recommended to match-mark cartridge valves (60), successfully completing
flow and hysteresis tests, with the support as to actual radial position. Marking
should be accomplished at disassembly prior to the cleaning operation. The
cartridge valve can then be identically repositioned at assembly prior to inlet cover
welding operation.
(7) Secondary flow (dribble) test. See Figure 7027.

(a) Mount the support and metering set with both valves and valve cavity components
assembled, as described in Complete Support Flow Test, onto pressure test holding fixture,
6877012. Mount the valve end seal ring adapter fixture, 6877025, or equivalent onto the
valve end of support and mount inlet cover (25, IPL Figure 1 and 2) with inlet strainer (30)
installed, into valve end seal ring adapter fixture.
NOTE: Pressure test holding fixture, C106-00-0200, may be used for installation of
684000023 E18 cartridge valve (-60J).
(b) Mount the holding pad of valve end seal ring adapter fixture, 6877025, over the inlet cover
(25), and secure the entire assembly with the pressure test holding fixture, 6877012,
thumbscrew.
(c) Mount check valve seal plug, 6897105, in the check valve bore. The check valve (95) and
holddown spring (90) must be installed in the check valve bore.
(d) Install dribble flow test fixture, 6037500 or 6037501, on tip end of nozzle. See Figure 7027.
NOTE: Test must be performed with rubber ball 0.125 in (3.175 mm) in place on primary
nozzle tip, before installing. Do not excessively tighten. See TESTING AND
FAULT ISOLATION Figure 1007.
(e) Attach inlet adapter to quick disconnect, 6875500-4, to inlet cover (25) and connect to test
fluid connection of fuel nozzle test stand.
(f) Pressurize the inlet three times from 0 to 25 psig (0 to 172 kPa gage) to 405 to 500 psig
(2792 to 3447 kPa gage) to purge the nozzle of air.
(g) Starting from an inlet pressure 0 to 25 psig (0 to 172 kPa gage), flow test in ascending order
per Table 7011. Flows must fall within the limits shown.
73-11-42 Page 7058

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(8) Secondary spray angle and spray cone off-center tests for all fuel nozzles. Procedure to use
depends upon spray angle check testing equipment being used.
NOTE: Secondary spray angle and spray cone off-center test does not need to be performed at
this level providing nozzle meets all final assembly test requirements.
(a) Use same test fixture setup as described in Primary nozzle performance test. Use the spray
angle checking fixtures for this test. Calibrate the spray angle checking probes. Spray angle
shall be measured 0.35 to 0.45 in. (8,9 to 11,4 mm) from the face of the nozzle tip.
NOTE: Electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016, must be checked daily and
adjusted for accuracy.
7011
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-870-A01
Secondary Flow (Dribble) Test—Table 7011
TEST PRESSURE Flow Requirements
psig (kPa gage) pph (kg/hr) ml/min

MIN MAX MIN MAX
50 (345) --- 1.0 (0.5) --- 9.9
60 (414) 1.0 (0.5) --- 9.9 ---
70 (483) 4.0 (1.8) 10.0 (4.5) 39.5 98.9
Secondary Flow (Dribble) Test—Table 7011
1 Attach the inlet cover (25, IPL Figure 1 and 2) fitting to the test fluid connection of fuel
nozzle test stand.
2 Cycle the nozzle three times from a low of 0 to 50 psig (0 to 345 kPa gage) to a high
pressure of 405 to 500 psig (2792 to 3447 kPa gage) to assure purging of all air from
the nozzle.
3 Establish a fluid inlet pressure of 330 psig (2275 kPa gage). Allow flow to stabilize.
73-11-42 Page 7059

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
equipment.
FAULT ISOLATION.
1 Attach the inlet cover (25, IPL Figure 1 and 2) fitting to the test fluid connection of fuel
nozzle test stand.
2 Cycle the nozzle three times from a low of 0 to 50 psig (0 to 345 kPa gage) to a high
pressure of 405 to 500 psig (2792 to 3447 kPa gage) to assure purging of all air from
the nozzle.
3 Establish a fluid inlet pressure of 330 psig (2275 kPa gage). Allow flow to stabilize.
5 The secondary spray angle must fall within 115 to 135 deg (2.01 to 2.36 rad). The total
spray form may be skewed off center 2.5 deg (0.04 rad) max. The nozzle assembly
(9) Secondary spray quality test.
(a) Use the same test fixture setup as described in Primary performance test. Move the spray
angle checking probes out of the way for this test. The use of a light source is required for
this test.
(b) Attach the inlet cover (25, IPL Figure 1 and 2) fitting to the test fluid connection of the fuel
nozzle test stand.
(c) Pressurize the nozzle at 330 psig (2275 kPa gage) allowing the nozzle flow to stabilize.
Visually check the spray quality in several positions around the entire 360 deg (6.28 rad)
conical form. Refer to TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION, Figure 1004 for acceptable spray
definitions. No heavy voids or streaks are permissible.
73-11-42 Page 7060

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(10) Internal fluid decay leak test.
(a) Attach inlet adapter to quick disconnect, 6875500-4, to nozzle inlet. Attach pressure decay
test fixture, 6887000, to inlet adapter to quick disconnect. Connect test fluid supply line from
fuel nozzle test stand, to decay test fixture inlet. Turn decay test fixture shutoff valve to the
open position.
(b) Cycle nozzle three times with test fluid. Start each cycle from a low pressure of 0 psig (0
kPa gage), and increase fluid pressure to a high of 65 psig (448 kPa gage) min to purge
nozzle of all trapped air.
(c) Reduce fluid pressure to 30 psig (207 kPa gage) at decay test fixture, 6887000, pressure
gauge. Close decay test fixture shutoff valve and record start time of test. Turn test fluid
supply off at the fuel nozzle test stand.
(d) After a fluid decay test period of 3 minutes, observe and record pressure reading on decay
test fixture, 6887000, pressure gauge. Test fluid pressure must not fall below 15.0 psig
(103.4 kPa gage) min. An alternate method of acceptance is, after a fluid decay test period
of 1 minute, the test fluid pressure must not fall below 19 psig(131 kPa gage) min.
NOTE: After completion of flow test, connect the inlet to a high pressure of 250 - 450 psig
(1723.7 - 3102.6 kPa gage) max air before disassembly of the tooling and fixturing
to remove any residual fuel from the nozzle cavity.
73-11-42 Page 7061

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7025
CHECK VALVE SEAL RING

SEAL PLUG ADAPTOR
6897105 6877025
SUPPORT AND
METERING SET INLET COVER (25)
(105)
SEAL RING
ADAPTOR
(HOLDING PAD)
HOLDING FIXTURE,
NOTES: 6877012
1. DRILL CLEARANCE HOLE INTO EARLY MODEL
HOLDING FIXTURE FOR INSERTION OF FLANGE PIN
(I01, IPL FIGS. 1 AND 2) FOR NOZZLES 68940023M3,
M7, M8, M10, E14, AND E15.
2. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES REFER TO 728CFM
IPL, FIGURE 1.
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-944-A01
Installation of Inlet Cover for Pre-Weld Testing (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7025
73-11-42 Page 7062

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7026
SUPPORT AND
ELECTRONIC ANGLE METERING SET
HOLDING FIXTURE,
DEVICE RADIAL (105)
6877011
6885016 SEAL PLUG,
6897105
SEAL RING
ADAPTOR,
6877025
INLET ADAPTER TO
QUICK DISCONNECT,
6875500-4
TEST FLUID
PROBE CONNECTION
SPRAY
CHAMBER
LIGHT
SOURCE
NOTES: 1. DRILL CLEARANCE HOLE INTO EARLY

FIGURES 1 AND 2) FOR NOZZLES
6840023M3, M7, M8, M10, E14 AND E15.
2. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES 729CFM

REFER TO IPL, FIGURE1.
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-945-A01
Complete Flow Test Setup (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7026
73-11-42 Page 7063

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7027
CHECK VALVE SEAL RING

SEAL PLUG, ADAPTOR,
6897105 SUPPORT AND 6877025
METERING SET
(105) INLET COVER (25)
THUMBSCREW
THUMBSCREW
HOLDING FIXTURE,
6877012
SEAL RING ADAPTOR

(HOLDING PAD)
NOTES: 1. DRILL CLEARANCE HOLE IN TO

EARLY MODEL HOLDING
FIXTURE FOR INSERTION OF
DRIBBLE FLOW FLANGE PIN (101, IPL FIGS. 1
TEST FIXTURE AND 2) FOR NOZZLES
6037500 OR 6037501 68940023M3, M7, M8, M10, E14
(SEE NOTE 3.) AND E15.

REFER TO IPL FIGURE 1.
3. LARGE TIP NOZZLE USES 6037500
AND SMALL TIP NOZZLE USES 6037501
730CFM OR REFER TO CONFIGURATION TABLE
IN THE D&O SECTION.
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-946-A01
Complete Flow Test Setup (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7027
73-11-42 Page 7064

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
F. Weld inlet cover (25, IPL Figure 1 and 2) to support.
NOTE: It is not necessary to disassemble component parts from support and metering set (105). After
tooling is removed, place assembly in a rack and clean in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner. See
CLEANING section. If disassembly is preferred, use the following procedure:
(1) Remove tooling from the nozzle assembly.
(2) Remove inlet cover (25), primary strainer (40), holddown spring (45), and holddown sleeve (50) if
used with old style cartridge valve. It is recommended to keep items separated to prevent nicking
and marring.
(3) Remove the cartridge valve with cartridge valve assembly fixture, 6877108. Refer to
DISASSEMBLY, Figure 3003. Remove restrictor orifice (110, IPL Figure 1 and 2).
(4) Remove check valve holddown spring (90). Remove the check valve (95) using check valve
extraction tool, 6897098. Refer to DISASSEMBLY, Figure 3005.

SKIN.
(5) Clean all parts in an ultrasonic cleaning tank using a non-acidic degreaser cleaner. Refer to
CLEANING. Place all parts in clean, dust free containers.
(6) Install restrictor orifice (110, IPL Figure 1 and 2) in the support and metering set (105) assembly.
(7) Apply a thin coating of lubricant to preformed packing (55, IPL Figure 1 and 2) or (55A, IPL Figure
1) or (55B and 55C, IPL Figure 1) and install packing on cartridge valve (60). Install the cartridge
in its marked and qualified position in the valve cavity.
(8) Install holddown sleeve (50) if necessary (old style cartridge valve only), holddown spring (45),
and primary strainer (40).
(9) Install weld ring (35) and inlet cover (25).
NOTE: Do not install the check valve components at this time. These will be installed at a later
operation.
WARNING: OVEN TEMPERATURES WILL REACH 250 TO 325° F (121 TO 163° C). REMOVE
FROM OVEN AND ALLOW TO COOL. USE PROTECTIVE MEASURES WHEN
REMOVING HOT NOZZLE FROM OVEN. SEVERE BURNS COULD RESULT IF
PROTECTIVE GLOVES ARE NOT WORN.
73-11-42 Page 7065

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(10) Dry nozzle assembly in drying oven for 30 minutes min at 250 to 325° F (121 to 163° C). Remove
from oven and allow to cool.
(11) Tack weld inlet cover (25) to support.

NOTE: Tack welding the cover (25) is recommended, equivalent methods may be used to weld
the cover, as long as the nozzle meet all final assembly requirements.
(a) Mount the assembled nozzle onto cover tack weld fixture, 6877001. Position the inlet fitting
radially with the fixture tip locating pin. Clamp parts securely.
(b) Using a standard TIG welder, tack weld four places 90 deg (1,57 rad) apart. Using low
power, 20 to 30 amps, tack weld as follows:
1 Tack support to weld ring, move the electrode sideways, and tack weld ring to inlet
cover.
2 Repeat this sequence 180 deg (3,14 rad) from first weld.
3 Move 90 deg (1,57 rad); repeat weld sequence.
4 Finish fourth tack weld sequence at a location 180 deg (3,14 rad) from third position.
(c) Inspect inlet cover fitting end location using final inspection fixture, 6877020M2. Use upper
flush pin to check both end point requirements and radial position. See Figure 7030. Allow
for weld shrinkage, approximately 0.015 in. (0,381 mm).
(12) Circumferential weld inlet cover to support. See Figure 7031.

(a) Mount face plate adapter, 6897008, on automatic welding lathe, 6897010. Mount valve end
holding fixture, 6877005, on face plate adapter and mount tack welded support and inlet
cover on holding fixture. Indicate on machined area on support side of tack weld. Adjust
face plate adapter until support and inlet cover run within 0.003 in. (0,076 mm) TIR.
NOTE: To ensure satisfactory welds, set lathe rotational speeds and welder control
parameters by using scrap or simulated nozzle parts.
7012
73-11-42 Page 7066

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-871-A01
Inlet Fitting Weld Settings and Conditions—Table 7012
Power Control Rear Panel

Arc-start Amplitude 5 amps
Initial Current 9 amps
Arc-start Width 5 milliseconds
Power Control Front Panel
Up Slope 1 second
Weld Current 74 ± 3 amps
Background Current 55 ± 3 amps
ON Time (Time Current is ON) 45 ± 3% time current Pulse
Frequency 3.5 pulses per second
Down Slope 5.5 seconds
Sequence Timer Control
Pre-purge 10 seconds
Weld Duration Time 38 to 40 seconds
Post Purge 5 seconds
Weld Head Shield Flow Rate 15 to 20 cubic feet/hour
Arc Start Delay 1 second manual
Time per Revolution 33 seconds
Electrode Position
Gap 0.03 in. (0,762 mm)
Back Purge
Argon Flow through Part (Tip End) 5 to 7 cubic feet/hour
No. 4 gas cap
Inlet Fitting Weld Settings and Conditions—Table 7012
(b) Refer to Table 7012 for equipment settings and conditions. These settings and conditions
may vary for equipment variance, line voltages, etc.
(c) Allow equipment to warm up. Set controls, position electrode as indicated, and refer to
Table 7012. Use a 0.0625 in. (1.5875 mm) dia 2% thoriated tungsten electrode,
approximately 0.531 in. (13.487 mm) long, ground to 60 deg (1.05 rad) including tip. Flatten
tip to a 0.020 in. (0.508 mm) flat.
(d) Flow (purge) argon gas through inlet cover argon purge fixture, 6833108, mounted on inlet
cover fitting.
73-11-42 Page 7067

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(e) Pulse TIG weld inlet cover (25, IPL Figure 1) to support. Start the weld in the area of most
mass between tack welds. Weld shall meet all dimensional weld requirements. To assure
weld penetration within specified limits, it is recommended that weld samples be prepared
and sectioned after welding for each lot. Weld samples may be prepared from defective
parts, locally manufactured, or purchased, from Parker Hannifin Corporation, Customer
Support Operations, 7777 N. Glen Harbor Blvd. Glendale, AZ 85307 USA
(f) Purge weld with argon gas for 30 seconds min; allow weld to cool down.
(g) Wire brush weld area using a stainless wire brush, 0.008 in. (0,2 mm) max wire dia.
(h) Visually and dimensionally inspect weld. Check for cracks, voids, or pitting. See Figure
7032 and CHECK section.
(i) Inspect the inlet cover fitting end location using final inspection fixture, 6877020M2.
7028
DECAY TEST FIXTURE

PRESSURE GAGE
INLET ADAPTER
6875500-4
DECAY TEST FIXTURE
SHUT-OFF VALVE
(SHOWN IN OPEN
POSITION)
NOZZLE INLET
CHECK VALVE
SEAL PLUG, DECAY TEST
6897105 FIXTURE INLET
TEST FLUID
SUPPLY LINE FROM
TEST STAND
PRESSURE DECAY
TEST FIXTURE,
6887000
SEAL RING
ADAPTOR,
6877025
HOLDING FIXTURE, NOTE :PRESSURE GAGE MUST BE AT
6877012 HIGHEST POINT.
HOLDING PAD FOR
SEAL RING ADAPTOR
731CFM3
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-947-A01
Internal Fluid Decay leak Test (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7028
73-11-42 Page 7068

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7029
INLET COVER (25)

WELD RING (35)
INLET FITTING
SUPPORT AND
METERING SET (105)
TACKWELD FIXTURE,
6877001
NOTES: 1. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES


MODELS 6840023M7, M8, M10, E14 AND 732CFM
E15.
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-948-A01
Inlet Cover Tack Fixture (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7029
73-11-42 Page 7069

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7030
NOTES: 1. DRILL CLEARANCE HOLE INTO EARLY MODEL

TACK WELD FIXTURE FOR INSERTION OF FLANGE PIN
(101, IPL FIGS. 1 AND 2) FOR NOZZLES 6840023M3, M7,
M8, M10, E14 AND E15.
2. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES REFER TO IPL,
FIGURE 1.
GAGE PIN
INLET COVER (25)
NOZZLE
FINAL INSPECTION
FIXTURE, 6877020M2 733CFM3
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-949-A01
Inlet Cover Tack Weld (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7030
73-11-42 Page 7070

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7031
HOLDING FIXTURE,
6877005
UNIVERSAL FACE
PLATE ADAPTOR,
6897008
SUPPORT AND AUTOMATIC WELDING
METERING SET LATHE, 6897010
(105) COVER
(25)
CONNECT TO
ARGON GAS
SUPPLY
INLET COVER
WELD PURGE
FIXTURE (ADAPTER),
6833108
WELD RING
(35)
NOTES: 1. DRILL CLEARANCE HOLE INTO EARLY

MODEL TACKWELD FIXTURE FOR
FIGS. 1 AND 2) FOR NOZZLES
6840023M3, M7, M8, M10, E14 AND E15.
734CFM3
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-950-A01
Inlet Cover Weld (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7031
73-11-42 Page 7071

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7032
0.030 (0,76) MAX REINFORCEMENT.

100 % WELD PENETRATION
REQUIRED ON WELD JOINT.
NEGATIVE REINFORCEMENT NOT
SUPPORT (165) ALLOWED.
0.040 (1,02) MAX WELD

DROP-THROUGH
INLET COVER (25)
WELD RING (35)

MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESIS

736CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-951-A01
Inlet Cover Weld Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7032
73-11-42 Page 7072

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7033
HOLDDOWN CHECK VALVE (95)

SPRING (90)
SUPPORT (165)
WELD PENETRATION
NOT TO EXTEND
INTO THE SPRING
100% WELD
PENETRATION
REQUIRED
PLUG (85)
NOTE: CONFIGURATION OF WELD IS

SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
CONFIGURATION IS OPTIONAL
PROVIDED 100% PENETRATION
INTO GROOVE OF PLUG IS
ACHIEVED.

737CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-952-A01
Check Valve Plug Weld Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7033
73-11-42 Page 7073

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
G. Weld check valve plug (85) to support. See Figure 7033.
NOTE: Tack welding the check valve plug (85) is recommended. Equivalent methods may be used to
weld the check valve plug, as long as the fuel nozzle meets all final assembly requirements.
(1) Apply a thin coating of lubricant to Preformed packing (100) and install on check valve (95).
Install check valve into cavity in support.
(2) Install holddown spring (90).

SKIN.
(3) Clean check valve plug area with a swab moistened with a non-acidic degreaser cleaner to
remove preformed packing lubricant.
(4) Using a locally manufactured plug holding fixture, install check valve plug (85).
(5) Weld check valve plug per procedure below:
NOTE: To ensure satisfactory welds, use scrap or simulated nozzle parts to develop weld
techniques. Section the trial parts to qualify weld integrity. See Figure 7033.
NOTE: If filler material is required, refer to CHECK section.
(a) Weld amperage to be 50 to 70 amps.
(b) Argon flow to be 20 to 35 cfh (0,57 to 0,99 m3/h).
(c) Fusion weld around plug (85), 100% penetration required.
(d) Cool weld area with clean filtered shop air.

(e) Wire brush weld area using a stainless steel wire brush, 0.008 in. (0,2 mm) max wire dia.
(f) Visually and dimensionally check weld per Figure 7032 and CHECK, section. Check weld
for cracks, voids, or pitting. See Figure 7033.
(6) Radiographic (X-ray) inspect weld area in accordance with procedures listed in CHECK section.
See Figure 7033 and CHECK section for weld requirements.
(7) Fluorescent penetrant inspect weld area per CHECK section, do not dip or permit penetrant to
enter nozzle. It is recommended to plug the inlet prior to flourescent pentrant application.
Refer to CHECK section, for inspection criteria.
(8) External leak test. See TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION, Figure 1002.
(a) Mount tip seal holding fixture, 6897103, onto the metering set end of the nozzle.
73-11-42 Page 7074

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(b) Remove the end cap from the exit end plug of secondary orifice seal fixture, 6877021, and
mount plug, Detail 1, on nozzles equipped with secondary body and shroud only, and plug,
Detail 13, on nozzles with wear sleeve installed over secondary body and shroud. See
TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION, Figure 1002. Secure end plug with thumbscrew on tip
seal holding fixture, 6897103.
(c) Mount inlet adapter to quick disconnect, 6875500-4, from secondary orifice seal fixture,
6877021, to nozzle inlet and connect hose assembly to the exit end plug.
(d) Attach the secondary orifice seal fixture, 6877021, inlet adapter to nitrogen source of
pressure test stand.
(e) Purge fuel nozzle assembly with dry nitrogen gas by unseating the tip seal holding fixture,
6897103, and applying low pressure nitrogen to purge all fuel from the nozzle. Purge at 150
psig (1034 kPa gage) while shaking nozzle to dislodge any drops of fuel from the internal
passages. Reseat the tip seal holding fixture, after all evidence of fuel is purged from the
nozzle.
(f) Submerge the nozzle and attached tooling in test fluid, with nozzle tip pointed up at 2 in. (50
mm) max below fluid surface. Apply 190 to 210 psig (1310 to 1448 kPa gage) nitrogen
pressure to the secondary inlet fitting of the inlet plug test fixture, 6897101, for 30 seconds
min. There shall be no leakage indicated by escaping gas bubbles.
(g) Reduce applied pressure.
(9) External leak test.
CAUTION: LEAK OR PRESSURE TESTING OF AN ASSEMBLED NOZZLE MUST BE

DONE WITH BOTH THE INLET AND OUTLET ORIFICES PRESSURIZED AND
DEPRESSURIZED AT THE SAME TIME. A PRESSURE DIFFER-ENTIAL
ACROSS THE CARTRIDGE VALVE ASSEMBLY (60, IPL FIGURE 1 AND 2)
WILL DAMAGE THE VALVE AND REQUIRE NOZZLE DISASSEMBLY.
(a) Use the same test fixture setup as described in External gas leak test, and attach the
secondary orifice seal fixture, 6877021, inlet adapter to the test fluid source of the pressure
test stand.
(b) Apply 250 psig (1724 kPa gage) minimum test fluid pressure to remove gas from nozzle
assembly. Open valve from fixture to purge any air or gas from nozzle, then close the valve
from the fixture.
(c) Remove fluid from outer surfaces of nozzle with shop air.
PERSONNEL AND SUPPORT ASSEMBLY WHEN PRESSURIZING SUPPORT
TO 1650 TO 1700 PSIG (11380 TO 11724 KPA GAGE). A DEFECTIVE
SUPPORT CAN EXPLODE, CAUSING PERSONAL INJURY.
(d) Apply fluid pressure at 1650 to 1700 psig (11380 to 11724 kPa gage) and hold pressure for
30 seconds min. There shall be no visible signs of leakage. If leakage is found, cut apart,
machine, and reweld per DISASSEMBLY and ASSEMBLY sections.
(e) Reduce applied pressure and remove support and secondary body from test setup.
73-11-42 Page 7075

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
H. Identification.
NOTE: On 6810184M30, M33, M36, M37, and 6840023M1, M2, M3, M7, M8, M9, E14, E15, E16,
E17, and E18 nozzles, install color band (170, IPL Figure 1 & 2).
(1) Wrap color band around weld joint between support and inlet cover. Extend tab through tab hole
and pull tight.
(2) Bend tab back until it is doubled back flat on itself.
(3) TIG tack weld, resistance tack weld, or ultrasonic weld identification band (170, IPL Figure 1 or
120, IPL Figure 2) tab to itself. Use AMS 4190 or AMS 4180 filler material.
NOTE: If doing an ultrasonic weld, visually inspect weld to make sure band is welded, with no
cracks or tears. After welding setting is established, perform a pull test to ensure the
identification band is properly welded. Using an arbor press and 2 pins (one mounted in
each jaw), pull welded band apart. The weld joint must not break before parent material.
(4) Identify support (165, IPL Figure 1) on fuel nozzle assembly per specification AS478, method 2D,
2E, or 2F. See Figure 7035 for identification location. Mark model number in the specific blank
space.
7034
TUNGSTEN ARC INLET COVER (25)

TACK WELD
SUPPORT (165)
COLOR BAND (170)
NOTE: ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES 738CFM

GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-953-A01
Installation of Color Band (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7034
73-11-42 Page 7076

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7035
1317M47G _ _
09523-6840023 _ _ _
OR
9321M92G _ _
09523-6810184 _ _ _
739CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-954-A01
Identification Location (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7035
73-11-42 Page 7077

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
I. Radial position adjustment of nozzle tip.
(1) Install fuel nozzle into final inspection fixture, 6877020M2.

(2) Using fixture gage, check for proper radial position of nozzle tip. See Figure 7036. If nozzle tip is
out of position, determine the distance the tip is from acceptable tolerance limits.
(a) Straightening permitted if fuel nozzle is out of position up to 0.080 in. (2,032 mm).
(b) If out of position beyond 0.080 in. (2,032 mm), stress relieve required after straightening tip.
NOTE: After straightening tip, the fuel nozzle must be completely disassembled to the
support level for stress relief. Remove the metering set per REPAIR, Repair No. 9.
Remove check valve (95, IPL Figure 1), cartridge valve (60), and inlet cover (25)
per DISASSEMBLY. Remove all inside component pieces and preformed
packings. Complete disassembly of the fuel nozzle is necessary due to the high
temperatures reached during the stress relief operation. Refer to REPAIR No. 14.
(3) If straightening is required, install fuel nozzle into stem straightening fixture, 6877004.
CAUTION: WHEN STRAIGHTENING, IF THE SUPPORT STEM IS BENT BEYOND THE

INTENDED AMOUNT, REPEAT THIS PROCEDURE.
(4) Using fixture pins and bending bars, adjust support stem and nozzle tip to within tolerance limits.
(5) If stress relief is required, refer to REPAIR No. 14.
NOTE: The fuel nozzle must be completely disassembled to the support level for stress relief.
J. Post-weld test assembled fuel nozzles using TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION section of this
manual.
73-11-42 Page 7078

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7036
POSITION
ACCEPTANCE
POINT R

-A- 0.080 (2,032) REPAIR NO.14.
-C-
0.080 (2,032)
2.957 OR LESS
0.080 (2.032)
(75,12)
BSC
LENGTH Q
0.330 - 0.370
(8,38 - 9,40)
-D-
0.529 - 0.531 (13,44 - 13,49)
0.418 - 0.420 (10,62 - 10,67) (35,81 - 36,83)
WITHOUT WEAR SLEEVE
0.292 (7,42)
0.020 (0.508) DIA M A B M C M BSC
APPLIES TO DIAMETER - DONLY
-
FOR LENGTH Q
0 36' 48'' BSC

(0,01 RAD)
POINT R 0.271 - 0.278 DIA

-B- (6,88 - 7,06)
3 HOLES

AND USED FOR CHECK OF RADIAL POSITION.
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-955-A01
Radial Position of Nozzle Tip (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7036
73-11-42 Page 7079

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
73-11-42 Page 7080

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
FITS AND CLEARANCES
TASK 73-11-42-99C-955-A01
Fits and clearances for assemblies are given in CHECK, REPAIR, and ASSEMBLY sections. The final
criteria for wear of the valve cartridge and metering set is determined by the performance during TESTING
AND FAULT ISOLATION.
73-11-42 Page 8001

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
73-11-42 Page 8002

MAR 15/2004
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT
TASK 73-11-42-99C-970-A01
1. General Information
The special tools, fixtures, equipment, and materials shown in this section are necessary for repair,
overhaul, and testing of the Fuel Nozzle Assembly and its components. Unless specified, the special tools,
fixtures and equipment shown in Table 9001 and the materials shown in Table 9002 can be ordered from:
PARKER HANNIFIN CORPORATION

Customer Support Operations
7777 N. Glen Harbor Blvd.
Glendale, AZ 85307
USA
TASK 73-11-42-94B-971-A01
2. Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment
Special tools, fixtures, and equipment used on the Fuel Nozzle Assembly are shown in Table 9001.
9001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-972-A01
Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment—Table 9001

* These standard parts are listed immediately beneath the special tools with which they are used.
6027600 Inlet strainer tool Used to straighten inlet strainer
screen.
6027601 Primary strainer tool Used to straighten primary strainer
screen.
6037500 Dribble flow test fixture Used on the large nozzle metering
tips for dribble flow test.
6037501 Dribble flow test fixture Used on the small nozzle metering
tips for dribble flow.
6775211M6 Program master orifice set For test stand calibration
6803035 Turning Fixture, cover Holds cover during cutoff surface
repair procedure.
6833108 Purge fixture, argon, inlet cover (not illus- Connects argon supply to nozzle
trated) inlet during cover weld procedure.
6875500-4 Inlet adapter to quick disconnect Connects fuel nozzle to fuel nozzle
test stand supply.
Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment (Sheet 1 of 4)—Table 9001
73-11-42 Page 9001

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

6877001 Tack weld fixture, cover Holds fuel nozzle components in
position during inlet cover tack
weld procedure.
6877003 Turning fixture, support mounting flange Holds fuel nozzle for machining of
mounting flange seal surface.
6877004 Stem straightening fixture Holds fuel nozzle while adjusting
metering tip position.
6877005 Holding fixture, valve end Holds fuel nozzle during cutting,
machining, and welding of valve
end components.
6877006 Holding fixture, check valve plug Holds fuel nozzle during machining
of check valve plug weld.
6877010 Holding fixture, tip end Holds fuel nozzle during cutting,
machining, and welding of tip end
components.
6877011 Holding fixture, final test Holds fuel nozzle/components on
spray chamber during assembly
and testing.
6877012 Holding fixture, pressure test Holds fuel nozzle components dur-
ing testing and cleaning opera-
tions.
6877014 Purge fixture, air (check valve removal) Back pressures fuel nozzle to blow
chips out of nozzle during check
valve machining operation.
6877015 Purge fixture, argon, primary body Provides argon purge connection
during primary body welding proce-
dure.
6877016 Purging and heat sink fixture (for nozzles Provides argon purge connection
with wear sleeves) and dissipates heat during second-
ary body welding procedure.
6877017 Purging and heat sink fixture (for nozzles Provides argon purge connection
without wear sleeves) and dissipates heat during second-
ary body welding procedure.
6877019 Thermal cleaning fixture Holds supports during pyrolytic
cleaning.
6877020M2 Final acceptance gage Checks location of end points on
fuel nozzle.
73-11-42 Page 9002

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6877021 Seal fixture, secondary orifice (with inlet Simultaneously connects metering
and exit hose) tip and inlet of fuel nozzle assem-
bly to pressure source for proof
testing.
6877022 In-process inspection fixture Used to measure critical dimen-
sions during disassembly and
repair operations.
6877023 Secondary support ring adapter Locates and seals secondary to
support joint during preweld test-
ing.
6877024 Tack weld fixture, primary and secondary Holds support and metering set
body components in position during tack
weld operations.
6877025 Seal ring adapter fixture, valve end Seals support to cover joint during
preweld flow testing.
6877026 “C” washer assembly/ disassembly tool Compresses spring in cartridge
valve for installation/removal of
slotted washer.
6877028 Stem holding fixture Holds wear sleeve and fuel nozzle
in position during tack weld opera-
tion.
6877029 Leak test fixture, cartridge valve Holds cartridge valve for checking
valve seal.
6877030 Drill fixture, flange pin Holds support during drilling of
flange pinhole to ensure correct
location.
6877034 Inlet extension Aids connection of fuel nozzle to
6877108 Assembly fixture Assists removal of cartridge valve
from fuel nozzle cartridge valve
cavity using air pressure through
tip end.
6885016 Electronic angle device radial patternator Checks fuel spray angle during
flow tests.
6887000 Pressure decay test fixture Checks pressure loss through
check valve seat.
6897006 Pressure test fixture, inlet cover Holds inlet cover in position during
weld repair pressure test.
73-11-42 Page 9003

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

6897008 Face plate adapter Mounts machining and weld fix-
tures to lathe.
6897010 Automatic welding lathe Holds and controls rotation of com-
ponents during welding proce-
dures.
6897097 Polishing arbor Polishes inlet cover fitting seal sur-
face.
6897098 Extraction tool, check valve Assists removal of check valve
from fuel nozzle check valve cavity.
6897099 Test strip holder Holds test strip during shot peen
machine calibration.
6897100 Test strip holder Holds test strip during shot peen
machine calibration.
6897101 Test fixture, inlet plug Provides separate primary and
secondary inlet fluid connections
during support testing.
6897102 Primary support ring fixture Locates and seals primary to sup-
port joint during preweld testing.
6897103 Holding fixture, tip seal Holds metering set seal fixtures on
fuel nozzle for pressure testing.
6897104 Seal fixture, primary orifice Plugs primary orifice during past
weld pressure test, no secondary
present.
6897105 Seal plug, check valve Seals check valve bore during fuel
nozzle assembly tests.
6897106 Pre qualifying fixture, cartridge valve Holds cartridge valve during pre
qualifying testing.
6897107 Pre qualifying fixture, check valve Holds check valve during testing.
6897142 Depth gage Determines secondary body
machining dimension.
6897143 Depth gage Determines secondary body
machining dimension.
6977602 Flow divider valve prequal fixture Holds cartridge valve during pre-
qualifying testing.
C106-00-0200 Holding fixture, valve load Holds fuel nozzle during installa-
tion of cartridge valve.
73-11-42 Page 9004

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-94A-971-A01
3. Materials
Materials used on the Fuel Nozzle Assembly are shown in Table 9002.
9002
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-973-A01 Materials—Table 9002

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Arbor press and 2 pins Commercially Available
Basket, metal, perforated, plastic-coated Commercially Available
Brush, soft bristle Commercially Available
Brush, stainless steel wire, 0.008 in. (0,203 mm) max wire Commercially Available
dia
Carbide cutoff tool, 0.020 in. (0.50 mm) max width Commercially Available
Carbide turning tool, 0.016 in (0,406 mm) max radius Commercially available
Chuck, 3 or 4 jaw Commercially available
Cleaning compound, alkaline Ambion Corporation
AMBEX-1077 37 Naugatuck Dr.
Naugatuck, CT 06770 USA
Cleaning solution, alkaline Enthone-OMI, Inc.
Enprep 576E P.O. Box 1900
(solution used in cleaning system) New Haven, CT 06508 USA
Cleaning solvent, alkaline TURCO NO. 4181 Turco Products Division
Purex Corp. Ltd.
Rockdale, IL 60436 USA
Collet, 27/64 in. (10,72 mm) Commercially Available
Die, 1.382-16 Stub Acme major dia 1.3770 - 1.3820 in. Commercially Available
Drill Commercially Available
Materials (Sheet 1 of 3)—Table 9002
73-11-42 Page 9005

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Reamer .089 - .091 in. Commercially Available
Fuel nozzle test stand with 10 micron filtration. Commercially Available
Mill cutter, 0.5 in. (12,7 mm) dia Commercially Available
Oven, air recirculating, capable of 1000 °F (538 °C) Commercially Available
Oven, drying Commercially Available
Petroleum jelly Commercially Available
Pliers, soft jaw, wraparound Commercially Available
Preservation stand, capable of supplying preservation oil Commercially Available
at 0 to 400 psig (0 to 2758 kPa gage), providing 10
micron filtration
Pressure test stand, capable of supplying preservation oil Commercially Available
at 0 to 400 psig (2758 kPa gage), providing 10 micron fil-
tration
Profile tool, carbide, 0.016 in. (0,406 mm) radius Commercially Available
Rubber Piece (To block primary tip during Pressure Test) Commercially Available
Silicon carbide abrasive cloth, 320, 400, and 500 grit Loctite Corporation
705 N Mountain Rd.
Newington, CT 06111
Snap ring pliers Commercially Available
Soap, liquid, Fremont No. 3045 Fremont Industries
P.O. Box 67
4400 Valley Industrial Blvd N
Shakopee, MN 55379-9990 USA
Spray chamber, with illumination, 75 watt collimated Commercially Available
underlighting and/or 300 watt external indirect lighting
Turret tool holder, extension type Commercially Available
Tweezers, sharp pointed Commercially Available
73-11-42 Page 9006

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Ultrasonic cleaning system Lewis Corporation102 Willenbrock Road
Oxford, CT 06483 USA
Ultrasonic cleaning tank Same As Above
Welder, automatic, inert-gas shielded tungsten arc, with Commercially Available
angle head torch
Weld filler material, AMS 4190 or AMS 4180 Commercially Available
Weld filler material, 0.035 to 0.045 in. (0,889 to 1,143 Commercially Available
mm) dia, AMS 5786, (Hastelloy W)
Weld filler material, 0.035 to 0.045 in. (0,889 to 1,143 Commercially Available
mm) dia, L-605, Ref 347)
Weld filler material, AMS 5798, (Hastelloy X) Commercially Available
Welding electrode Commercially Available
73-11-42 Page 9007

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
9001
6833108
6037500 6803035 6877016 6875500-4
6037501 6877017
6877001 6877003 6877004
6877005 6877006 6877010

901CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-974-A01
Illustration Tools (Sheet 1 of 5)
Figure 9001
73-11-42 Page 9008

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
9001
DETAIL 2
0 ' 100 ' 1 2
0
' 8 '
1
' 4 60
DETAIL 4 OR 30
40 1 60
0 '
'
0
DETAIL 23
6877011 6877014
6877012 6877015 6877020M2
6877023
6877021 6877022
6897102
902CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-975-A01
Figure 9001
73-11-42 Page 9009

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
9001
6877025
6877026
6877024
6877029 6877030
6877028
6877108
6885016
6877031
903CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-976-A01
Figure 9001
73-11-42 Page 9010

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
9001
6897006
6887000
6897008
6897010
6897097
6897098 6897101 6897103
904CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-977-A01
Figure 9001
73-11-42 Page 9011

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
9001
6897105
6897107
6897106
6977602
6897142
6897143
905CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-978-A01
Figure 9001
73-11-42 Page 9012

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
STORAGE
TASK 73-11-42-99C-936-A01
The recommended storage materials are given in Table 15001.
TASK 73-11-42-94A-937-A01
2. Storage Materials
The material shown in Table 15001 is necessary for storage of the Fuel Nozzle Assembly.
15001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-938-A01 Storage Materials—Table 15001

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Bag, polyethylene Commercially Available.
MIL-PRF 6081, Grade 1010 Commercially Available.
Protective Cap Commercially Available
Tag, Identification Commercially Available.
Storage Materials —Table 15001
TASK 73-11-42-550-935-A01
3. Storage Instructions
A. Connect nozzle to preservation stand supplying preservation oil conforming to MIL-PRF-6081, Grade
1010, with 10 micron filtration. Flush nozzle thoroughly at 150 to 200 psig (1034 to 1379 kPa gage),
until preservation oil is observed exiting from secondary tip.
NOTE: Allow excess oil to drain from fuel nozzle.
B. Install protective caps or equivalent.

C. Demagnetize fuel nozzle assembly.
NOTE: Magnetism shall not exceed 5 gauss (0.0005 T). If magnetism is excessive, degauss before
storing.
73-11-42 Page 15001

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
D. Prepare the component for storage, as follows:
(1) Place fuel nozzle assembly in plastic bag and seal to prevent contamination.
(2) Place fuel nozzle assembly in a box or other protective container to prevent damage from
handling and storage.
(3) Mark identification number on outside of carton.
E. Store the component in an approved area. The storage area must have sufficient ventilation with low
humidity and dust, and protection from high heat.
73-11-42 Page 15002

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
TASK 73-11-42-99C-980-A01
1. Introduction and Purpose
A. This section contains a detailed parts list for the Fuel Nozzle Assembly. The detailed parts list has an
illustration(s) and an alpha-numeric breakdown of parts for all assembly(ies) which can be
disassembled, repaired or replaced, and reassembled. The parts list has six columns: figure and item,
part number, airline part number, nomenclature, effectivity code, and units per assembly.
B. When equipment designators are used for electrical/electronic parts they are shown in the detailed
parts list and in the Equipment Designator Index.
C. When the detailed parts list is more than five pages, a Numerical Index will be included in this section
as a supplement.
D. Vendor Information includes vendor cage codes, names, and addresses of vendors, and is referred to
in the detailed parts list.
TASK 73-11-42-99C-981-A01
2. Explanation and Usage
A. The IPL FIG. /ITEM column shows the figure number and the item number for each detail part. The
figure number is shown once in the header row. Each part is identified by an item number. A part which
is not illustrated will have a dash (-) before the item number.
(1) Alpha variants, letters A through Z (except I and O), are used with an item number to show:
(a) Alternate parts.
(b) Optional parts.
(c) Service bulletin changes.
(d) Configuration differences.
(2) An alpha variant item number is not shown on the exploded view when the shape and location of
the alpha variant item is the same as the basic item number.
B. The PART NUMBER column shows the part number for each detail part. Use the part number exactly
as shown when procuring parts, except as noted below.
(1) The Parker Hannifin Corporation basic part numbering system consists of a numerical system of
seven digits. These basic part numbers may be supplied with letters and numbers to indicate
parts available in a range of classes, and/or oversize-undersize dimensions, which provide for
necessary selectivity during servicing and overhaul. The complete number must be quoted on
procurement documentation to ensure that the correct part is supplied. No special numbering
system is employed. Numbers are assigned to assemblies, subassemblies and details as
needed.
73-11-42 Page 10001

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(2) Assembly Order
The indentation system used in this Illustrated Parts List shows the item relationship. For a given
item, the Indentation code shows an assembly or installation assembly starting in the extreme left
position, continuing down into succeeding columns until the end details is reached, as follows:
1234567
Assembly or installation assembly (RF) number
Attaching parts for assembly or installation
***
. Detail parts for assembly
.. Sub-Assembly
.. Attaching parts for sub-assembly
***
... Detail parts for sub-assembly
... Sub-sub-assembly
... Attaching parts for sub-sub-assembly
***
.... Detail parts for sub-sub-assembly
(3) Effectivity
The Effectivity code column established parts relationship with units or assemblies that are
essentially the same but have minor variations. These units or assemblies are the lead items on
the Detailed Parts List. These items or assemblies shall be assigned reference letters such as A,
B, C, D, etc. Parts that are not common to all configurations but are associated with one or more
of the coded items shall carry the letter or letters assigned to the lead item with which it is
associated. When a part is common to all lead items, the effectivity column is blank.
CODE FIGURE NO. PARKER-HANNIFIN PART NO. GENERAL ELECTRIC PART NO.
A 1,3,4 6810184M30 9321M92G30
B 1,3,4 6810184M33 9321M92G33
C 2 6810184M36 9321M92G36
D 1,3,4 6810184M37 9321M92G37
E 1,3,4 6840023M1 1317M47G01
F 1,3,4 6840023M2 1317M47G02
G 1,3,4 6840023M7 1317M47G07
H 1,3,4 6840023M8 1317M47G08
J 1,3,4 6840023M9 1317M47G09
K 1,3,4 6840023M10 1317M47G10
L 1,3,4 6840023E14 1317M47G14
M 1,3,4 6840023E15 1317M47G15
N 1,3,4 6840023E16 1317M47G16
P 1,3,4 6840023E17 1317M47G17
Q 2 6810184M10 9321M92G10
R 2 6840023M3 1317M47G03
S 1,3,4 6840023E18 1317M47G18
73-11-42 Page 10002

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
(4) Units per Assembly:
The quantity listed in the “Units per Assy” column is the total quantity used per assembly; the
quantity in the case of each detail part and/or subassembly indented under an assembly is the
quantity used per assembly. For bulk items the letters “AR” are inserted into the Units per
Assembly column to indicate “as required.” Items listed for reference purposes, the letters “RF”
are inserted. Items that are not procurable, the letters “NP” are inserted.
TASK 73-11-42-99C-982-A01
3. Parts Replacement Data

The interchangeability relationship between parts is identified in the NOMENCLATURE column of the parts
list. A list of the terms used to show interchangeability and their definition is as follows:
PARTS LIST
TERM ABBREVIATION DEFINITION
Alternate ALT The part fully meets functional and structural

specifications, but is different in external
dimensions, connection installation, and/or mounting
provisions. Rework or possible modifications can be
necessary.
Optional OPT The part is fully interchangeable in form, fit and
function with the subject part number. This gives a
choice of parts for procurement and support functions.
Preferred PRFD The part is preferred over other alternate or

optional parts shown.
Replaced by REPLD BY The part is replaced by and interchangeable with the

item number shown.
Replaces REPLS The part replaces and is interchangeable with the item
number shown.
Superseded by SUPSD BY The part is replaced by and is not interchangeable with

the item number shown.
Supersedes SUPSDS The part replaces and is not interchangeable with the
item number shown.
Service Bulletins S/B PRE Identifies when a service bulletin has an effect on a part.
The use of PRE shows the condition of the part before
the work in the service bulletin is done.
S/B POST Identifies when a service bulletin has an effect on a part.

The use of POST shows the condition of the part after the
work in the service bulletin is done.
S/B RWK Identifies when a service bulletin has an effect on a part.

The use of RWK shows the part is reworked by the
service bulletin.
73-11-42 Page 10003

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
TASK 73-11-42-99C-983-A01
4. Proprietary
A proprietary item is shown with “(-P)” in the nomenclature column for the part. This item is also identified
by the component manufacturers source controlled part number for parts procurement.
TASK 73-11-42-960-984-A01
5. Service Bulletin Incorporation
A. Except as indicated below, assemblies, subassemblies and detail parts subject to modification,
deletion, addition or replacement by an issued service bulletin are annotated to show both pre- and
post-service bulletin configuration. The term (PRE SB XXXX) in the Nomenclature column designates
the original configuration, and the term (POST SB XXXX) identifies assemblies and parts after the
service bulletin modification has been completed.
B. Subassemblies and detail parts used on assemblies bearing the pre-or post-service bulletin notation
will not carry the same notation themselves if the use code(s) assigned to them clearly reflect(s) their
pre- or post-service bulletin status.
TASK 73-11-42-970-985-A01
6. Numerical Index
A. Not applicable.
B. The Numerical Index is included as a supplement to the detailed parts list. All detailed parts are
included in Table 10001.
(Refer to Table 10002 "TABLE 10001-73-11-42-99A-985-A01" on page 10004.)
NOTE: An empty space in the TTL REQ. column shows a deleted item.
10001
TABLE 73-11-42-99A-985-A01
Numerical Index—Table 10001
NOTE: All part numbers shown in the Numerical Index are in alpha-numeric order.
PART NUMBERS AIRLINE PART NO. FIG. ITEM TTL REQ.
M83248/1-008 1 100 NP
MS16625-4025 4 -135 1
6002135 1 60F 1
3 -60F 1
6002136 1 -60G 1
3 -60G 1
6002137 1 -60H 1
Numerical Index (Sheet 1 of 16)—Table 10001
73-11-42 Page 10004

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
3 -60H 1
6002153 3 130 1
6002155 3 -130A 1
6002175 3 -130B 1
6002190 3 140 1
6062052 3 130C NP
6062120 3 60J 1
6062123 3 150 NP
6062124-001 1 -55B NP
6062125 1 -55C NP
6091038 1 -106 AR
6091078 1 -106A AR
6091079 1 -106B AR
6091080 1 -106D AR
6091081 1 -106C AR
6681143-5 1 -10A NP
6691126-1 3 -75 NP
6691126-10 3 -84 NP
6691126-11 3 -85 NP
6691126-12 3 -86 NP
6691126-13 3 -87 NP
6691126-14 3 -88 NP
6691126-15 3 -89 NP
6691126-16 3 -90 NP
6691126-17 3 -91 NP
73-11-42 Page 10005

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6691126-18 3 -92 NP
6691126-19 3 -93 NP
6691126-1A 3 65 NP
6691126-1B 3 -66 NP
6691126-1C 3 -67 NP
6691126-1D 3 -68 NP
6691126-1E 3 -69 NP
6691126-1F 3 -70 NP
6691126-1G 3 -71 NP
6691126-1H 3 -72 NP
6691126-1J 3 -73 NP
6691126-1K 3 -74 NP
6691126-2 3 -76 NP
6691126-20 3 -94 NP
6691126-21 3 -95 NP
6691126-22 3 -96 NP
6691126-23 3 -97 NP
6691126-24 3 -98 NP
6691126-25 3 -99 NP
6691126-26 3 -100 NP
6691126-27 3 -101 NP
6691126-28 3 -102 NP
6691126-29 3 -103 NP
6691126-3 3 -77 NP
6691126-30 3 -104 NP
73-11-42 Page 10006

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6691126-31 3 -105 NP
6691126-4 3 -78 NP
6691126-5 3 -79 NP
6691126-6 3 -80 NP
6691126-7 3 -81 NP
6691126-8 3 -82 NP
6691126-9 3 -83 NP
6691126-A 3 -106 AR
6691143-5 2 -10A NP
6691143-6 1 10 NP
2 10 NP
6691143-8 1 15 NP
2 15 NP
6711323 3 115 NP
6711574-965 1 55 NP
2 55 NP
6711948-17 1 5 NP
2 5 NP
6761701 1 20 NP
2 20 NP
6771375 1 35 NP
2 35 NP
6781335-1 1 -130 NP
6781335-10 1 -139 NP
6781335-11 1 -140 NP
73-11-42 Page 10007

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6781335-12 1 -141 NP
6781335-13 1 -142 NP
6781335-14 1 -143 NP
6781335-2 1 -131 NP
6781335-3 1 -132 NP
6781335-4 1 -133 NP
6781335-5 1 -134 NP
6781335-6 1 -135 NP
6781335-7 1 -136 NP
6781335-8 1 -137 NP
6781335-9 1 -138 NP
6801940 1 26 NP
6801962 4 130 NP
6810184M10 2 -1 NP
6810184M30 1 -1 RF
6810184M33 1 -1A RF
6810184M36 2 -1B NP
6810184M37 1 -1C RF
6811411 2 -115 NP
6811414 1 110 NP
2 110 NP
6811415 1 95 NP
2 95 NP
4 -95 NP
6811416 4 100 NP
73-11-42 Page 10008

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6811417 4 105 NP
6811419-1 4 110 NP
6811419-10 4 -119 NP
6811419-11 4 -120 NP
6811419-12 4 -121 NP
6811419-13 4 -122 NP
6811419-2 4 -111 NP
6811419-3 4 -112 NP
6811419-4 4 -113 NP
6811419-5 4 -114 NP
6811419-6 4 -115 NP
6811419-7 4 -116 NP
6811419-8 4 -117 NP
6811419-9 4 -118 NP
6811420 4 125 NP
6811421 1 90 NP
2 90 NP
6811422 1 85 NP
2 85 NP
6811423 1 30 NP
2 30 NP
6811446 1 -50 NP
2 50 NP
6811447 1 45 NP
2 45 NP
73-11-42 Page 10009

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6822007 3 125 NP
6822008 1 -60 NP
2 60 NP
3 -60 NP
6822097 1 160 NP
6831127 2 25 NP
6831257 2 105 NP
6831277 1 165 NP
2 -165 NP
6831297 1 -150 NP
2 -150 NP
6831307-1 1 120 NP
6831307-10 1 -129 NP
6831307-11 1 -129B NP
6831307-2 1 -121 NP
6831307-3 1 -122 NP
6831307-4 1 -123 NP
6831307-5 1 -124 NP
6831307-6 1 -125 NP
6831307-7 1 -126 NP
6831307-8 1 -127 NP
6831307-9 1 -128 NP
6831543 1 25 NP
6831557 1 155 NP
6831558 1 115 NP
73-11-42 Page 10010

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6831559 1 105 NP
6831842-008 1 -100A NP
2 100 NP
6840023E14 1 -1K RF
6840023E15 1 -1L RF
6840023E16 1 -1M RF
6840023E17 1 -1N RF
6840023E18 1 -1P RF
6840023M1 1 -1D RF
6840023M10 1 -1J RF
6840023M2 1 -1E RF
6840023M3 2 -1A NP
6840023M7 1 -1F RF
6840023M8 1 -1G RF
6840023M9 1 -1H RF
6841172 1 -60A NP
2 -60A NP
3 -60A NP
6841173 3 -125A NP
6841271 1 175 NP
2 125 NP
6841361 1 -105A NP
2 -105A NP
6841362 1 -115A NP
2 -117 NP
73-11-42 Page 10011

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6841363 1 -155A NP
2 -155 NP
6841365 1 -160A NP
2 -160 NP
6841500-1 1 170 NP
2 -170 NP
6841500-11 1 -170E NP
6841500-12 1 -170F NP
6841500-2 1 -170A NP
2 120 NP
6841500-3 1 -170B NP
6841500-6 1 -170C NP
6841500-7 1 -170D NP
6851104 1 -165A NP
6851106 1 101 NP
2 101 NP
6851152 1 -105B NP
6851153 1 -115B NP
6851154 1 -160B NP
6851155 1 -60B NP
3 -60B NP
6851156 3 -125B NP
6851157 1 -155B NP
6861116 1 -25A NP
2 25A NP
73-11-42 Page 10012

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6861844 1 -150A NP
6871337-5 1 -10C RF
6871337-6 1 -10B RF
6871337-8 1 -15A RF
6871520 1 -25B 1
6871668 1 -105L 1
6871669 1 -165B NP
6871670 1 -115H 1
6871671-1 1 -130A 1
6871671-10 1 -139A AR
6871671-11 1 -140A AR
6871671-12 1 -141A AR
6871671-13 1 -142A AR
6871671-14 1 -143A AR
6871671-2 1 -131A AR
6871671-3 1 -132A AR
6871671-4 1 -133A AR
6871671-5 1 -134A AR
6871671-6 1 -135A AR
6871671-7 1 -136A AR
6871671-8 1 -137A AR
6871671-9 1 -138A AR
6871672-1 1 -120A 1
6871672-10 1 -129A AR
6871672-11 1 -129C AR
73-11-42 Page 10013

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6871672-2 1 -121A AR
6871672-3 1 -122A AR
6871672-4 1 -123A AR
6871672-5 1 -124A AR
6871672-6 1 -125A AR
6871672-7 1 -126A AR
6871672-8 1 -127A AR
6871672-9 1 -128A AR
6871673 1 -110A 1
6871674-965 1 -55A 1
6871675 1 -60C NP
3 -60C NP
6871676 1 -50A NP
6871677 1 -45A 1
6871678 1 -95A 1
4 -95A 1
6871679-008 1 -100B 1
6871680 1 -90A 1
6871681 1 -85A 1
6871682 1 -35A 1
6871683 1 -30A NP
6871684 1 -20A RF
6871685 1 -26A 1
6871686 1 -105T 1
6871687 1 -115L 1
73-11-42 Page 10014

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6871688 1 -60D NP
3 -60D NP
6871689-1 1 -170N 1
6871689-11 1 -170L 1
6871689-12 1 -170M 1
6871689-2 1 -170G 1
6871689-3 1 -170H 1
6871689-6 1 -170J 1
6871689-7 1 -170K 1
6871690 1 -105M 1
6871939 1 40 NP
2 40 NP
6872247 1 -40A 1
6872248-17 1 -5A RF
6881378 1 -115J 1
6881379 1 -60E NP
3 -60E NP
6881380 1 -105C 1
6881381 1 -115C NP
6881382 1 -175A 1
6881383 1 -105D 1
6881384 1 -115D NP
6881385 1 -105E NP
6881386 1 -165C NP
6881387 1 -101A 1
73-11-42 Page 10015

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6881388 1 -105F NP
6881389 1 -105G 1
6881390 1 -115E NP
6881391 1 -105H NP
6881685-1 3 -75A AR
6881685-10 3 -84A AR
6881685-11 3 -85A AR
6881685-12 3 -86A AR
6881685-13 3 -87A AR
6881685-14 3 -88A AR
6881685-15 3 -89A AR
6881685-16 3 -90A AR
6881685-17 3 -91A AR
6881685-18 3 -92A AR
6881685-19 3 -93A AR
6881685-1A 3 -65A 1
6881685-1B 3 -66A AR
6881685-1C 3 -67A AR
6881685-1D 3 -68A AR
6881685-1E 3 -69A AR
6881685-1F 3 -70A AR
6881685-1G 3 -71A AR
6881685-1H 3 -72A AR
6881685-1J 3 -73A AR
6881685-1K 3 -74A AR
73-11-42 Page 10016

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6881685-2 3 -76A AR
6881685-20 3 -94A AR
6881685-21 3 -95A AR
6881685-22 3 -96A AR
6881685-23 3 -97A AR
6881685-24 3 -98A AR
6881685-25 3 -99A AR
6881685-26 3 -100A AR
6881685-27 3 -101A AR
6881685-28 3 -102A AR
6881685-29 3 -103A AR
6881685-3 3 -77A AR
6881685-30 3 -104A AR
6881685-31 3 -105A AR
6881685-4 3 -78A AR
6881685-5 3 -79A AR
6881685-6 3 -80A AR
6881685-7 3 -81A AR
6881685-8 3 -82A AR
6881685-9 3 -83A AR
6881685-B 3 -106A AR
6881685-C 3 -106B AR
6881685-D 3 -106C AR
6881685-E 3 -106D AR
6881685-F 3 -106E AR
73-11-42 Page 10017

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6881685-G 3 -106F AR
6881685-H 3 -106G AR
6881685-J 3 -106H AR
6881685-K 3 -106J AR
6881988 3 120 NP
6891562 1 -160D NP
6891564 1 -155D NP
6891720 1 -155C NP
6891723 1 -160C NP
6891916 1 -105J 1
6891917 1 -115F NP
6891918 1 -105K 1
6891919 1 -115G NP
6911643 3 -115A 1
6911644 3 -120A 1
6911645-1 4 -110A 1
6911645-10 4 -119A AR
6911645-11 4 -120A AR
6911645-12 4 -121A AR
6911645-13 4 -122A AR
6911645-2 4 -111A AR
6911645-3 4 -112A AR
6911645-4 4 -113A AR
6911645-5 4 -114A AR
6911645-6 4 -115A AR
73-11-42 Page 10018

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
6911645-7 4 -116A AR
6911645-8 4 -117A AR
6911645-9 4 -118A AR
6911646 4 -125A 1
6911647 4 -130A 1
6921018 1 -105N NP
6921020 1 -105P NP
6922057 1 -150B NP
6942253 1 -115K 1
6962030 1 -30B 1
6972030 1 -165D 1
6972031 1 -105R 1
6972032 1 -105S 1
6972033 1 -165E 1
6972034 1 -105Q 1
6982266 1 -115M 1
6982267 1 -115N 1
6982268 1 -115P 1
6982269 1 -115Q 1
73-11-42 Page 10019

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
7. Vendor Information
The list that follows contains the cage code, name, and address of each vendor. The cage code number is
used in the nomenclature column of the illustrated parts list.
CODE VENDORS NAME AND ADDRESS
V27515 Parker Hannifin Corporation

OEM Gas Turbine Fuel System Division
124 Columbia Street
Clyde, NY 14433 USA
CODE VENDORS NAME AND ADDRESS

V4U799 Parker Hannifin Corporation
Gas Turbine Fuel System Division
73-11-42 Page 10020

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
FIGURE 73-11-42-950-986-A01 IPL FIGURE 1
IPL Figure 1
25
35 20
30
45 40 26
55 50
15
60
170 110
165
95 100
90
85
101
105
120 150 175 10
130 160 155
115
CFMIPL01
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-986-A01
Fuel Nozzle - Exploded View (Sheet 1 of 1) (CODE A,B,D,E,F,G,H,J,K,L,M,N,P,S)
IPL Figure 1
73-11-42 Page 10021

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

FIG. 1/ PART EFF PER
ITEM PART NUMBER NO. 1234567 NOMENCLATURE CODE ASSY
-1 6810184M30 NOZZLE, Fuel A RF

(GE PN 9321M92G30) (Replaces
6810184M10)
-1A 6810184M33 NOZZLE, Fuel B RF

(GE PN 9321M92G33)
-1C 6810184M37 NOZZLE, Fuel D RF

(GE PN 9321M92G37)
-1D 6840023M1 NOZZLE, Fuel E RF

(GE PN 1317M47G01) (6840023-73-
005, 6840023-73-007 , SB, PRE )
-1E 6840023M2 NOZZLE, Fuel F RF

(GE PN 1317M47G02)
-1F 6840023M7 NOZZLE, Fuel G RF

(GE PN 1317M47G07) (Replaces
6840023M3)
-1G 6840023M8 NOZZLE, Fuel H RF

(GE PN 1317M47G08)
-1H 6840023M9 NOZZLE, Fuel J RF

(GE PN 1317M47G09)
-1J 6840023M10 NOZZLE, Fuel K RF

(GE PN 1317M47G10)
-1K 6840023E14 NOZZLE, Fuel L RF

(GE PN 1317M47G14)
-1L 6840023E15 NOZZLE, Fuel M RF

(GE PN 1317M47G15)
-1M 6840023E16 NOZZLE, Fuel N RF

(GE PN 1317M47G16)
-1N 6840023E17 NOZZLE, Fuel P RF

(GE PN 1317M47G17)
-1P 6840023E18 NOZZLE, Fuel S RF

(GE PN 1317M47G18) (6840023-73-
005, 6840023-73-007 , SB, POST )
- ITEMS NOT ILLUSTRATED
73-11-42 Page 10022

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

5 6711948-17 .PROTECTOR, Flange ABD NP

(REPLACED BY 6872248-17)
-5A 6872248-17 .PROTECTOR, Flange EFGH RF

(REPLACES 6711948-17) JKLM-
NPS
10 6691143-6 .CAP, Protector ABD NP

(Tip) (Without Wear Sleeve)
-10A 6681143-5 .CAP, PROTECTOR EFGH NP

(Tip) (With Wear Sleeve) JKLM-
(REPLACED BY 6871337-5) NPS
-10B 6871337-6 .CAP, Protector ABD RF

(Tip) (Without Wear Sleeve)
(REPLACES 6691143-6)
-10C 6871337-5 .CAP, Protector EFGH RF

(Tip) (With Wear Sleeve) JKLM-
(REPLACES 6691143-5) NPS
15 6691143-8 .CAP Protector NP

(Fitting) (REPLACED BY 6871337-8)
-15A 6871337-8 .CAP Protector RF

(Fitting) (REPLACES 6691143-8)
20 6761701 .CAP Protector NP

(Cover) (REPLACED BY 68711684)
-20A 6871684 .CAP Protector RF

(Cover) (REPLACES 6761701)
25 6831543 .COVER, Inlet (w/out retaining ring) ABDE NP

(SUPERSEDED BY 6861116) FGHJ
K
-25A 6861116 .COVER, Inlet NP

(SUPERSEDES 6831543)
(REPLACED BY 6871520)
-25B 6871520 .COVER, Inlet 1

(REPLACES 6861116)
73-11-42 Page 10023

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

26 6801940 .RING, Retaining NP

-26A 6871685 .RING, Retaining 1

(REPLACES 6801940)
30 6811423 .STRAINER, Inlet NP

-30A 6871683 .STRAINER, Inlet NP

(REPLACES 6811423) (REPLACED
BY 6962030)
-30B 6962030 .STRAINER, Inlet 1

(REPLACES 6871683)
35 6771375 .RING, Weld NP

-35A 6871682 .RING, Weld 1

(REPLACES 6771375)
40 6871939 .STRAINER, Primary NP

-40A 6872247 .STRAINER, Primary 1

(REPLACES 6871939)
45 6811447 .SPRING, Holddown NP

-45A 6871677 .SPRING, Holddown 1

(REPLACES 6811447)
-50 6811446 .SLEEVE, Holddown NP

-50A 6871676 .SLEEVE, Holddown NP

(REPLACES 6811446) (SUPER-
SEDED BY 6002190)
55 6711574-965 .PACKING, Preformed NP

73-11-42 Page 10024

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-55A 6871674-965 .PACKING, Preformed ABDE 1

(REPLACES 6711574-965) FGHJ
KLMN
P
-55B 6062124-001 .PACKING, Preformed S 1
-55C 6062125 .PACKING, Preformed S 1
-60 6822008 .VALVE, Cartridge AEG NP

(REPLACED BY 6871675) LN
-60A 6841172 .VALVE, Cartridge BFH NP

-60B 6851155 .VALVE, Cartridge DJK NP

(REPLACED BY 6881379) MP
-60C 6871675 .VALVE, Cartridge AEG NP

(REPLACES 6822008) (SUPER- LN
SEDED BY 6002135)
-60D 6871688 .VALVE, Cartridge BFH NP

SEDED BY 6002136)
-60E 6881379 .VALVE, Cartridge DJK NP

(REPLACES 6851155) (SUPER- MP
SEDED BY 6002137)
60F 6002135 .VALVE, Cartridge AEG 1

(REPLACES 6871675) LN
-60G 6002136 .VALVE, Cartridge BFH 1

(REPLACES 6871688)
-60H 6002137 .VALVE, Cartridge DJK 1

(REPLACES 6881379) MP
-60J 6062120 .VALVE, Cartridge S 1
85 6811422 .PLUG NP
-85A 6871681 .PLUG 1

(REPLACES 6811422)
73-11-42 Page 10025

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

90 6811421 .SPRING, Holddown NP

-90A 6871680 .SPRING, Holddown 1

(REPLACES 6811421) (100%
replacement required)
95 6811415 .VALVE, Check NP

-95A 6871678 .VALVE, Check 1

(REPLACES 6811415)
100 M83248/1-008 .O-RING NP

-100A 6831842-008 .O-RING NP

(REPLACES M83248/1-008)
(SUPERSEDED BY 6871679-008)
-100B 6871679-008 .O-RING 1

(REPLACES 6831842-008)
101 6851106 .PIN, Flange NP

-101A 6881387 .PIN, Flange GHK 1

(REPLACES 6851106) LM
105 6831559 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET A NP

-105A 6841361 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET B NP

-105B 6851152 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET D NP

-105C 6881380 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET ES 1
-105D 6881383 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET F 1
-105E 6881385 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET G NP

-105F 6881388 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET H NP
-105G 6881389 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET J 1
73-11-42 Page 10026

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-105H 6881391 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET K NP
-105J 6891916 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET L 1
-105K 6891918 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET M 1
-105L 6871668 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET A 1

(REPLACES 6831559)
-105M 6871690 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET D 1

(REPLACES 6851152)
-105N 6921018 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET N NP

-105P 6921020 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET P NP

-105Q 6972034 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET G 1

(REPLACES 6881385)
-105R 6972031 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET N 1

(REPLACES 6921018)
-105S 6972032 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET P 1

(REPLACES 6921020)
-105T 6871686 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET B 1

(REPLACES 6841361)
-106 6091038 ..METERING SET W/OUT AEG AR

SECONDARY BODY
-106A 6091078 ..METERING SET W/OUT BFH AR

SECONDARY BODY
-106B 6091079 ..METERING SET W/OUT DJK AR

SECONDARY BODY
-106C 6091081 ..METERING SET W/OUT LN AR

SECONDARY BODY
-106D 6091080 ..METERING SET W/OUT MP AR

SECONDARY BODY
110 6811414 ..ORIFICE, Restrictor NP

73-11-42 Page 10027

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-110A 6871673 ..ORIFICE, Restrictor 1

(REPLACES 6811414)
115 6831558 ..METERING SET A NP

-115A 6841362 ..METERING SET B NP

-115B 6851153 ..METERING SET D NP

-115C 6881381 ..METERING SET, Without wear EGS NP

sleeve
(ALTERNATE P/N 6982266) (Meter-
ing set with wear sleeve)
-115D 6881384 ..METERING SET, Without wear F NP

sleeve
-115E 6881390 ..METERING SET, Without wear J NP

sleeve
-115F 6891917 ..METERING SET, Without wear LN NP

sleeve
-115G 6891919 ..METERING SET, Without wear MP NP

sleeve
-115H 6871670 ..METERING SET A 1

(REPLACES 6831558)
-115J 6881378 ..METERING SET D 1

(REPLACES 6851153)
-115K 6942253 ..METERING SET, With wear sleeve LN 1
-115L 6871687 ..METERING SET, B 1

(REPLACES 6841382)
73-11-42 Page 10028

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-115M 6982266 ..METERING SET, With wear sleeve EGS 1
-115N 6982267 ..METERING SET, With wear sleeve FH 1
-115P 6982268 ..METERING SET, With wear sleeve JK 1
-115Q 6982269 ..METERING SET, With wear sleeve MP 1

ATTACHING PARTS
120 6831307-1 ..RING, Filler NP

(0.028 TO 0.029 IN. [0.71 TO 0.74
MM] THICK) (REPLACED BY
6871672-1)
-120A 6871672-1 ..RING, Filler 1

(0.028 TO 0.029 IN. [0.71 TO 0.74
MM] THICK) (REPLACES 6831307-
1) (Select from this or one of the
following)
-121 6831307-2 ..RING, Filler NP

(0.033 TO 0.034 IN. [0.84 TO 0.86
6871672-2)
-121A 6871672-2 ..RING, Filler AR

(0.033 TO 0.034 IN. [0.84 TO 0.86
MM] THICK) (REPLACES
6831307-2)
-122 6831307-3 ..RING, Filler NP

(0.037 TO 0.038 IN. [0.94 TO 0.97
6871672-3)
-122A 6871672-3 ..RING, Filler AR

(0.037 TO 0.038 IN. [0.94 TO 0.97
6831307-3)
-123 6831307-4 ..RING, Filler NP

(0.040 TO 0.041 IN. [1.02 TO 1.04
6871672-4)
73-11-42 Page 10029

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-123A 6871672-4 ..RING, Filler AR

(0.040 TO 0.041 IN. [1.02 TO 1.04
6831307-4)
-124 6831307-5 ..RING, Filler NP

(0.030 TO 0.032 IN. [0.76 TO 0.81
6871672-5)
-124A 6871672-5 ..RING, Filler AR

(0.030 TO 0.032 IN. [0.76 TO 0.81
6831307-5)
-125 6831307-6 ..RING, Filler NP

(0.0345 TO 0.0365 IN. [0.876 TO
0.927 MM] THICK) (REPLACED BY
6871672-6)
-125A 6871672-6 ..RING, Filler AR

(0.0345 TO 0.0365 IN. [0.876 TO
0.927 MM] THICK) (REPLACES
6831307-6)
-126 6831307-7 ..RING, Filler NP

(0.0385 TO 0.0395 IN. [0.978 TO
6871672-7)
-126A 6871672-7 ..RING, Filler AR

(0.0385 TO 0.0395 IN. [0.978 TO
6831307-7)
-127 6831307-8 ..RING, Filler NP

(0.0415 TO 0.0430 IN. [1.054 TO
6871672-8)
-127A 6871672-8 ..RING, Filler AR

(0.0415 TO 0.0430 IN. [1.054 TO
6831307-8)
73-11-42 Page 10030

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-128 6831307-9 ..RING, Filler NP

(0.0435 TO 0.0450 IN. [1.105 TO
6871672-9)
-128A 6871672-9 ..RING, Filler AR

(0.0435 TO 0.0450 IN. [1.105 TO
6831307-9)
-129 6831307-10 ..RING, Filler NP

(0.0455 TO 0.0470 IN. [1.156 TO
6871672-10)
-129A 6871672-10 ..RING, Filler AR

(0.0455 TO 0.0470 IN. [1.156 TO
6831307-10)
-129B 6831307-11 ..RING, Filler NP

(0.0475 TO 0.0490 IN. [1.207 TO
6871672-11)
-129C 6871672-11 ..RING, Filler AR

(0.0475 TO 0.0490 IN. [1.207 TO
6831307-11)
-130 6781335-1 ..RING, Weld NP

(0.031 TO 0.032 IN. [0.79 TO 0.81
6871671-1)
-130A 6871671-1 ..RING, Weld 1

(0.031 TO 0.032 IN. [0.79 TO 0.81
6781335-1) (Select from this or one of
the following)
-131 6781335-2 ..RING, Weld NP

(0.034 TO 0.035 IN. [0.86 TO 0.89
6871671-2)
73-11-42 Page 10031

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-131A 6871671-2 ..RING, Weld AR

(0.034 TO 0.035 IN. [0.86 TO 0.89
6781335-2)
-132 6781335-3 ..RING, Weld NP

(0.037 TO 0.038 IN. [0.94 TO 0.97
6871671-3)
-132A 6871671-3 ..RING, Weld AR

(0.037 TO 0.038 IN. [0.94 TO 0.97
6781335-3)
-133 6781335-4 ..RING, Weld NP

(0.040 TO 0.041 IN. [1.02 TO 1.04
6871671-4)
-133A 6871671-4 ..RING, Weld AR

(0.040 TO 0.041 IN. [1.02 TO 1.04
6781335-4)
-134 6781335-5 ..RING, Weld NP

(0.043 TO 0.044 IN. [1.09 TO 1.12
6871671-5)
-134A 6871671-5 ..RING, Weld AR

(0.043 TO 0.044 IN. [1.09 TO 1.12
6781335-5)
-135 6781335-6 ..RING, Weld NP

(0.046 TO 0.047 IN. [1.17 TO 1.19
6871671-6)
-135A 6871671-6 ..RING, Weld AR

(0.046 TO 0.047 IN. [1.17 TO 1.19
6781335-6)
73-11-42 Page 10032

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-136 6781335-7 ..RING, Weld NP

(0.049 TO 0.050 IN. [1.24 TO 1.27
6871671-7)
-136A 6871671-7 ..RING, Weld AR

(0.049 TO 0.050 IN. [1.24 TO 1.27
6781335-7)
-137 6781335-8 ..RING, Weld NP

(0.052 TO 0.053 IN. [1.32 TO 1.35
6871671-8)
-137A 6871671-8 ..RING, Weld AR

(0.052 TO 0.053 IN. [1.32 TO 1.35
6781335-8)
-138 6781335-9 ..RING, Weld NP

(0.055 TO 0.056 IN. [1.40 TO 1.42
6871671-9)
-138A 6871671-9 ..RING, Weld AR

(0.055 TO 0.056 IN. [1.40 TO 1.42
6781335-9)
-139 6781335-10 ..RING, Weld NP

(0.058 TO 0.059 IN. [1.02 TO 1.04
6871671-10)
-139A 6871671-10 ..RING, Weld AR

(0.058 TO 0.059 IN. [1.02 TO 1.04
6781335-10)
-140 6781335-11 ..RING, Weld NP

(0.061 TO 0.062 IN. [1.55 TO 1.57
6871671-11)
73-11-42 Page 10033

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-140A 6871671-11 ..RING, Weld AR

(0.061 TO 0.062 IN. [1.55 TO 1.57
6781335-11)
-141 6781335-12 ..RING, Weld NP

(0.064 TO 0.065 IN. [1.63 TO 1.65
6871671-12)
-141A 6871671-12 ..RING, Weld AR

(0.064 TO 0.065 IN. [1.63 TO 1.65
6781335-12)
-142 6781335-13 ..RING, Weld NP

(0.067 TO 0.068 IN. [1.70 TO 1.73
6871671-13)
-142A 6871671-13 ..RING, Weld AR

(0.067 TO 0.068 IN. [1.70 TO 1.73
6781335-13)
-143 6781335-14 ..RING, Weld NP

(0.070 TO 0.071 IN. [1.78 TO 1.80
6871671-14)
-143A 6871671-14 ..RING, Weld AR

(0.070 TO 0.071 IN. [1.78 TO 1.80
6781335-14)
- - - *** - - -
-150 6831297 ...BODY, Secondary ABD NP
-150A 6861844 ...BODY, Secondary EFGH NP

(REPLACED BY 6922057) JKLM-
NPS
-150B 6922057 ...BODY, Secondary EFGH NP

(REPLACES 6861844) JKLM-
NPS
155 6831557 ...BODY, Primary AEGS NP
73-11-42 Page 10034

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-155A 6841363 ...BODY, Primary BFH NP
-155B 6851157 ...BODY, Primary DJK NP
-155C 6891720 ...BODY, Primary LN NP
-155D 6891564 ...BODY, Primary MP NP
160 6822097 ...PLUG, Primary AEGS NP
-160A 6841365 ...PLUG, Primary BFH NP
-160B 6851154 ...PLUG, Primary JK NP
-160C 6891723 ...PLUG, Primary LN NP
-160D 6891562 ...PLUG, Primary MP NP
165 6831277 ..SUPPORT ABDE NP

(REPLACED BY 6871669) FJNPS
-165A 6851104 ..SUPPORT GHK NP

(REPLACED BY 6881386) LM
-165B 6871669 ..SUPPORT ABDE NP

(REPLACES 6831277) (REPLACED FJNPS
BY 6972030)
-165C 6881386 ..SUPPORT GHK NP

(REPLACES 6851104) (REPLACED LM
BY 6972033)
-165D 6972030 ..SUPPORT EFJ 1

(REPLACES 6871669) NPS
-165E 6972033 ..SUPPORT GHK 1

(REPLACES 6881386) LM
170 6841500-1 .BAND, Color (GREEN) B NP

-170A 6841500-2 .BAND, Color (BLUE) EGS NP

-170B 6841500-3 .BAND, Color (GOLD) FH NP

73-11-42 Page 10035

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-170C 6841500-6 .BAND, Color (BLACK) D NP

-170D 6841500-7 .BAND, Color (BROWN) JK NP

-170E 6841500-11 .BAND, Color (NATURAL) LN NP

-170F 6841500-12 .BAND, Color (PURPLE) MP NP

-170G 6871689-2 .BAND, Color (BLUE) EGS 1

-170H 6871689-3 .BAND, Color (GOLD) FH 1

-170J 6871689-6 .BAND, Color (BLACK) D 1

-170K 6871689-7 .BAND, Color (BROWN) JK 1

-170L 6871689-11 .BAND, Color (NATURAL) LN 1

(REPLACES 6841500-11)
-170M 6871689-12 .BAND, Color (PURPLE) MP 1

(REPLACES 6841500-12)
-170N 6871689-1 .BAND, Color (GREEN) B 1

175 6841271 .SLEEVE, Wear EFGH NP

(REPLACED BY 6881382) JKLM-
NPS
-175A 6881382 .SLEEVE, Wear EFGH 1

(REPLACES 6841271) JKLM-
NPS
73-11-42 Page 10036

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL Figure 2
25
35 20
30
45 40
55 50
15
60
120 110
95 100
90
85
105
101
125 10
CFMIPL02
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-987-A01
Fuel Nozzle - Exploded View (Sheet 1 of 1) (CODE C,Q AND R)
IPL Figure 2
73-11-42 Page 10037

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-1 6810184M10 NOZZLE, Fuel Q NP

(GE PN 9321M92G10) (Replaced by
6810184M30)
-1A 6840023M3 NOZZLE, Fuel R NP

(GE PN 1317M47G03) (Replaced by
6840023M7)
-1B 6810184M36 NOZZLE, Fuel C NP

(GE PN 9321M92G36) (S/B PRE 73-
0043)
5 6711948-17 .PROTECTOR, Flange CQR NP
10 6691143-6 .CAP, Protector TIP CQ NP

(Without wear sleeve)
-10A 6691143-5 .CAP, Protector TIP R NP

(With wear sleeve)
15 6691143-8 .CAP, Protector Fitting CQR NP
20 6761701 .CAP, Protector Cover CQR NP
25 6831127 .COVER, Inlet Q NP
25A 6861116 .COVER, Inlet CR NP
30 6811423 .STRAINER, Inlet CQR NP
35 6771375 .RING, Weld CQR NP
40 6871939 .STRAINER, Primary CQR NP
45 6811447 .SPRING, Holddown CQR NP
50 6811446 .SLEEVE, Holddown CQR NP
55 6711574-965 .PACKING, Preformed NP

-55A 6871674-965 .PACKING, Preformed 1

(REPLACES 6711574-965)
60 6822008 .VALVE, Cartridge Q NP
-60A 6841172 .VALVE, Cartridge C NP
73-11-42 Page 10038

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

85 6811422 .PLUG CQR NP
90 6811421 .SPRING, Holddown CQR NP
95 6811415 .VALVE, Check CQR NP
100 6831842-008 .PREFORMED PACKING CQR NP
101 6851106 .PIN, Flange R NP
105 6831257 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET Q NP
-105A 6841361 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET C NP
110 6811414 ..ORIFICE, Restrictor CQR NP
-115 6811411 ..SUPPORT Q NP
-117 6841362 ..METERING SET C NP
120 6841500-2 .BAND, Color R NP
125 6841271 This page is intentionally left blank.

.SLEEVE, Wear R NP
-150 6831297 ...BODY, Secondary C NP
-155 6841363 ...BODY, Primary C NP
-160 6841365 ...PLUG, Primary C NP
-165 6831277 ..SUPPORT C NP
-170 6841500-1 .BAND, Color C NP
73-11-42 Page 10039

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL Figure 3
125
120
115
65
OLD STYLE CARTRIDGE VALVE

(NON PROCUREABLE)
130
140
120
115
CARTRIDGE VALVE (-60F,-60G, -60H) 65
130C
120
150
115
65
CARTRIDGE VALVE (-60J) IPL3-CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-988-A01
Cartridge Valve - Exploded View (Sheet 1 of 1)
IPL Figure 3
73-11-42 Page 10040

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-60 6822008 .VALVE, Cartridge AEG NP

(REPLACED BY 6871675) LN
-60A 6841172 .VALVE, Cartridge BFH NP

-60B 6851155 .VALVE, Cartridge DJK NP

(REPLACED BY 6881379) MP
-60C 6871675 .VALVE, Cartridge AEG NP

(REPLACES 6822008) (SUPER- LN
SEDED BY 6002135)
-60D 6871688 .VALVE, Cartridge BFH NP

SEDED BY 6002136)
-60E 6881379 .VALVE, Cartridge DJK NP

(REPLACES 6851155) (SUPER- MP
SEDED BY 6002137)
-60F 6002135 .VALVE, Cartridge AEG 1

(SUPERSEDES 6871675) LN
-60G 6002136 .VALVE, Cartridge BFH 1

(SUPERSEDES 6871688)
-60H 6002137 .VALVE, Cartridge DJK 1

(SUPERSEDES 6881379) MP
-60J 6062120 .VALVE, Cartridge S 1
65 6691126-1A .WASHER, Slotted NP

(0.050 TO 0.051 IN. [1.27 TO 1.29
6881685-1A)
-65A 6881685-1A .WASHER, Slotted 1

(0.050 TO 0.051 IN. [1.27 TO 1.29
1A) (Select from this or one of the
following)
-66 6691126-1B .WASHER, Slotted NP

(0.051 TO 0.052 IN. [1.29 TO 1.32
6881685-1B)
73-11-42 Page 10041

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-66A 6881685-1B .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.051 TO 0.052 IN. [1.29 TO 1.32
6691126-1B)
-67 6691126-1C .WASHER, Slotted NP

(0.052 TO 0.053 IN. (1.32 TO 1.35
MM) THICK) (REPLACED BY
6881685-1C)
-67A 6881685-1C .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.052 TO 0.053 IN. [1.32 TO 1.35
6691126-1C)
-68 6691126-1D .WASHER, Slotted NP

(0.053 TO 0.054 IN. [1.35 TO 1.37
6881685-1D)
-68A 6881685-1D .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.053 TO 0.054 IN. [1.35 TO 1.37
6691126-1D)
-69 6691126-1E .WASHER, Slotted NP

(0.054 TO 0.055 IN. [1.37 TO 1.40
6881685-1E)
-69A 6881685-1E .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.054 TO 0.055 IN. [1.37 TO 1.40
6691126-1E)
-70 6691126-1F .WASHER, Slotted NP

(0.055 TO 0.056 IN. [1.40 TO 1.42
6881685-1F)
-70A 6881685-1F .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.055 TO 0.056 IN. [1.40 TO 1.42
6691126-1F)
73-11-42 Page 10042

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-71 6691126-1G .WASHER, Slotted NP

(0.056 TO 0.057 IN. [1.42 TO 1.45
6881685-1G)
-71A 6881685-1G .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.056 TO 0.057 IN. [1.42 TO 1.45
6691126-1G)
-72 6691126-1H .WASHER, Slotted NP

(0.057 TO 0.058 IN. [1.45 TO 1.47
6881685-1H)
-72A 6881685-1H .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.057 TO 0.058 IN. [1.45 TO 1.47
6691126-1H)
-73 6691126-1J .WASHER, Slotted NP

(0.058 TO 0.059 IN. [1.47 TO 1.50
6881685-1J)
-73A 6881685-1J .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.058 TO 0.059 IN. [1.47 TO 1.50
6691126-1J)
-74 6691126-1K .WASHER, Slotted NP

(0.059 TO 0.060 IN. [1.50 TO 1.52
6881685-1K)
-74A 6881685-1K .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.059 TO 0.060 IN. [1.50 TO 1.52
6691126-1K)
-75 6691126-1 .WASHER, Slotted NP

(0.060 TO 0.061 IN. [1.52 TO 1.55
6881685-1)
73-11-42 Page 10043

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-75A 6881685-1 .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.060 TO 0.061 IN. [1.52 TO 1.55
6691126-1)

(0.061 TO 0.062 IN. (1.55 TO 1.57
MM) THICK) (REPLACED BY
6881685-2)

(0.061 TO 0.062 IN. (1.55 TO 1.57
MM) THICK) (REPLACES
6691126-2)

(0.062 TO 0.063 IN. [1.57 TO 1.60
6881685-3)

(0.062 TO 0.063 IN. [1.57 TO 1.60
6691126-3)

(0.063 TO 0.064 IN. [1.60 TO 1.63
6881685-4)

(0.063 TO 0.064 IN. [1.60 TO 1.63
6691126-4)

(0.064 TO 0.065 IN. [1.63 TO 1.65
6881685-5)

(0.064 TO 0.065 IN. [1.63 TO 1.65
6691126-5)
73-11-42 Page 10044

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS


(0.065 TO 0.066 IN. [1.65 TO 1.68
6881685-6)

(0.065 TO 0.066 IN. [1.65 TO 1.68
6691126-6)

(0.066 TO 0.067 IN. [1.68 TO 1.70
6881685-7)

(0.066 TO 0.067 IN. [1.68 TO 1.70
6691126-7)

(0.067 TO 0.068 IN. [1.70 TO 1.73
6881685-8)

(0.067 TO 0.068 IN. [1.70 TO 1.73
6691126-8)

(0.068 TO 0.069 IN. [1.73 TO 1.75
6881685-9)

(0.068 TO 0.069 IN. [1.73 TO 1.75
6691126-9)

(0.069 TO 0.070 IN. [1.75 TO 1.78
6881685-10)
73-11-42 Page 10045

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS


(0.069 TO 0.070 IN. [1.75 TO 1.78
6691126-10)

(0.070 TO 0.071 IN. [1.78 TO 1.80
6881685-11)

(0.070 TO 0.071 IN. [1.78 TO 1.80
6691126-11)

(0.071 TO 0.072 IN. [1.80 TO 1.83
6881685-12)

(0.071 TO 0.072 IN. [1.80 TO 1.83
6691126-12)

(0.072 TO 0.073 IN. [1.83 TO 1.85
6881685-13)

(0.072 TO 0.073 IN. [1.83 TO 1.85
6691126-13)

(0.073 TO 0.074 IN. [1.85 TO 1.88
6881685-14)

(0.073 TO 0.074 IN. [1.85 TO 1.88
6691126-14)
73-11-42 Page 10046

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS


(0.074 TO 0.075 IN. [1.88 TO 1.91
6881685-15)

(0.074 TO 0.075 IN. [1.88 TO 1.91
6691126-15)

(0.075 TO 0.076 IN. [1.91 TO 1.93
6881685-16)

(0.075 TO 0.076 IN. [1.91 TO 1.93
6691126-16)

(0.076 TO 0.077 IN. [1.93 TO 1.96
6881685-17)

(0.076 TO 0.077 IN. [1.93 TO 1.96
6691126-17)

(0.077 TO 0.078 IN. [1.96 TO 1.98
6881685-18)

(0.077 TO 0.078 IN. [1.96 TO 1.98
6691126-18)

(0.078 TO 0.079 IN. [1.98 TO 2.01
6881685-19)
73-11-42 Page 10047

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS


(0.078 TO 0.079 IN. [1.98 TO 2.01
6691126-19)

(0.079 TO 0.080 IN. [2.01 TO 2.03
6881685-20)

(0.079 TO 0.080 IN. [2.01 TO 2.03
6691126-20)

(0.095 TO 0.105 IN. [2.41 TO 2.67
6881685-21)

(0.095 TO 0.105 IN. [2.41 TO 2.67
6691126-21)

(0.080 TO 0.081 IN. [2.03 TO 2.06
6881685-22)

(0.080 TO 0.081 IN. [2.03 TO 2.06
6691126-22)

(0.081 TO 0.082 IN. [2.06 TO 2.08
6881685-23)

(0.081 TO 0.082 IN. [2.06 TO 2.08
6691126-23)
73-11-42 Page 10048

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS


(0.082 TO 0.083 IN. [2.08 TO 2.11
6881685-24)

(0.082 TO 0.083 IN. [2.08 TO 2.11
6691126-24)

(0.083 TO 0.084 IN. [2.11 TO 2.13
6881685-25)

(0.083 TO 0.084 IN. [2.11 TO 2.13
6691126-25)

(0.084 TO 0.085 IN. [2.13 TO 2.16
6881685-26)

(0.084 TO 0.085 IN. [2.13 TO 2.16
6691126-26)

(0.085 TO 0.086 IN. [2.16 TO 2.18
6881685-27)

(0.085 TO 0.086 IN. [2.16 TO 2.18
6691126-27)

(0.086 TO 0.087 IN. [2.18 TO 2.21
6881685-28)
73-11-42 Page 10049

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS


(0.086 TO 0.087 IN. [2.18 TO 2.21
6691126-28)

(0.087 TO 0.088 IN. [2.21 TO 2.24
6881685-29)

(0.087 TO 0.088 IN. [2.21 TO 2.24
6691126-29)

(0.088 TO 0.089 IN. [2.24 TO 2.26
6881685-30)

(0.088 TO 0.089 IN. [2.24 TO 2.26
6691126-30)

(0.089 TO 0.091 IN. [2.26 TO 2.31
6881685-31)

(0.089 TO 0.091 IN. [2.26 TO 2.31
6691126-31)
-106 6691126-A .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.040 TO 0.041 IN. [1.02 TO 1.04
MM] THICK)
-106A 6881685-B .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.041 TO 0.042 IN. [1.04 TO 1.07
MM] THICK)
-106B 6881685-C .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.042 TO 0.043 IN. [1.07 TO 1.09
MM] THICK)
73-11-42 Page 10050

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-106C 6881685-D .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.043 TO 0.044 IN. [1.09 TO 1.12
MM] THICK)
-106D 6881685-E .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.044 TO 0.045 IN. [1.12 TO 1.14
MM] THICK)
-106E 6881685-F .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.045 TO 0.046 IN. [1.14 TO 1.17
MM] THICK)
-106F 6881685-G .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.046 TO 0.047 IN. [1.17 TO 1.19
MM] THICK)
-106G 6881685-H .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.047 TO 0.048 IN. [1.19 TO 1.22
MM] THICK)
-106H 6881685-J .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.048 TO 0.049 IN. [1.22 TO 1.24
MM] THICK)
-106J 6881685-K .WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.049 TO 0.050 IN. [1.24 TO 1.27
MM] THICK)
115 6711323 .RETAINER NP

-115A 6911643 .RETAINER 1

(REPLACES 6711323)
120 6881988 .SPRING NP

-120A 6911644 .SPRING 1

(REPLACES 6881988)
125 6822007 .SLEEVE AND SPOOL NP
-125A 6841173 .SLEEVE AND SPOOL NP
-125B 6851156 .SLEEVE AND SPOOL NP
73-11-42 Page 10051

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

130 6002153 .SLEEVE AND SPOOL AEG 1

LN
-130A 6002155 .SLEEVE AND SPOOL BFH 1
-130B 6002157 .SLEEVE AND SPOOL DJK 1

MP
130C 6062052 .SLEEVE AND SPOOL S NP
140 6002190 .SLEEVE, Holddown ABDE 1

(SUPERSEDES 6871676) (Refer to FGHJ
IPL Figure 1 "GRAPHIC-73-11-42- KLMN
99B-986-A01" on page 10020.) P
150 6062123 .SLEEVE, Holddown S 1
73-11-42 Page 10052

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
73-11-42 Page 10053

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL Figure 4
135
130
125
110
105
100
IPL4CFM
GRAPHIC 73-11-42-99B-989-A01
Check Valve - Exploded View (Sheet 1 of 1)
IPL Figure 4
73-11-42 Page 10054

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-95 6811415 .VALVE, Check NP

-95A 6871678 .VALVE, Check 1

(REPLACES 6811415)
100 6811416 .SLEEVE 1
105 6811417 .POPPET 1
110 6811419-1 .SHIM, NP

(0.029 TO 0.031 IN. [0.74 TO 0.79
6911645-1)
-110A 6911645-1 .SHIM, 1

(0.029 TO 0.031 IN. [0.74 TO 0.79
1) (Select from this or one of the fol-
lowing)
-111 6811419-2 .SHIM, NP

(0.034 TO 0.036 IN. [0.86 TO 0.91
6911645-2)
-111A 6911645-2 .SHIM, AR

(0.034 TO 0.036 IN. [0.86 TO 0.91
6811419-2)
-112 6811419-3 .SHIM, NP

(0.039 TO 0.041 IN. [0.99 TO 1.04
6911645-3)
-112A 6911645-3 .SHIM, AR

(0.039 TO 0.041 IN. [0.99 TO 1.04
6811419-3)
-113 6811419-4 .SHIM, NP

(0.044 TO 0.046 IN. [1.12 TO 1.17
6911645-4)
73-11-42 Page 10055

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-113A 6911645-4 .SHIM, AR

(0.044 TO 0.046 IN. [1.12 TO 1.17
6811419-4)
-114 6811419-5 .SHIM, NP

(.049 TO 0.051 IN. [1.24 TO 1.30 MM]
THICK) (REPLACED BY 6911645-5)
-114A 6911645-5 .SHIM, AR

(.049 TO 0.051 IN. [1.24 TO 1.30 MM]
THICK) (REPLACES 6811419-5)
-115 6811419-6 .SHIM, NP

(0.054 TO 0.056 IN. [1.37 TO 1.42
6911645-6)
-115A 6911645-6 .SHIM, AR

(0.054 TO 0.056 IN. [1.37 TO 1.42
6811419-6)
-116 6811419-7 .SHIM, NP

(0.059 TO 0.061 IN. [1.50 TO 1.55
6911645-7)
-116A 6911645-7 .SHIM, AR

(0.059 TO 0.061 IN. [1.50 TO 1.55
6811419-7)
-117 6811419-8 .SHIM, NP

(0.069 TO 0.071 IN. [1.75 TO 1.80
6911645-8)
-117A 6911645-8 .SHIM, AR

(0.069 TO 0.071 IN. [1.75 TO 1.80
6811419-8)
-118 6811419-9 .SHIM, NP

(0.079 TO 0.081 IN. [2.01 TO 2.06
6911645-9)
73-11-42 Page 10056

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-118A 6911645-9 .SHIM, AR

(0.079 TO 0.081 IN. [2.01 TO 2.06
6811419-9)
-119 6811419-10 .SHIM, NP

(0.083 TO 0.085 IN. [2.11 TO 2.15
6911645-10)
-119A 6911645-10 .SHIM, AR

(0.083 TO 0.085 IN. [2.11 TO 2.15
6811419-10)
-120 6811419-11 .SHIM, NP

(0.087 TO 0.089 IN. [2.21 TO 2.26
6911645-11)
-120A 6911645-11 .SHIM, AR

(0.087 TO 0.089 IN. [2.21 TO 2.26
6811419-11)
-121 6811419-12 .SHIM, NP

(0.091 TO 0.093 IN. [2.31 TO 2.36
6911645-12)
-121A 6911645-12 .SHIM, AR

(0.091 TO 0.093 IN. [2.31 TO 2.36
6811419-12)
-122 6811419-13 .SHIM, NP

(0.095 TO 0.097 IN. [2.41 TO 2.46
6911645-13)
-122A 6911645-13 .SHIM, AR

(0.095 TO 0.097 IN. [2.41 TO 2.46
6811419-13)
125 6811420 .SPRING (REPLACED BY 6911646) NP
73-11-42 Page 10057

MAR 24/2011
PART NO. 6810184 and 6840023
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-125A 6911646 .SPRING (REPLACES 6811420) 1
130 6801962 .RETAINER, Spring NP

-130A 6911647 .RETAINER, Spring 1

(REPLACES 6801962)
-135 MS16625-4025 .RING, Retaining 1
73-11-42 Page 10058

MAR 24/2011

CFM56

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CFM56

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TO: Holders of CFM56 Fuel Nozzle Assembly, Component Maintenance

Manual with Illustrated Parts List, 73-11-42, CFMI-TP.CM.64

SUBJECT: CFM56 Fuel Nozzle Assembly, Component Maintenance Manual with

The Subject Revision is attached to this letter of transmittal.

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS CFM PROPRIETARY

ALL TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION AND INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN,

Questions or comments concerning distribution of this manual should be directed to:

CFM Inc. Zone: CFM SA Zone:

GE Aviation Services SNECMA

Questions or comments concerning content of this manual should be directed to:

FUEL NOZZLE ASSEMBLY

REVISION NO. 11, DATED MAR 24, 2011

PAGE NO. PARAGRAPH/TABLE/ DESCRIPTION

R OF R Revised to reflect this revision

SBL Revised all to add Subject Title and add Parker SB

LEP Revised to reflect this revision

TOC Revised to reflect this revision

INTRO Revised to reflect this revision.

D&O Revised to reflect this revision.

5 4.B.(6), (8) Added model differences between part no. 6840023M1

6 Table 2 Added part no. 6840023E18 to configuration table.

73-11-42 Highlights Page 1

PAGE NO. PARAGRAPH/TABLE/ DESCRIPTION

TEST AND Revised to reflect this revision.

1005 6.C. Corrected patternation fixture number. Was 6845005 - Is

1031 Table 1006 Added part no. 6840023E18 to applicable areas

DISASSEMBLY Revised to reflect this revision.

3004 Figure 3001 Added part no. 6840023E18 to applicable areas.

CLEAN Revised to reflect this revision.

CHECK Revised to reflect this revision.

REPAIR 11 Revised to reflect this revision.

6001 Table 6002 Added drill and reamer to table.

REPAIR 20 Revised to reflect this revision.

6002 Table 6002 Added part no. 6840023E18 to table.

ASSEMBLY Revised to reflect this revision.

73-11-42 Highlights Page 2

PAGE NO. PARAGRAPH/TABLE/ DESCRIPTION

7003 Table 7001 Added Holding Fixture C106-00-0020. Used for

7006 3.B.(4)(b) Changed Figure number where applicable due to new

7011 Table 7003 Added new part no. 6840023E18 to Table.

7014 D.(1) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

7015 4.A Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

7020 B.(1) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

7023 B.(8)(h) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

7026 C Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

7027 C.(2) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

73-11-42 Highlights Page 3

PAGE NO. PARAGRAPH/TABLE/ DESCRIPTION

7035 E.(1)(a) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

7038 E.(6)(h) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

7046 F.(8) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

7050 5.D Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

73-11-42 Highlights Page 4

PAGE NO. PARAGRAPH/TABLE/ DESCRIPTION

7078 6.H.(2) Changed Figure numbers where applicable due to new

FITS AND No Changes

SPECIAL Revised to reflect this revision.

9004 Table 9001 Added pressure test holding fixture.

STORAGE Revised to reflect this revision.

15001 Table 15001 Corrected Materials Table by removal of MIL-PRF-7024,

IPL Revised to reflect this revision.

10002 2.B.(3) Added S Code part no. 6840023E18 Configuration.

10005 Table 10001 Added new nozzle configuration 6840023E18, cartridge

10011 Table 10001 Added new nozzle configuration 6840023E18.